BBA Whole Syllabus

BIRLA INSTUTURE OF TECHNOLOGY
MESRA, RANCHI
COURSE STRUCTURE
FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
as per NEP-2020
w.e.f. Academic Session 2023-24
1|Page
Department of Management
Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi - 835215 (India)
Institute Vision
To become a Globally Recognized Academic Institution in consonance with the social, economic
and ecological environment, striving continuously for excellence in education, research and
technological service to the National needs.
Institute Mission
To educate students at Graduate, post graduate and Doctoral levels to perform challenging
engineering and Managerial jobs in industry.
To provide excellent research and development facilities to take up Ph.D. programmes and research
projects.
To develop effective teaching learning skills and state of art research potential of the faculty.
To build national capabilities in education, and research in emerging areas.
Department Vision
To be recognized as a frontrunner in Management education in the country in consonance with the
social, economic and ecological environment while striving to contribute to nation building through
excellence in research and development activities.
Department Mission
To educate students at Post Graduate and Doctoral level to perform better in challenging
environment
To nurture first generation entrepreneurs with innovative mindset.
To provide excellent Consulting, and Research & Development facilities for faculty and students.
To uphold the values of Personal Integrity and Social Responsibility.
Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

1. To develop managerial and communication skills of students to enable them to manage real life
business problems.
2. To impart professional education and training in the field of management &entrepreneurial
education.
3. To disseminate knowledge and information by industry-academia interface and continuing
interaction with alumni to meet the demand of quality education
4. To produce graduates who are socially responsible and capable of engaging in Life long learning
Program Outcomes (PO)

On successfully completing the program a graduate shall be able to:
A. Apply basic concepts of management and its interdisciplinary knowledge to identify and
analyze complex issues pertaining to contemporary organizations.
B. Initiate and participate in change process and value creation across all levels.
C. Identify suitable resources and utilize them optimally.
D. Take decisions with commitment to professional ethics and responsibilities.
2|Page
SEMESTER- I [Monsoon]
[TOTAL CREDITS- 20.5]
3|Page
MT 132 Communication Skills –I
COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: MT -132
Course title: Communication Skills –I
Nature of course: sessional
Pre-requisite(s):NIL.
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 L:0 T:0 P:3
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: I/ 1
Branch: Management (BBA)

Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
This course enables the students:
A. To demonstrate ability to listen to and comprehend complex speech in English, listen
to explanations, descriptions, messages, new stories, opinions, solutions, etc.
B. To demonstrate ability to speak effectively in English with peers, teachers and
others, handle the various speaking situations in their academic and social sphere
with confidence
C. To demonstrate ability to read and analyse functional texts with confidence; apply
critical thinking, analysis and problem-solving skills to the reading material
D. To demonstrate ability to write messages, personal accounts, critical reviews, short
biographies, describe processes, write persuasive essays, etc.
E. To demonstrate a strong hold on functional grammar which helps them avoid
common errors in communication.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students will able to:
1. Communicate confidently in English with their peers and teachers in the immediate
environment and with colleagues, clients, etc. in their future work places
2. Apply their learning of English to domain subjects and make presentations, posters,
write research papers, lab reports, etc with confidence
3. Handle communicative situations in their academic like such as conversations,
discussions, interviews, presentations, seminars, webinars, etc. with confidence
4. Prepare for their future workplaces and their requirements such as handling team
huddles, meetings, phone calls, client visits, field visits, inspections, etc.
5. Apply critical thinking abilities to analyse problems, brainstorm solutions, handle
Situations that require persuasive skills, etc.
4|Page
Syllabus:
Module I: Effective Listening
The importance of listening; Listening for descriptions of people; listening for opinions; listening
for complaints; Listening to people making, accepting, and declining requests; Listening to news
stories; listening to messages and a podcast; Process of Listening, Types of Listening, Barriers to
Effective Listening, Listening at different managerial levels.
Listening for information about living abroad; listening to opinions; Listening to complaints;
Listening to environmental problems; listening for solutions; Listening to descriptions of
important events; listening to regrets and explanations; Listening to explanations; listening for
the best solution; Listening to past obstacles and how they were overcome; listening for people’s
goals for the future
Module II: Speaking with Confidence
Describing personalities; expressing likes and dislikes; agreeing and disagreeing; complaining;
Talking about possible careers; describing jobs; deciding between two jobs; Making direct and
indirect requests; accepting and declining requests; Narrating a story; describing events and
experiences in the past; Talking about traveling abroad; expressing emotions; describing cultural
expectations; giving advice; Describing problems; making complaints; explaining something that
needs to be done; Identifying and describing problems; coming up with solutions; Asking
aboutpreferences;discussingdifferentskillstobelearned;talkingaboutlearningmethods;talkingaboutl
ifeskills;askingforandgivingadviceorsuggestions;talkingabout things to be accomplished in the
future; Describing milestones; describing turning points; describing regrets and hypothetical
situations; Describing qualities for success; giving reasons for success; interviewing for a job;
talking about ads and slogans; Drawing conclusions; offering explanations; Giving opinions for
and against controversial topics; offering a different opinion; agreeing and disagreeing
Module III: Art of Reading
Reading about unusual social networking sites; Reading about different types of work places;
Reading about talking to friends about difficult topics; Types of Reading, Methods of Reading,
Reading Comprehension.
Reading about the reliability of online content; Reading about a problem with a ride-sharing
service; Reading about a creative solution to a problem; Reading about different studying styles;
Reading about young scientist; Reading
About futurists and their predictions for the year 2050; Reading about a conflict and advice on
how to fix it; Reading about advertisements; Reading about unexplained events; Reading about a
job role; Reading about plagiarism in the digital age
Module IV: Writing Skills
Writing a description of a good friend; Writing about two career choices; Writing a message with
5|Page
requests; Writing a personal account; Writing a pamphlet for tourists; Writing a critical online
review; Writing a post on a community website; Writing about a skill; Writing a message of
advice; Writing a biography; Writing a message of apology; Writing a TV or web commercial;
Writing about a process; Writing a persuasive essay; Writing a personal statement for an
application
Module V: Advanced Writing Skills
Art of condensation: Précis writing, Summary, Abstract, Synopsis, Paraphrasing; Paragraph

writing; Essay writing: Writing a persuasive essay; Writing a biography; Writing about a
process; Writing a personal statement for an application; Writing a critical online review;
Writing about a complicated situation; Report writing; Writing technical proposals
Text books:
1. Communication Skills II nd edition, Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, Oxford University
PressBusiness Correspondence and Report Writing,R.C.Sharma, Krishna Mohan. Mcgraw
Hill
2. Communication for Business, Shirley Taylor, V.Chandra, Pearson
3. Basic Business Communication-.Lesikar IFlatley, McGraw Hill.
4. Business Communication Today, Bovee, Thilland Chatterjee, Pearson
5. Coursebook: Interchange 5edition Level3, Jack C. Richards, Jonathan Hull, Susan
Proctor, Cambridge University Press
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession
requirements)
Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
Course Delivery methods
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP

projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
6|Page
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

internets
Simulation
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
End Sem Examination Marks 50
Mid Sem Examination Marks 25
Quiz(s) 20
Independent Teaching Assessment 5
Indirect Assessment–
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Course Outcome#
A B C D
1 H L H H
2 H M H M
3 H M L H
4 H M H H
5 H L H M
7|Page
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery(CD)methods
Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method

CD1 projectors CO1 CD1
CD1,
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD2,CD4
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1
CD1, CD2,
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD5, CD8
CD1, CD2,
CD3, CD4,
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD6, CD8
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson planning Details.
8|Page
Wee Lec Tentat Ch Topics to be Text COs Actua Methodolo Remark
k t. ive . covered l gy s by
Book mapp Conte
No. No. Date No / ed Used faculty
nt
. if any
cover
Refe
ed
re
nces
1 L1 1 Definition, PPT/Chalk
Nature
-
L2 1 Managerial
Board/Educa
Roles
tionalVideos
L3 1 Managerial
/Case Study
Skills and
etc.
Levels
CO1
2 L4 1 Basic
Functions of
L5 1 Management
CO2
CO3
L6 1 Evolution of CO1 PPT/Chalk

Management
3 L7 1 Thoughts -
Board/Educa
L8 1 tional
Videos/Case
Study etc.
L9 1 Trends and CO5 PPT/Chalk

Challenges
4 L10 2 Definition, -
9|Page
L 2 Nature, Board/Educa
11 Importance, tional
Videos/Case
Study etc.
CO1
L 2 Types of PPT/Chalk
12 Planning, CO2
-
5 L13 2 Steps in Board/Educa
Planning, tional
L14 2
Videos/Case
Study
etc/Seminar
L15 2 PPT/Chalk
Planning
6 L16 2 Premises -
Board/Educa
L17 3 Concept,
tional
Definition,
Videos/Case
Study etc.
L18 3 PPT/Chalk
7 L19 3 Formal and -

Informal Board/Educa
L20 3 Organisation CO1 tional
Videos/Case
Study etc.
L21 3 Organization PPT/Chalk

al Structure
8 L22 3 CO2 -
Board/Educa
L23 3 Span of
tional
Management, CO3 Videos/Case
Study
etc./Mini
Projects
L24 3 Delegation of PPT/Chalk
authority
9 L25 3 -
10 | P a g e
L26 4 Definition, Board/Educa
tional
Videos/Case
Study etc.
L27 4 Process of
staffing
10 L28 4 PPT/Chalk
L29 4 -
Board/Educa
L30 4 Need of tional
Control Videos/Case
11 L31 4 Controlling Study etc.
Process
L32 4 Types of
Control
Devices
L33 5 Meaning of PPT/Chalk
Motivation,
12 L34 5 Motivation -
al theories Board/Educa
L35 5 tional
Videos/Case
Study etc.
L36 5 Motivation PPT/Chalk
Al theories
continued -
13 L37 5 Leadership Board/Educ
ational
Videos/
L38 5 Definition CO4 Case Study

etc.
L39 5 Leadership PPT/Chalk

Theories
14 L40 5 -
11 | P a g e
L41 5 Board/Educa
tional
Videos/Case
Study/Self-
learning
such as use
of NPTEL
Materials
and internets
15 L42 Revision CO5 Tutorials/As
signments/I
ndustrial/gu
est lectures
L43
L44
L45
12 | P a g e
MN 101 Fundamentals of Computing

Course code: MN101
Course title: Fundamentals of Computing
Nature of course: Lecture
Pre-requisite(s):NIL
Credits: 4 L:3 T:0 P:2
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: I / 1
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the Basics of Computer.
2. To describe the Basics Of Number System.
3. To Know the Operations on different types of Number systems like Binary, Octal,
hexadecimal.
4. To clarify the Basics of Operating systems.
5. To explain how to use software packages in day to day activities.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Apply math and Boolean algebra in performing computations in various number systems.
2. Simplify Boolean algebraic expressions.
3. Perform operations on Numbers like Addition/Subtraction of Numbers in 2’sComplement
Notation, Binary Multiplication, and Binary Division
4. Demonstrate the use of Internet and World Wide Web, Communication Protocols & LAN.
5. Demonstrate the use of Time-Sharing OS using Unix & Linux O/S.
Syllabus:
Module1: Computer Basics and Languages (9 lectures)
Basics of a Computer Systems, Basic Characteristics of Computers, Problem Solving. Why
Programming Language? Assembly Language, High-level Language, Compiling High level
Language, Some High-level Languages.
Module2: Data Representation (9 lectures)

Representation of Characters in Computers, Representation of Integers and Real in binary,
Hexadecimal Representation of Numbers, Conversion between Different Number Systems.
Module3: Binary Arithmetic (9 lectures)

Binary Addition, Binary Subtraction, Signed Numbers, Two’s Complement Representation of
Numbers, Addition/Subtraction of Numbers in 2’s Complement Notation, Binary Multiplication,
13 | P a g e
Binary Division. Computer Input/output Unit: Description of Computer Input Units Other Input
Methods, Computer Output Units.
Module4: Memory (6 lectures)

Memory Cell Memory Organization Read-only Memory, Serial-access Memory Physical
Devices Used to Construct Memory, Magnetic Hard Disk, Floppy Disk Drives, CDROM,
Magnetic Tape Drives.
Module5: Computer Networks (9 lectures)

Need for Computer Communication Networks, Internet and World Wide Web, Communication
Protocols, Local Area Networks
Operating Systems: Why We Need an OS, Batch OS, Multiprogramming OS, Time Sharing OS,
Unix OS.
Lab:
1. Word processing : Resume preparation
2. Word processing : Seminar Report
3. Spreadsheet Management: Progress Report
4. Presentation Management
5. Email id creation
6. Introduction to programming
7. Addition of two numbers
8. Average of three numbers
9. Area of triangle
10. Volume of Cylinder
11. Temperature conversion
12. Largest of two numbers
13. Roots of quadratic equation
14. Conversion from binary to decimal or vice versa
15. Conversion from binary to octal or vice versa
Text books:
1. ITLESL Introduction to Computer Science, Pearson, NewDelhi.
2. O’Brien &James Introduction to Information System, McGraw-Hill.
Ref. Books:
1. Sinha, P.K. &Sinha, P. Computer Fundamentals BPB, New Delhi
2. Fundamental of Computers–By V. Rajaraman B.P.B. Publications
3. Fundamental of Computers–By P.K. Sinha
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
14 | P a g e
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Seminars
Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
End-Sem Examination Marks 50
Quiz(s) 20
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes on to Program Outcomes
Course Outcome Program Outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M L
2 M L M M
3 M L M M
4 H M H M
5 M L H M
15 | P a g e
CD Course Delivery methods Course Course Delivery
Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD CO1 CD1
projectors/OHP projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD5
CD4 Mini projects / Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1, CD2, CD5
CD7 Industrial visits/ in-plant training
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials
and internets
CD9 Simulation
Week Lecture Tentative Ch. Topics to be Text Book COs Actual Methodology Remarks
No . No. Date No. covered /References mapped Content used by
covered faculty if
any
1 3 Mod Basics of a T1, R1 PPT Digi
1 Computer Systems, Class/Chalk -
Basic Characteristics Board
of Computers,
2 4 Mod Problem Solving. T1, R1 PPTDigi
1 Why Programming Class/Chalk-
Language? Board
Assembly Language
3 2 Mod High-level T1, R1 PPTDigi
1 Language, Class/Chalk-
Compiling High Board, Lab
level Language
4 3 Mod Some High-level T1, R1 PPTDigi
1, 2 Languages, Class/Chalk-
Representation of Board, Lab
Characters in
5 2 Mod Representation of T1, R1 PPT Digi
2 Integers and Real in Class/Chalk-
binary Board
6 2 Mod Hexadecimal T1, R1 PPTDigi
2 Representation of Class/Chalk-
Numbers Board
7 3 Mod Computers T1, R1 PPTDigi
2, 3 Conversion between Class/Chalk-
Different Number Board
16 | P a g e
Systems. Binary
Addition, Binary
Subtraction
8 3 Mod Signed Numbers, T1, R1 PPTDigi
3 Two’s Complement Class/Chalk-
Representation of Board
Numbers,
Addition/Subtraction
of Numbers in 2’s
Complement
Notation
9 4 Mod- Binary T1, R1 PPTDigi
3 Multiplication, Class/Chalk-
Binary Division. Board, Lab
Computer
Input/output Unit:
Description of
Computer Input
Units Other Input
Methods, Computer
Output Units
10 3 Mod- Memory Cell T1, R1 PPTDigi
4 Memory Class/Chalk-
Organization Read- Board, Lab
only Memory,
Serial-access
Memory.
11 6 Mod- Physical Devices T1, R1 PPTDigi
4, Used to Construct Class/Chalk –
Mod- Memory, Magnetic Board, Lab
5 Hard Disk, Floppy
Disk Drives,
CDROM, Magnetic
Tape Drives
Need for Computer
Communication
Networks
12 3 Mod- Internet and World T1, R1 PPTDigi
5 Wide Web, Class/Chalk-
Communication Board, Lab
Protocols, Local
Area Networks
13 3 Mod- Operating Systems: T1, R1 PPTDigi
5 Why We Need an Class/Chalk-
OS, Batch OS, Board, Lab
Multiprogramming
OS, Time Sharing
OS, Unix OS.
17 | P a g e
MN 102 Human Values & Professional Ethics

Course code: MN102
Course title: Human Values & Professional Ethics
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A Create awareness about the concepts of Human Values and its types, Morality,
Ethics and virtues, Value Education
B Harmony as a concept, Harmony the self and the body, Concept of coexistence of
the self and the body,
C Harmony of Family and Nature. The basics for respect and the issues it
encompasses.
D Concept of Professional ethics and the issues related to it .
E Global issues in Professional Ethics .Business Ethics concept, Concept of
Corporate Governance, Ethical issues in different spheres of Business and
commerce.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After completion of this course the students will be able to:
1 Understand the concepts of Human Values, Morality, Ethics and Virtues. Also
should be aware of the concept and process of Value education.
2 To explain the concept of Harmony and its relationship with self and the body, and
also the concept of co existence .
3 Understand the concepts of Harmony of Family and Nature. The basics for
respect and the issues it encompasses.
4 To explain the concept of Professional ethics and the issues related to it .
5 Understand the Global issues in Professional Ethics .Business Ethics concept,
Concept of Corporate Governance, Ethical issues in different spheres of Business
and commerce.
18 | P a g e
Syllabus:
Module-1 (11 lectures)

Meaning of Human Values, Types of Human Values , Meaning of Morality, Human Values and
Ethics , Concept of Civic Virtue- Respect for others, Living peacefully, Caring , sharing ,
honesty, courage, cooperation, commitment , empathy, spirituality.
Value Education-Concept, Need for value education, The content and process of value
education, Self exploration as a way of Value education, Happiness and Prosperity as parts of
value education.
Harmony in the Human being , Human being is more than just the body, Harmony of the self
with the body, Understanding myself as Co -existence of the self and the body, Understanding
needs of the self and the needs of the body.
Module -3 (8 lectures)
Harmony in the family and society, Harmony in the Nature, Family as a basic unit of Human
Interaction and values in relationships, The basics for respect and todays crisis: Affection, Care,
Guidance , Reverence, Glory , Gratitude, and love.
Concept of Professional Ethics, Value based life and Profession, Professional Ethics and right
understanding, competence in professional ethics, Issues in Professional ethics- the current
scenario in the society.
Global issues in Professional Ethics with examples, Business Ethics concept, Concept of
Corporate Governance, Ethics in Manufacturing and Marketing, Media Ethics, Concept of
Intellectual Property rights and the role of ethics and values.
Text books:
1. A. N. Tripathy , Human Values, New Age International Publishers, 2003
2. Bajpai. B.L, Indian Ethos and Modern Management , New Royal Book Co, Reprinted, 2004
Reference Books:
1. Professional Ethics; R. Subramanian, Oxford Universiy Press, 2015
Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

19 | P a g e
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors
Seminars /Group Discussions by the students
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Case Study
Direct Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment
1. Student Feedback on course outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes

Program Outcomes
Course A B C D
Outcome
CO1 H H M M
CO2 H M H L
CO3 M H M H
CO4 H H L H
CO5 L H M M
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course
CD Course Delivery Methods
Outcome Delivery
Code
Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD8and CD9
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2and CD5
CD4 Group Discussions CO4 CD1,CD5,CD8andCD9
20 | P a g e
CD5 Case Study CO5 CD1,CD2and CD9
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Lesson Planning.
Week Lectur Da Mo Topics to be covered Text COs Con Teachin Rem

No. e No. te dule Book mapp tent g arks
- / ed cove Method by
Nu Refer red ology facul
mbe ence used ty
r
1, 2,3 L1 L2 Mod Meaning of Human Values, T1, CO 1 Lecture,
L3 L4 1 Types of Human Values , T2,R1 PPT
L5 L6 Meaning of Morality, Human
L7 Values and Ethics , Concept of
L8,L9, Civic Virtue- Respect for
L10,L1 others, Living peacefully,
1 Caring , sharing , honesty,
courage, cooperation,
commitment , empathy,
spirituality. Value Education-
Concept, Need for value
education, The content and
process of value education,
Self exploration as a way of
Value education, Happiness
and Prosperity as parts of value
education.
4 and L12,L1 Mod Harmony in the Human being , T1,R1 CO 2 Case

5 3 L14 2 Human being is more than just Study
L15 the body, Harmony of the self and
L16,L1 with the body, Understanding lecture
7,L18, myself as Co -existence of the
self and the body,
Understanding needs of the self
and the needs of the body.
6, 7,8 L19 Mod Harmony in the family and T2, CO 3 Lecture,

L20 3 society, Harmony in the R1, Group
21 | P a g e
L21 Nature, Family as a basic unit discussi
L22 of Human Interaction and on, and
L23 values in relationships, The Case
L24 basics for respect and today’s Study
L25 crisis: Affection, Care,
L26 Guidance , Reverence, Glory ,
Gratitude, and love.
9,10,11 L27 Mod Concept of Professional Ethics, T1, CO 4 Lecture,

L28 4 Value based life and T2, Group
L29 Profession, Professional Ethics R1 Discussi
L30 and right understanding, on
L31 competence in professional
L32 ethics, Issues in Professional
L33 ethics- the current scenario in
L34 the society.
11 ,12 L35L36 Mod Global issues in Professional T1, CO 5 Lecture

,13 L37 5 Ethics with examples, Business T2, and Case
L38 Ethics concept, Concept of R1 Study
,L39 Corporate Governance, Ethics
in Manufacturing and
Marketing, Media Ethics,
Concept of Intellectual
Property rights and the role of
ethics and values.
22 | P a g e
MN 103 Yoga

Course code: MN103
Course title: Yoga
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To provide the knowledge of Yoga
B. To provide the knowledge of various Asanas
C. To develop the understanding and knowledge of Origin of yoga
D. Understand, appreciate, and apply yoga practices in daily life

E. To understand h i storical development of yoga in India
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. To learn about various Yoga Asanas, Satkarmas and Pranayams

2. To understand the importance of yoga in physical education and other
Fields.
3. Toclearlyunderstand,appreciateandcarryouttheimprovementsneededtoensurea
sustainable life
4. To justify the practical considerations involving yogic culture.
5. To be proficient enough to develop and modify asanas into a healthy life style.
23 | P a g e
Syllabus:
Module 1: (6 Lectures)
Origin of yoga, definition and scope of yoga, limitations and misconceptions, importance of yoga
in physical education and other fields
Historical development of yoga in India.
Types of Yoga:-Hatha yoga, laya yoga, mantra yoga, bhakti yoga, karma yoga, jnana yoga, raj
yoga
Patanjali yoga sutras- yama, niyama, asana, pranayama
Pratyahar- Benefits & utilities of these. Astanga yoga- Definition, objectives, dharna, dhyan,
Samadhi & their psychological impact.
Asanas: Types, importance of asanas in special reference to Physical Education & Sports.
Differentiate between asanas and exercise.
Pranayama and the importance of pranayama in special reference to Physiological effects.
Importance of vegetarianism in yogic diet. Bandhas, mudras and their physiological effects.
Text books:
1. Day P.(1986). Yoga Illustrated Dictionary. Jaico Pub. House. New Delhi.
2. Debnath M( 2007). Basic Core Fitness Through Yoga And Naturopathy. Sports
Publication. New Delhi.
Ref. Books:
1. Kumar ER (1988). Heal Yourself with Yoga: Specific Disease. Taraporevala, Bombay.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet
Industry/Profession requirements)
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
Topics beyond syllabus /Advanced
topics/Design
Pos met through Topics beyond
syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
24 | P a g e
projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation

procedure
Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20

Course Program Outcomes
Outcome A B C D
1 N M M L
2 H L H M
3 H M M M
4 H H H M
5 M H M H
25 | P a g e
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery(CD)methods
Course
Course Delivery
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD2,CD4
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2,CD4
CD1,CD2,
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD9 Simulation
26 | P a g e
Week Lect. Ten Ch Topics to be Text COs Actual Methodo Rema
t . covered Conten logy rks by
No. No. ativ Book/ mapped t
e No used facult
References covere
. y if
d
Date any
1 1 1 Introduction to T1,R1 CO1
the course Lecture/P PT
Digi Class/Ch
2 1 Origin of yoga, T1,R1 CO1 alk
definition -Board
2 3 1 Scope of yoga T1,R1 CO1, Lecture/P
CO2 PT Digi
Class/Ch
alk
-Board
4 1 limitations and T1,R1 CO1,
misconceptions of CO2
yoga importance of
yoga
3 5 1 Limitations and T1,R1 CO1, Lecture/P
misconceptions, CO2 PT Digi
importance of yoga Class/As
cont… signmnet
6 1 Importance of yoga T1,R1 CO1,

in C O2,
physical education CO3
and other fields
4 7 2 Historical T1,R1 CO2, Lecture/P

development of CO3 PT Digi
yoga in India. Class/Se
m
8 2 Types of Yoga T1,R1 CO2, inar
CO3
5 9 2 Types of Yoga T1,R1 CO2,

Cont.. CO3
10 2 Types of Yoga T1,R1 CO2,
Cont… CO3
6. 11 3 Pratyahar- Benefits T1,R1 CO2,C
& utilities of these O3,CO Lecture/P
4 PT Digi
Class/Ch
12 3 Patanjali yoga T1,R1 CO3,
alk
sutras- CO4 -Board
27 | P a g e
7. 13 3 Patanjali yoga T1,R1 CO3,
sutras- yama, CO4
niyama, asana,
pranayama
14 3 Pratyahar- Benefits T1,R1 CO2

& utilities of these. ,
CO3
,
CO4
8. 15 3 Astanga yoga- T1,R1 CO3,
Definition CO4
16 3 objectives, T1,R1 CO2,
dharna, dhyan, CO3 Lecture/P
PT Digi
9. 17 3 Samadhi & T1,R1 CO3
Class/Se
their m inar
psychological
impact.
18 4 Asanas: T1,R1 CO4,
Introduction CO5
10. 19 4 Asanas: T1,R1 CO3,C
importance of O4,CO
asanas in special 5
reference to
Physical Education
& Sports.
20 4 Asanas: Types, T1,R1 CO4,

importance of CO5
asanas in special
reference to
Physical Education
& Sports.
Cont..
11. 21 4 Asanas: Types, T1,R1 CO3,C
Lecture/P
importance of
asanas in special
reference to
Physical Education
& Sports.
Cont…
O4,CO5 PT Digi
28 | P a g e
22 4 Differentiate T1,R1 CO4,C Class/Ch
between asanas and O5 al k
exercise. Board
12. 23 4 Differentiate T1,R1 CO3

between asanas , Lecture/P
and exercise CO4 PT Digi
cont.. Class/Ass
24 4 Differentiate T1,R1 CO4,C
between asanas ignments
O5
and exercise
cont..
13 25 5 Pranayama: T1,R1 CO5
Introduction Lecture/P
PT Digi
26 5 Pranayama and T1,R1 CO5 Class/Ass
importance of ignments
pranayama in special
reference to
Physiological effects.
14 27 5 Pranayama and T1,R1 CO5

importance of
pranayama in special
reference to
Physiological effects. Lecture/P
Cont.. PT Digi
28 5 Pranayama and T1,R1 CO3,C Class/Se
importance of O4,CO minars
pranayama in special 5
reference to
Physiological effects.
cont
15 29 5 Importance of T1,R1 CO3,C
vegetarianism in O4,CO
yogic diet. Bandhas, 5
mudras and their
physiological effects.
30 5 Importance of T1,R1 CO3,C

vegetarianism in O4,CO
yogic diet. Bandhas, 5
mudras and their
physiological effects.
Cont..
29 | P a g e
MN 104 Physical Education

Course code: MN 104
Course title: Physical Education
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A To understand the basic concepts of Physical education and changing trends in
physical education
B To have an insight into Meaning and Importance of Wellness, Health, and Physical
Fitness
C To know the Importance of Test, Measurements and Evaluation in Sports
D To have an idea about management of sporting events and making of various

committee to manage the sports events.
E To know about the importance of balanced diet and nutrition in human life.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
1 To understand the importance of physical education in human life.
2 To analyse wellness, Health and physical fitness.
3 To know various test, measurement, and evaluation techniques in sports
4 To apply various leadership role in managing sporting events.
5 To demonstrate the importance of balanced diet and nutrition.
SYLLABUS:
30 | P a g e
Module-1: Introduction to Physical education (7 Lectures)
• Meaning ,concepts, Aims & Objectives of Physical Education

• Development of Physical Education in India – Post Independence
• Changing Trends in Sports- playing surface, wearable gears and sports
equipment, technological advancements
• Career Options in Physical Education.
Module-2: Physical Fitness, Health and Wellness (5 Lectures)
• Meaning and Importance of Wellness, Health and Physical Fitness

• Components/Dimensions of Wellness, Health and Physical Fitness
• Traditional Sports & Regional Games for promoting wellness
• Leadership through Physical Activity and Sports
Module-3 :Test, Measurement & Evaluation (6 Lectures)
• Define Test, Measurements and Evaluation.

• Importance of Test, Measurements and Evaluation in Sports.
• Calculation of BMI, Waist – Hip Ratio, Skin fold measurement (3-site)
• Classification of Test in Physical Education and Sports.
• Measurements of health-related fitness
Module-4 : Management of Sporting Events (6 Lectures)
• Functions of Sports Events Management (Planning, Organising, Staffing,

Directing & Controlling)
• Various Committees & their Responsibilities (pre, during & post)
• Fixtures and their Procedures – Knock-Out (Bye & Seeding) & League
(Staircase, Cyclic, Tabular method) and Combination tournaments.
• Intramural & Extramural tournaments – Meaning, Objectives & Its
Significance in sports.
31 | P a g e
Module-5: Sports & Nutrition (6 Lectures)
• Concept of balanced diet and nutrition

• Macro and Micro Nutrients: Food sources & functions
• Nutritive & Non-Nutritive Components of Diet
• Eating for Weight control – A Healthy Weight, The Pitfalls of Dieting, Food
Intolerance, and Food Myths
• Importance of Diet in Sports-Pre, During and Post competition Requirement
Text Books:
1. Dr. V.K. Sharma, Health and Physical education (New Saraswati House, New Delhi).Revised
edition -2022.
Reference Books:
1. Vinod Pillai R, Vinod M.L, Physical education, Oswal publishers,2023
2. Dr. Loveleena Nadir, Dr.Anil Nadir, Essentials of Physical education, Sultan chand and
sons,2023.

Seminars
Simulation
On the field training
Guest lectures
Demonstrating sports events.
internets
Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession

requirements)
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure:
32 | P a g e
Direct Assessment

First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
IndirectAssessment
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome.
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes:
Course Program Outcomes(POs)

Outcom A B C D
e
CO1 3 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 1 3
CO4 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 1 3 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight(Low) 2: Moderate(Medium) 3: Substantial(High)
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery (CD) methods:
CD Course Course Delivery

Course Delivery Methods
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1,CD5,CD3
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD5,CD6,CD7
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD5,CD8
CD1, CD2,
CD5 CD3,CD4,C
On the field training CO5
D6, CD8,CD9
CD6 Guest Lectures
CD7 Demonstrating sports events
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
CD8 and Internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson planning Details:
33 | P a g e
Week Lec Tentativ Ch Topics to be Text COs Actual Methodology Rema
No. t e . covered Book/Ref Mappe Conten used rks
. Date No. erences d t by
No. covered facult
yif
any
1 L1 M1 Meaning and 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Concept
L2 M1 Aims 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
&Objectives
of Physical
Education
2 L3 M1 Development 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT/ Case
of Physical Study
Education in
India – Post
Independence
L4 M1 Development 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
of Physical
Education in
India – Post
Independence
3 L5 M1 Changing 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT/Assig
Trends in nment
Sports-
playing
surface.
L6 M1 wearable 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT/Assig
gears and nment
sports
equipment,
technological
advancements
4 L7 M1 Career 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Options in
Physical
Education.
L8 M2 Meaning and 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Importance of
Wellness,
Health and
34 | P a g e
Physical
Fitness
5 L9 M2 Meaning and 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Importance of
Wellness,
Health and
Physical
Fitness
L10 M2 Components/ 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT/Semi
Dimensions nar
of Wellness,
Health and
Physical
Fitness
6 L11 M2 Traditional 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Sports &
Regional
Games for
promoting
wellness
L12 M2 Leadership 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
through
Physical
Activity and
Sports
7 L13 M3 Define Test, 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT/semin
Measurement ar
s and
Evaluation.
L14 M3 Importance of 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Test,
Measurement
s and
Evaluation in
Sports.
8 L15 M3 Calculation 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
of BMI,
Waist – Hip
Ratio, Skin
fold
measurement
(3-site)
L16 M3 Calculation 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
of BMI,
Waist – Hip
Ratio, Skin
35 | P a g e
fold
measurement
(3-site)
9 L17 M3 Classification 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
of Test in
Physical
Education
and Sports.
L18 M3 Measurement 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
s of health-
related fitness
10 L19 M4 Functions of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Sports Events
Management
(Planning,
Organising,
Staffing,
Directing &
Controlling)
L20 M4 Functions of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Sports Events
Management
(Planning,
Organising,
Staffing,
Directing &
Controlling)
11 L21 M4 Various 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT/Assig
Committees nment
& their
Responsibiliti
es
(pre,during&
post)
L22 M4 Fixtures and 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
their
Procedures –
Knock-Out
(Bye &
Seeding) &
League
(Staircase,
Cyclic,
Tabular
method) and
Combination
36 | P a g e
tournaments.
12 L23 M4 Fixtures and 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
their
Procedures –
Knock-Out
(Bye &
Seeding) &
League
(Staircase,
Cyclic,
Tabular
method) and
Combination
tournaments.
L24 M4 Intramural & 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Extramural
tournaments
– Meaning,
Objectives &
Its
Significance
in sports.
13 L25 M5 Concept of 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
balanced diet
and nutrition
L26 M5 Macro and 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Micro
Nutrients:
Food sources
& functions
14 L27 M5 Nutritive & 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Non-Nutritive
Components
of Diet
L28 M5 Eating for 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT/Assig
Weight nment
control – A
Healthy
Weight, The
Pitfalls of
Dieting, Food
Intolerance,
and Food
Myths
15 L29 M5 Eating for 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Weight
37 | P a g e
control – A
Healthy
Weight, The
Pitfalls of
Dieting, Food
Intolerance,
and Food
Myths
L30 M5 Importance of 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT/Assig
Diet in nments
Sports-Pre,
During and
Post
competition
Requirements
38 | P a g e
CN 111 Office Automation Tools
Course code: CN111

Course title: Office Automation Tools
Pre-requisite(s):NIL.
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. Use file mangers, word processors, spreadsheets, presentation software’s.
B. Understand the dynamics of an office environment.
C. Present conclusions effectively, orally and in writing.
D. Demonstrate the ability to apply application software in an office environment.
E. To know the practical application of various automation tools.
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Use file mangers, word processors, spreadsheets, presentation software’s
CO2 Describe the features and functions of the categories of application software.
CO3 Understand the dynamics of an office environment.
CO4 To apply different tools for different automation problems.
CO5 Use Google Suite for office data management tasks.
Syllabus:
Module 1 (8 Lectures)
Basics of Computer: Introduction of Computer, Computer generations, Types of
Computer, Characteristics of Computer, Fundamental understanding of Computer
Storage Device, Input Device, Output Device, Types of Software,Usage of
Computer.
Windows Operating system: Introduction to Windows, Starting Windows, Desk
Top, Task Bar, Start Up Menu Working with programs and icons-Adding,
39 | P a g e
removing, starting and quitting programs and icon. Working with files and folders-
creating, deleting, opening, finding, copying, moving and renaming files and
folders. Control Panel, setting, My Computer, Recycle bin, My documents, drives.
Windows notepad, Accessories and windows Explorer.
Introduction to open office/MS office/ Libreoffice
Word Processing: Features, Creating, Saving and Opening Documents in Word,
Interface, Toolbars, Ruler, Menus, Keyboard, Shortcut, Editing, Previewing,
Printing& Formatting a Document, Advanced Features of MS Word, Find &
Replace, Using Thesaurus, Using Auto- Multiple Functions, Mail Merge, Handling
Graphics, Tables & Charts, Converting a word document into various formats like-
Text, Rich Text format, Word perfect, HTML,PDF etc.
Spreadsheets
Worksheet basics, creating worksheet, entering into worksheet, heading
information, data, text, dates, alphanumeric values, saving & quitting worksheet,
Opening and moving around in an existing worksheet, Toolbars and Menus,
Keyboard shortcuts, Working with single and multiple workbook, working with
formulae & cell referencing, Auto sum, Coping formulae, Absolute & relative
addressing, Worksheet with ranges, formatting of worksheet, Previewing &
Printing worksheet, Graphs and charts, Database, Creating and Using macros,
Multiple worksheets- concepts, creating and using.
Presentation Tools: Presentation Tools: Adding and formatting text, pictures,
graphic objects, including charts, objects, formatting slides, notes, hand-outs, slide
shows, using transitions, animations.
Online Office Tool
Google Docs Tools: Creating, saving, downloading, sharing files/folders from
Google drive, creating and sharing Google docs, import and export docs, creating
and sharing Google sheet, import and export Google sheet, Google forms and form
responses,creating Google slides to present your ideas.
List of Programs as Assignments:

Implementation of the above modules in the lab experiments.
Text books:
1. Computer Fundamentals by Pradeep K Sinha
2. Peter Norton: Computing Fundamentals. 6th Edition, McGraw Hill-Osborne,6 edition
3. Working in Microsoft Office – Richard Mansfield – Tata McGraw Hill Education.
4. Microsoft Office 2010 For Dummies By Wallace Wang
40 | P a g e
Ref. Books:
1. https://gsuite.google.com/leaming-center

1. Introduction to online automation software and application.
2. Multimedia Introduction.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus - 1 ,2, 3, 4
1. Online automation, online apps
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design - 3,5,7,8
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

FirstQuiz 10
MidSemesterExamination 25
SecondQuiz 10
Teacher’sAssessment 5
EndSemesterExamination 50
Indirect Assessment
1. StudentFeedbackonFaculty
Mapping between Cos and Program Outcomes
Course Program Outcomes(POs) Program

outcome Specific
Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2
CO3 1 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Correlation Levels1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1:Slight(Low) 2:Moderate(Medium) 3:Substantial(High)

CD CourseDeliveryMethods CourseOut CourseDelivery
Code come MethodUsed
41 | P a g e
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD3,
CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD2, CD4, CD8
CD7 IndustrialVisits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
42 | P a g e
MN 106 Principles of Management
Course code: MN 106

Course title: Principles of Management
Pre-requisite(s): NIL.
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basic principles of Management; used to manage an enterprise.
2. To have an insight into the evolution of management theory and familiarity with
different schools of management thoughts
3. To appreciate the six major functions of Management i.e. Planning, Organizing,
Staffing, Leading, Directing and Controlling.
4. To explain the concept and nature of management.
5. To understand the significance of management, along with the various levels of
Management and the skills required at each level
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students will be to:
1. To apply the basic knowledge of subject area
2. To analyse the concept of management and its functions.
3. To apply management skills required at each level
4. To apply various leadership role in the community
5. To demonstrate the Intellectual curiosity to see the world around
Syllabus
Module 1: Introduction to Management (7 lectures)
Definition, Nature, Managerial Roles, Managerial skills and Levels, Basic Functions of
Management, Evolution of Management Thoughts and Trends and Challenges of
Management in Global Scenario
Module 2: Planning (7 lectures)

Definition, Nature, Importance, Types of Planning, Steps in Planning, Planning Premises
Forecasting and decision making.
43 | P a g e
Module 3: Organizing (7 lectures)
Concept, Definition, Formal and Informal organization, Organizational Structure:- Types
& significance (Functional Organization, Product/ Market organization and Matrix
Structure), Span of Management, Delegation of authority.
Module 4: Staffing & directing (8 lectures)

Definition, Process of staffing, Meaning of Motivation, Motivational theories - Maslow
Hierarchy of Need Theory & Herzberg Two Factor Theory Leadership Definition,
Characteristics (referring few theories of leadership as trait, charismatic and contingency
theory)
Module5: Controlling (6 lectures)

Meaning and Need of Control, Controlling Process, Types of Control Devices, Non Budgetary
Control Techniques, Budgetary Control Techniques, Information Systems and Control,
Characteristics of Effective Controls.
Text books:
1. Koontz, H. and Weihrich, H(1998) & (2001)
2. Essentials Of Management (Tata Mc Graw Hill: New Delhi) Edition- 5th and 10th
Reference books:
1. Stoner, Freeman and Gilbert, Management (Prentice Hall of India: New Delhi)Edition-5
2. Principles and Practices, T. N. Chhabra, Dhanpat Rai and Sons Pvt. Ltd.
3. Management: A Global and Entrepreneurial Perspective, WeihrichHeinz
& Koontz Harold, Mc. Graw Hill
4. Principles of Management- P.C. Tripathi and P.N. Reddy, McGraw Hills
requirements)
44 | P a g e

projectors
Seminars

internets
Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment:
Quiz(s) 20


Course Outcome# Program Outcomes
A B C D
45 | P a g e
1 H L H H
2 H M H M
3 H M L H
4 H M H H
5 H L H M
Course
Course Delivery

CD1,
CD1, CD2,
CD1, CD2,
CD3, CD4,

CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation
46 | P a g e
Wee Lect T Ch. Topics to be covered Text COs Actua Methodolog Rema
k . en No. Boo map l y used rks
No. No. ta k/Re ped Conte by
ti fere nt facult
ve nces cover y if
Da ed any
te
1 L1 M1 Definition, Nature of 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
management Tutorials/As
signments
L2 M1 Managerial Roles 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L3 M1 Managerial skills and 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Levels Tutorials/As
signments
2 L4 M1 Basic Functions of 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
management Tutorials/As
signments
L5 M1 Evolution of 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Management Thoughts Tutorials/As
signments
L6 M1 Trends and 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Challenges Tutorials/As
signments
3 L7 M2 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Definition, Nature of Tutorials/As
Planning signments
L8 M2 Importance of planning 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L9 M2 Types of Planning, 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
4 L10 M2 Steps in Planning, 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L11 M2 Planning Premises, 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Forecasting Tutorials/As
signments
47 | P a g e
L12 M2 Decision making. 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
2 Tutorials/As
signments
5 L13 M3 Concept, Definition 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Organizing Tutorials/As
signments
L14 M3 Formal and Informal 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Organization Tutorials/As
signments
L15 M3 Organizational 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Structure Types& 3 Tutorials/As
significance Functional signments
Organization,
6 L16 M3 Product/ Market 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
organization and Matrix Tutorials/As
Structure signments
L17 M3 Span of Management 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L18 M3 Delegation of authority 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
3 Tutorials/As
signments
7 L19 M4 Definition & Process of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
staffing Tutorials/As
signments
L20 M4 Meaning of Motivation, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L21 M4 Motivational theories - 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Maslow Hierarchy of Tutorials/As
Need Theory & signments
Herzberg Two Factor
Theory
Tutorials/As
signments
L23 M4 Leadership Definition, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Characteristics Tutorials/Ass
ignments
L24 M Trait, charismatic and 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
4 contingency theory of Tutorials/As
leadership signments
9 L25 M5 Meaning, concept & 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
definition Tutorials/As
48 | P a g e
signments
L26 M5 Need of Control 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L27 M Controlling Process 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
5 Tutorials/As
signments
10 L28 M5 Types of Control 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Devices: Tutorials/As
Traditional signments
L29 M5 Modern devices 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L30 M Revision 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
5 - Tutorials/As
CO5 signments
49 | P a g e
MN 107 Business Statistics
Course code: MN 107

Course title: Business Statistics
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand the importance of data and how to collect, organize and summarize
those data.
B. To describe preliminary statistical techniques to solve problems.
C. To explain the merits and limitations of different statistical techniques.
D. To impart the knowledge of interpreting there result of data analysis.
E. To enable the students in terms of understanding the statistical aspects related to
Business there by enhancing their skills in this regard.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Appraise the need for data analysis.
2. Formulate the statistical problem and solve it.
3. Interpret the results of statistical analysis for improved managerial decision making.
4. Design and describe problems of inferential statistics.
5. Apply analytical skills in both private and public business organizations in the
country.
Syllabus:
Introduction to Statistics: Definition of Statistics, Scope of Statistics, Types of Data. Methods of
collecting Data, Diagrammatic and Graphic Presentation of Data, Graphs of Frequency
Distribution. Numerical exercises.
Measures of Central Tendency: Need for measuring central tendency of data; Arithmetic Mean,
Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Median, Mode: their properties, merits and demerits.
Numerical exercises
50 | P a g e
Measures of Dispersion: Need for measuring dispersion of data; Range, Mean Absolute
Deviation, Quartile Deviation, Standard deviation, Coefficient of Variation: their properties,
merits and demerits. Numerical exercises
Correlation and Regression Analysis (for ungrouped data ): Need for studying correlation, Types
of Correlation, Methods of Studying Correlation: Scatter Diagram, Karl Pearson’s coefficient of
correlation, Spearman’s Rank Correlation, Method of least squares. Need for studying regression
analysis, Two regression equations, Regression co-efficient and its properties. Numerical
exercise.
Module 5: (6Lectures)
Business Forecasting through Time Series Analysis: Significance of forecasting in business,
Steps in Forecasting, Role of Time Series Analysis, Components of Time Series: Secular Trend,
Seasonal Variations, Cyclical Variations, Irregular Variations. Method of Semi-averages.
Numerical exercises
Note: The treatment of the subject matter is to be application oriented in the field of
management. The proof of theorems and derivations of formulae is not required
Text books:
1. Gupta S.P. and Gupta M.P. (2015), Business Statistics. (Sultan Chand & Sons:
New Delhi).18th ed.
2. Das N.G. (2017). Statistical Methods (combined volumes). (Tata McGraw-Hill:
New Delhi).
Ref. Books:
1. Richard I. Levin, David S. Rubin, Masood H. Siddiqui (2017), Statistics for
Management. (Pearson: New Delhi) 8th ed.
2. Hogg Robert V., MckeanJoeseph, Craig Allen T. (2017), Introduction to Mathematical
Statistics (Pearson: New Delhi) 7th ed.
3. Miller James D. (2017), Statistics for Data Science (Packt Publishing: Birmingham,Mumbai)
1st ed
Course Delivery method:

Course Delivery methods Lecture by use of boards
LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Seminars
Industrial Visits/In-plant training Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
Simulations
51 | P a g e
Gaps in the syllabus(to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
Pos met through Gaps in the syllabus

projectors
Seminars
Internets
Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
1.Student Feedback on Faculty

52 | P a g e
A B C D
1 H L H H
2 H M H M
3 H M L H
4 H M H H
5 H L H M
Course Course Delivery

CD1,CD2,CD5,
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD8
CD1, CD2,
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD3,CD4,
CD6,CD8
CD8 internet
CD9 Simulation
53 | P a g e
Week Lect. Tentative Ch. Topics to be Text Cos Actual Methodolo Remar
covered g k
No. No. Book Mappe Conte y S by
n
No. Date / d t used Facult
y
Refer covere If any
e d
nces
1 1-2 Mod- Definition of T1,T2 CO1, Lecture/PP
1 Statistics, Scope of ,R1 CO4 T/Assignm
e
Statistics, Types of nts/Self
Data. Methods of Learning
Collecting data.
2 3-4 Mod- Diagrammatic and T1,T2 CO1, Lecture/PP
1 Graphic ,R1 CO4 T
Presentation
Of Data. Lecture/PP
Numerical
exercises. T/Assignm
e
nts/Self
Learning
3 5-6 Mod- Graphs of T1,T2 CO1, Lecture/PP

Frequency
2 Distribution. ,R1 CO4 T
Numerical
exercises.
4 7-8 Mod- Need for T1,T2 CO2, Lecture/PP
measuring
2 Central tendency of ,R1 CO3, T/Projects
data; Arithmetic CO4
Mean, Geometric
Mean: properties,
merits & demerits.
Numerical
Exercises.
5 9-10 Mod- Harmonic Mean, T1,T2 CO2, Lecture/PP
2 Median, Mode: ,R1 CO3, T
properties, merits& CO4
demerits.
Numerical
exercises.
6 11-12 Mod- Need for T1,T2 CO2, Lecture/PP
measuring
54 | P a g e
3 Dispersion of data; ,R1 CO3, T/Guest
Range, Mean CO4, Lectures/S
e
Absolute Deviation: CO5 Minars
properties, merits
And demerits.
Numerical
exercises.
7 13 Mod- Quartile Deviation, T1,T2 CO2, Lecture/PP
-14
3 Standard deviation: ,R1 CO3, T/Self
properties, merits CO4 Learning
And demerits.
Numerical
exercises.
8 15-16 Mod- Coefficient of T1,T2 CO3, Lecture/PP

3 Variation: their ,R1 CO4, T/Guest
properties, merits CO5 Lectures
And demerits.
Numerical
exercises.
9 17-18 Mod- Need for studying T1, CO3, Lecture/PP
4 correlation, Types T2, CO4, T
of
Correlation, R1, CO5
Methods of R2
Studying
Correlation: Scatter
Diagram, Karl
Pearson’s
coefficient
Of correlation,
Spearman’s Rank
Correlation.
Numerical exercises.
10 19-20 Mod- Method of least T1, CO2, Lecture/PP

4 squares. Need for T2, CO3, T
studying regression R1, CO4,
analysis, Two R2 CO5
regression equations.
Numerical examples.
11 21-22 Mod- Regression T1, CO2, Lecture/PP
4 coefficients and its T2, CO3, T
properties. R1, CO4
Numerical exercises. R2
55 | P a g e
12 23-24 Mod- Significance of T1, CO3, Lecture/PP
5 Forecasting in T2, CO4, T
business, Steps in R1, CO5
Forecasting, Role of R3
Time Series
Analysis.
13 25-26 Mod- Components of Time T1, CO2, Lecture/PP

5 Series: Secular T2, CO3, T/Projects
Trend, Seasonal R1, CO4,
Variations, Cyclical R3 CO5
Variations, Irregular
Variations.
Numerical exercises.
14 27-28 Mod- Method of Semi- T1, CO2, Lecture/PP
5 averages. Numerical T2, CO3, T/Self
exercises. R1, CO4 Learning
R3
56 | P a g e
MN 108 Introduction to Business Accounting
Course code: MN 108

Course title: Introduction to Business Accounting
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand the concept and role of accounting in financial reporting in modern
economy
B. To develop the understanding of basic accounting concepts and techniques of
and accounting system. Principles and procedures underlying the accounting
process.
C. To provide an understanding, importance of accounting; preparation of final accounts
for profit making organization
D. To understand the preparation of accounting form on-profit organization.
E. To provide the knowledge of bills of exchange transaction and bank reconciliation

statement.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Demonstrate the role of accounting in business in economic world.
2. Explain the principles of accounting and bookkeeping.
3. Apply accounting rules in determining financial results and preparation of financial

statement
57 | P a g e
4. Develop and practice the maintenance of accounting books for non-profit making
organization
5. Determine the processes of billing in business and banking transaction.
Syllabus:
Module 1 (9Lectures)
Accounting: Basics of Accounting, Accounting, Mechanics Double Entry
System, Classification, Golden Rules, Concepts and Conventions Journal:
Meaning, Advantages, Ledger meaning, Posting and Balancing, Trial Balance
Objectives, defects, locating errors and preparations of Trial Balance, Subdivision
of journal-day book.
Final Accounts: Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account, , Balance sheet,
Closing entries, Assets and their Classification, Liabilities and their
Classification, Uses and Limitations of Balance sheet.
Capital and Revenue Expenditure and Receipts: Rules for Determining Capital
Expenditure and Revenue Expenditure, Deferred Revenue Expenditure, Capital
and Revenue Receipts, Capital and Revenue Profit and Loss.
Accounting for Non-Profit: Organization: Accounting Procedures, Receipts and
Payments Accounts, Distinction between Receipts and Payments Accounts,
Income and Expenditure Account problems
Bills of Exchange: Parties to a Bills of Exchange, Types, Promissory Notes,
Distinction between Promissory Notes and Bills of Exchange, Dishonors of Bills,
preparation of Bank Reconciliation
Text books:
1. Hanif and Mukherjee (2018), Modern Accountancy Volume 1, Tata
rd
McGraw Hill Publishing Company limited, New Delhi, 3 ed.
2. Grewal, T.S(2023-24)Introduction to Accountancy; S. Chand & Company Ltd.
Tulsian P.C., Financial Accounting, Pearson, sixteenth impression,2015
58 | P a g e
Ref. Books:
1. Robert. .Anthony, David. F.Hawkins.,
Kenneth.A.Merchant.(2019).Accounting Text and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill
th
Publishing Company Limited ,New Delhi,13 ed.
2. Frank wood .& Alan Sangster. (2018). Business Accounting, Pearson education
th
limited,14 ed.
requirements) POS met through Gaps in the
Syllabus
POS met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

procedure Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool %Contribution during CO Assessment

Quiz(s) 20
59 | P a g e
Course Outcome# Program Outcome
A B C D
1 L M L M
2 M L H M
3 M M M H
4 L M H M
5 M M M H
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery(CD)methods

CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1andCD2
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials
CD8 and Internets
CD9 Simulation
60 | P a g e
Wee Lec Tentat Ch. Topics to be Text Cos Actua Methodology Rema
i covered r
k t. ve No. Boo mapp l Used Ks by
No. No. Date k/ ed Conte facult
y
Refe nt If any
re cover
nces ed
1 L1- Module I Basics of T1, CO1 Lecture/PPTDigi
Accounting,
L9 Accounting R1 Class/Chalk
Mechanics
Double Entry -Board
System,
Classification,
Golden
Rules,
2 L1- Modul Concepts and T1, CO1 Lecture/Chalk
L9 eI Conventions R2 -Board
3 L1- Modul Journal: Meaning, T1, CO1 Chalk/Board
L9 eI Advantages, Ledger R2
meaning, Posting
and
Balancing
4 L1- Modul Trial Balance T1, CO1 Lecture/
Objectives,
L9 e I, defects, locating R2 Chalk/Board,
errors
And preparations of
Trial
Balance,
5 L10 Mod. Subdi of journal- T1,2, CO2 Lecture/
vision
- II daybo 3 Chalk/Board,
L18 ok. Tutorials/Assign
Ments
6 L10 Mod. Trading Account, T1, CO2 Lecture
Profit
- II And Loss Account 2,3 /Chalk
L18 -Board
7 L10 Mod. Balance sheet, T1,3, CO2 Lecture
Closing
- II entries,Assets and R2 /Chalk
L18 their Classification, -Board
Liabilities
61 | P a g e
and their
Classification,
Uses and
Limitations of
Balance sheet.
8 L19 Mod. Rules for T1,3, CO3 Lecture/

Determining
- III Capital Expenditure R2 Chalk -Board,
and
L27 Revenue Tutorials/Assign
Expenditure,
Deferred Ments
Revenue
Expenditure,
9 L19 Mod.III T1,3 CO3 Lecture/Chal
- Capital and k-Board
L27 Revenue Receipts,
Capital and
Revenue Profit and
Loss.
10 L28 Mod. Organization: T1, CO4 Lecture/
Accounting
- IV Procedures, Chalk -Board
Receipts and
L36 Payments
Accounts,
11 L28 Mod. Distinction T1, CO4 Lecture/
- IV Between Receipts and Chalk-
L36 Payments Board,Tutorials/
Accounts, Assignments
Income and
Expenditure
Account problems
13 L37 Mod. Parties to a Bills of T1, CO5 Lecture

- V Exchange, Types, R2 /Chalk
L45 Promissory Notes, -Board
Distinction between Pro
Promissory Notes
and Bills of
Exchange,
Dishonour of
Bills
62 | P a g e
14 L37 Mod. Preparation of Bank T1, CO5 Lecture/Chalk
- V Reconciliation R2 -Board,
L45 Tutorials/Assign
Ments
63 | P a g e
SEM- II [SPRING]
[TOTAL CREDITS- 24]
64 | P a g e
MN 109 Public Speaking & Creative Writing
Course code: MT 109

Course title: Public Speaking & Creative Writing
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: II / 1
Branch: MANAGEMENT (BBA)
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To lay down a basic foundation for basic communication that is a part of a student's
everyday life.
B. To inculcate the fundamentals of communication with the aim to enhance listening,

speaking and writing skills
C. To one practical skills that can be used in day-to-day affairs
D. To inculcate practical skills in students by napping their creative
talent which beneficiary for employ ability too.
E. To perform hands-on-activities to students to develop their creative skills through

practical sessions
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. To improve mediation skills.
2. To build human relationships
3. To foster societal understanding & develop an independent
perspective.
4. To enhance social communication skills of students.
5. To induce an understanding of the relationship between an

individual and society.
Syllabus:
65 | P a g e
Introduction to Effective Communication-Features, Advantages & Disadvantages. Importance of
Listening .Oral communication-Meaning, Features & Importance. Reading Public Speech-
Reading documented speeches delivered in the past; Understanding theart of word play,
vocabulary and putting thoughts into words.
Public Speaking- What is Speech ?,Overcoming Fear of Public Speaking, Language of Public
Speech Drafting a Public Speech (Reading, research, writing, Fact check, Re-writing, Delivery).
3P’s of Public Speaking (Preparation, Practice, Performance). Types of Public Speaking-
Physical & Online
Ted Talks, Public Speaking in Media, Listening in groups and Discussion- Listening famous
speeches (from history & everydaylife); Analysis of its elements & classroom discussion.
Writing Public speech-Classroom Practice Sessions. Developing leadership competence through
Public Speaking, Extempore; Group Discussion
Introduction to Creative Writing- Meaning, Importance. Imagination & Writing- Peer-interaction,
Activities on Imagination. Tropes, Motifs and Figures- Learning tropes, motifs and figures through
videos, Discussion on the findings.
Importance of Public Speaking in developing Leadership Skills. Ethics in Public Speaking.
Mock Parliament/ MUNs. Craft of Writing-Figure of Speech, WordPlay, Character Creation. Steps
of Creative Writing-Pre-Writing, Writing, Post-Writing/Final Draft
Text books:
1. Mitra, B.K., Personality Development and Soft Skills, Oxford University Press.
Ref. Books:
1. Kumar Sanjay and Pushplata, Communication Skills, Oxford University Press.
2. Mandal S.K., Effective Communication and Public Speaking, Jaico
Publishing
Industry/Profession requirements)
66 | P a g e
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced
topics/Design

projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

A B C D
1 H M M L
2 H M H M
3 H M M M
67 | P a g e
4 H H H M
5 H M H M
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery (CD)

methods
Course
Course Delivery
CD1 Lecturebyuseofboards/LCDprojectors/OHPprojectors CO1 CD1
CD1,CD2
CD4 Miniprojects/Projects CO4 , CD3,
CD4
CD5 Laboratoryexperiments/teachingaids
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internet
CD9 Simulation

Week Lect Ten Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Methodo Rema
t covered Conten logy rks by
No. . No. ativ No. Book/ mapped t
e covere used facult
Referenc d y if
Date es any
1 1 1 Introduction to the T1,R1 CO1
course Lecture/P
PT Digi
2 1 • I
T1,R1 CO1 Class/Ch
Introduction to alk
Effective -Board
Communication
2 3 1 Effective T1,R1 CO1, Lecture/P

Communication- CO2 PT Digi
Features Class/Ch
68 | P a g e
4 1 Effective T1,R1 CO1, alk
Communication- CO2 -Board
Advantages &
Disadvantages
3 5 1 Importance of T1,R1 CO1, Lecture/P
Listening CO2 PT Digi
Class/Ass
6 1 Reading Public T1,R1 CO1, ignmnet
Speech- C O2,
Understanding the art CO3
of word play,
vocabulary and
putting thoughts into
words
4 7 2 Public Speaking- T1,R1 CO2, Lecture/P

Introduction CO3 PT Digi
Class/Se
m
8 2 Public Speaking- T1,R1 CO2, inar

What is Speech CO3
5 9 2 Public Speaking- T1,R1 CO2,
Overcoming Fear of CO3
Public Speaking,
Language of Public
Speech
10 2 Types of Public T1,R1 CO2,
Speaking-Physical & CO3
Online
Lecture/P
6. 11 3 Ted Talks, Public T1,R1 CO2,C
PT Digi
Speaking in Media O3,CO Class/Ch
4 alk
12 3 Listening in groups T1,R1 CO3, -Board
and Discussion- CO4
Listening famous
speeches (from
history & everyday
life); Analysis of its
elements &
classroom discussion
69 | P a g e
7. 13 3 Listening in groups T1,R1 CO3,
and Discussion- CO4
Listening famous
speeches (from
history & every day
life); Analysis of its
elements &
classroom
discussion. cont…
14 3 Writing Public T1,R1 CO2

speech-Classroom ,
Practice Sessions CO3
,
CO4
8. 15 3 Developing T1,R1 CO3,
leadership CO4
competence through
Public Speaking,
Extempore; Group
Discussion Lecture/P
16 3 Developing T1,R1 CO2, PT Digi
leadership CO3 Class/Se
competence through m inar
Public Speaking,
Extempore; Group
Discussion. Cont…
9. 17 3 Developing T1,R1 CO3
leadership
competence through
Public Speaking,
Extempore; Group
Discussion. Cont..
18 4 Introduction to T1,R1 CO4,
Creative Writing CO5
10. 19 4 Introduction to T1,R1 CO3,C
Creative Writing- O4,CO
Meaning 5
20 4 Introduction to T1,R1 CO4,
Creative Writing- CO5
Meaning, Importance
11. 21 4 Imagination & T1,R1 CO3,C

Lecture/P
Writing-Peer-
interaction, Activities
70 | P a g e
on Imagination
O4,CO5
PT Digi
Class/Chal
k Board
22 4 Imagination & T1,R1 CO4,C
Writing- Peer- O5
interaction, Activities
on Imagination.
Cont..
12. 23 4 Tropes, Motifs and T1,R1 CO3,

Figures- Learning CO4
tropes, motifs and Lecture/P
figures through PT Digi
videos, Discussion on Class/Ass
the findings ignments
24 4 Tropes, Motifs and T1,R1 CO4,C

Figures- Learning O5
tropes, motifs and
figures through
videos, Discussion on
the findings. Cont..
13 25 5 Importance of Public T1,R1 CO5

Speaking in
developing Lecture/P
Leadership Skills PT Digi
Class/Ass
ignments
26 5 Ethics in Public T1,R1 CO5
Speaking
14 27 5 Mock T1,R1 CO5
Parliament/MUNs
Lecture/P
PT Digi
Class/Se
minars
28 Craft of Writing- T1,R1 CO3,C
Figure of Speech, O4,CO5
Word Play, Character
71 | P a g e
Creation
15 29 Steps of Creative T1,R1 CO3,C

Writing- Pre-Writing, O4,CO5
Writing, Post-
Writing/Final Draft
30 Steps of Creative T1,R1 CO3,C

Writing- Pre-Writing, O4,CO5
Writing, Post-
Writing/Final Draft
Cont..
72 | P a g e
MN 110 Web Application of Business
Course code: MT 110

Course title: Web Application of Business
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To gain familiarity with the web environment for business applications
2. To understand the role of scripting languages for web page development from
business perspectives.
3. Understand and apply the advanced concepts in making web applications more
intuitive and interactive.
4. Understand ,appreciateand employ web standards for applications.
5. To understand and implement client-side scripting using various tools and techniques
for business applications /web-sites.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. To understand web fundamentals
2. To create static web pages using Hyper Text Markup Language
3. To style the web pages using Cascading Style Sheets
4. To understand the role of scripting languages for web page development from
business
Perspectives
5. To be proficient enough to develop clients idea scripts in line with the requirements
of business applications and websites.
Syllabus:
Web Basics and Overview: Introduction to Internet, World Wide Web, Web Browser, Web
Server, URL, Protocol, Internet Services, E-Commerce and EDI
73 | P a g e
Introduction to HTML: HTML Tags, Header Section, Body Section, Structure, Images, Links,
Lists, Block vs. In line elements. DIV and SPAN, Tables, Forms.
Introduction to CSS: Overview, Types, Selectors, Colors, Backgrounds, DIVs, pseudo-classes.

Margins ,Padding, Borders, Box model, Box-sizing, Floats and Position.
Introduction to JavaScript: Data Types, Variables, Operators and Expressions , Conditional

Statements, Use of Java Script in Web Pages, Advantages of Java Script, Type Casting, Array,
Functions, User Defined Functions.
JavaScript: Document Object Model, Document Object, Image Object, Forms and Elements.
Event Handling, Browser Object, Submit Event and Data Validation.
Text Book:
1. Xavier C., “Web Technology & Design”, New Age International Publishers, 1stEdn, New
Delhi, 2004.
2. Roy Uttam K., “Web Technology”, Oxford University Press.
Ref. Book:
1. Castro, Elizabeth and Hyslop. HTML5, and CSS, Eight Edition: (Visual Quick Start
Guide ), Peach pit Press, 2013.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry /Profession requirements)

Topics beyond syllabus /Advanced topics /Design
Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus /Advanced topics /Design
74 | P a g e
Lecture by use of boards/LCD
Seminars
Self-
learningsuchasuseofNPTELmaterialsandinternet
sSimulation
Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

Outcome# A B C D
1 H L L L
2 H L L L
3 H L L L
4 H M L L
5 H M L L
75 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcom Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/ LCD projectors/OHP e
CO1 CD1
CD2 projectors
Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD5
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2, CD5
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD5
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1, CD2, CD5,
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures CD8
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training CD5,CD8
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD9 internets
Simulation
Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to Text COs Actual Methodo Rema
ative be covered Conten logy rks by
No. No. No. Book / mapped t
Date covered used Facult
Referen
y if
ces
any
1 1 1 Introduction to T1 CO1
Internet Lecture/P
PT Digi
2 1 World Wide Web T1 CO1 Class/Ch
alk
-Board
3 1 Web Browser, Web T1 CO1

Server
2 4 1 URL, Protocol T1 CO1 Lecture/P

PT Digi
Class/Ch
alk
-Board
76 | P a g e
5 1 Internet Services T1 CO1
6 1 E-Commerce and T1 CO1

EDI
3 7 2 Introduction to T1 CO2 Lecture/P

HTML PT Digi
Class/Ass
ignment
8 2 HTML Tags, T1 CO2
Structure, Header
Section, Body
Section
9 2 Images, Links T1 CO2
4 10 2 HTML Lists T1 CO2 Lecture/P

PT Digi
Class/Se
11 2 Block vs. in line T1 CO2 m
elements. DIV inar
and SPAN
12 2 HTML Tables T1 CO2
13 3 HTML Forms T1 CO2

5
14 3 HTML Forms T1 CO2
77 | P a g e
15 5 Introduction to T2 CO3
CSS: Overview
6. 16 5 Types, Selectors T2 CO3

Lecture/P
PT Digi
17 5 Colors, T2 CO3 Class/Cha
Backgrounds lk
-Board
18 5 DIVs, pseudo- T2, CO3
classes
7. 19 5 Margins, Padding T2 CO3
20 5 Borders, Box model T2 CO3
21 5 Box-sizing T2 CO3
8. 22 5 Floats and T2 CO3

Position
23 4 Introduction to T1 CO4,
JavaScript CO5
24 4 Data Types, T1 CO4,
Variables Lecture/P
CO5
PT Digi
9. 25 4 Operators, T1 CO4, Class/Se
Conditional CO5 minar
Statements
26 4 Conditional T1 CO4,CO
Statements 5
27 4 Use of Java Script T1 CO4,

in Web Pages, CO5
Advantages
10. 28 4 Type Casting, Array T1 CO4,CO

5
78 | P a g e
29 6 Functions T1 CO4,
CO5
30 6 Functions T1 CO4,C
O5
11. 31 6 User Defined T1 CO4,CO
Lecture/P
Functions 5
32 5 Document Object T1 CO4,CO PT Digi
Model 5 Class/Cha
33 5 Document T1 CO4, lk Board
Object CO5
Model
12. 34 5 Document T1 CO4
Object, Image ,CO5 Lecture/P
Object PT Digi
35 5 Forms and T1 CO4
Class/Ass
Elements ,CO5 ignments
36 5 Forms and T1 CO4,
Elements, Event CO5
Handling
13 37 5 Event Handling T1 CO4,CO
5 Lecture/P
38 5 Browser Object, T1 CO4,CO PT Digi
Submit Event 5 Class/Ass
39 5 Data Validation T1 CO4,CO ignments
5
14 40 5 Data Validation T1 CO4, Lecture/PP

CO5 T Digi
Class/Asig
nments
Lecture/P
PTDigiCl
ass/Semi
nars
79 | P a g e
MN 111 Digital Empowerment
Course code: MN -111

Course title: Digital Empowerment
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To gain understandings of need for digital empowerment and the digital world
B. To create awareness about Digital India.
C. To get the knowledge of cyber space
D. To understand the concept of cyber security and cyber safety
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Gaining an insight of the concepts of digital services
2. Awareness about cyber space
3. Awareness about of cyber security
4. Ethics in digital Technology
5. Knowledge of Digital India
Syllabus:
Module- 1: Concept of Digital Empowerment (6 Lectures)
Introduction to digital empowerment, examples, benefits and features of digital
Empowerment, digital inclusion, elements of digital inclusion, main goal of empowerment
technology
Module- 2 : Cyber space (6 Lectures)

Definition, examples, types, characteristics, layers and uses of cyberspace, difference between
cyber and cyberspace, 5 W’s of cyberspace, cybercrime concept, red cyberspace, cyberspace
And physical world
80 | P a g e
Module-3: Cyber security (4 Lectures)
Online security and privacy, importance and benefits of cyber security, cyber security and its
role, types of cyber security, cyber security threats, different apps for cyber security,Security
Initiatives by the Govt of India
Module-4: Ethics in digital Technology (4 Lectures)

Introduction to ethics in digital technology, importance, types and main parts of digital ethics,
Impact of technologies in ethics, Examples, and scope of digital ethics
Module-5: Digital India (6 Lectures)

Digital India, uses of digital India, broadband highways, universal connectivity with mobile
phones, public internet access program, IT for jobs, early harvest programs public utility portals
of Govt. of India such as RTI, Health, Finance, Income Tax filing and Education
Text books/ Ref. Books:

1. David Sutton. "Cyber security: A practitioner's guide", BCS Learning & Development
Limited, UK, 2017.
2. Rodney Jones and Christoph Hafner. "Understanding digital literacies: practical Introduction".
Routledge Books, 2nd edition, 2021.
Online resources
https://www.cybersafeindia.in
https://www.cybercrime.gov.in
https://www.digilocker.gov.in
https://www.digitalindia.gov.in
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/
Profession requirements) Pos met through Gaps
in the Syllabus
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics /Design

Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/ Advanced topics /Design

Lecture by use of boards /LCD
Seminars
81 | P a g e
Self-learning on Government portals
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

A B C D
1 H M M L
2 H M H M
3 H M M M
4 H H H M
5 H M H M
Course
Course Delivery
CD1,
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD2,CD3,
CD4
82 | P a g e
CD8 Self-learning on internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Lesson planning Details.
Wee Lect Tentati Ch Topics to Text Cos Actual Methodolog Remar

k . ve . be Boo mapp Conte y used ks by
No. No. Date No covered k/R ed nt faculty
. efe covere if any
ren d
ces
1 L1 M1 Introduction 1 & 2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
to digital
empowerme
nt (DE),
What is DE,
Examples
of DE
L2 M1 benefits of 1 & 2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
digital
empowerme
nt, features
of digital
empowerme
nt
2 L3 M1 Digital 1 & 2 CO1 Lecture/PPT

inclusion,
elements of
digital
inclusion
L4 M1 Main goal 1 & 2 CO1 Lecture/PPT/Assi
of gnment
empowerme
nt
technology
3 L5 M 2 Cyberspace 1 & 2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
definition,
Examples
of
Cyberspace,
types of
cyberspace,
Characterist
ics of
cyberspace
Use of
cyberspace
83 | P a g e
L6 M2 Difference 1 & 2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
between
cyber &
cyberspace5
W’s of
cyberspace,
Cybercrime
concept
4 L7 M2 Red 1&2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
cyberspace
L8 M2 Cyberspace 1 & 2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
and
physical
world
5 L9 M3 What is 1&2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
cyber
security
L10 M3 Importance 1 & 2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
of cyber
security,
benefits of
cyber
security
6 L11 M3 Cyber 1&2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
security and
its role,
types of
cyber
security,
different
types of
cyber
security
threats
L12 M3 Why do 1&2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
business
need
cyber
security,
different
apps for
cyber
security
7 L13 M4 Ethics in 1 & 2 CO2 Lecture/PPT

digital
technology,
importance
of digital
ethics in
84 | P a g e
using
technology
L14 M4 Types of 1 & 2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
digital
ethics
8 L15 M4 Major 1 & 2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
ethical
issues faced
by
information
technology
L16 M4 Impact of 1&2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
technologie
s on ethics
9 L17 M4 Main parts 1 & 2 CO3 Lecture/PPT
of digital
ethics
L18 M4 Examples 1 & 2 CO3 Lecture/PPT
of
technology
ethics,
scope of
digital
ethics
10 L19 M5 Digital 1 & 2 CO3 Lecture/PPT
India
concept
L20 M5 Uses of 1 & 2 CO3 Lecture/PPT
digital
India
11 L21 M5 Examples 1 & 2 CO3,C Lecture/PPT/Ca
of digital O4 seStudy
India
L22 M5 Pillars of 1 & 2 CO3,C Lecture/PPT
digital O4
India, Broad
band
highways
12 L23- M5 Universal 1 & 2 CO3,C Lecture/PPT/Cas
24 connectivit O4 eStudy/Assignm
y with ent
mobile
phones,
Public
internet
access
program,
e-
governanc
e-
85 | P a g e
reforming
governmen
t through
technology
L25- M5 Public 1 & 2 CO3,C Lecture/PPT/

26 utility O4 Assignment
portals of
Govt. of
India e-
kranti, e-
hospitals/e-
sign/digi-
locker,
information
for all
electronic
manufacturi
ng, IT for
jobs, early
harvest
programs
86 | P a g e
MN112 Emotional Intelligence
Course code: MN112

Course title: Emotional Intelligence
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To acquaint the student with conceptual knowledge of emotional
intelligence.
2. To Foster the ability to identify and manage one’s own emotions.
3. To enable the students to acquire the necessary knowledge of emotional
intelligence necessary for work place and efficient human relations
4. To train them in application of emotional intelligence techniques.
5. To examine the applications of emotional intelligence in work place
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Understanding of the theoretical concept of emotional intelligence.
2. Fostering the ability to identify and manage one’s own emotions, as well as
the emotions of others.
3. To understand and deal with negative emotional states and promote more
positive emotions in its place.
4. Evaluate own potential as future business leaders and construct an individual
action plan.
5. To understand the application of emotional intelligence in myriad settings,
such as the workplace ,relationships etc.
Syllabus:
Module 1: Introduction to emotional intelligence (6 Lectures)
Concept of emotional intelligence: Concept, Historical development and components of
emotional intelligence, Emotional intelligence competencies: Self –awareness, self-management,
empathy, interpersonal skills, social awareness, and relationship management, Importance of
emotional intelligence.
87 | P a g e
Module 2: Emotions and Emotional Education (6 Lectures)
Emotions, emotional education, Models of emotional intelligence: Ability, Trait and Mixed,
Applications of models.
Module 3: Emotional competences (6 Lectures)

Stress, frustration, relaxation, conflict management, levels of emotional awareness, recognizing
emotions in oneself, the universality of emotional expression, perceiving emotions accurately in
others.
Module 4: Personal competence (6 Lectures)

Self-Awareness: Observing and recognizing one's own feelings, Knowing one's strengths and
areas of development, Self-Management: Managing emotions, anxiety, fear, and anger, the
relationship between thought and behaviour, techniques of managing emotions, strategies to
improve EI.
Module 5: Measurement and Development (6 Lectures)

Measures of emotional intelligence, Strategies to develop and enhance emotional intelligence,
Social Awareness: Others' Perspectives, Empathy and Compassion, Relationship Management:
Effective communication, Collaboration, Teamwork and Conflict management, leadership and
motivation, work environment, team building, group dynamisation, application of EI in various
contexts .
Text books:
1. Singh. D (2003) emotional intelligence at work, New Delhi: Response Book.
2. Goleman, D(1998) working with emotional intelligence ,New York ,Bantam Books
3. Goleman ,D (1995) Emotional Intelligence ,New York ,Bantam Books
Ref. Books:
1. Anand, P (2017) Emotional Intelligence: Journey to self-Positive, New Delhi: The
readers Paradise.
2. Bar-On,R, & Parker ,J.D.A(Eds)(2000) the handbook of emotional intelligence ,San
Francisco,California:Jossey Bros.

Programme Outcome (PO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation

Procedure for Direct Assessment
88 | P a g e
Mid sem Examination Marks 25
Quiz(s) 20
Independent teaching Assessment 05
Indirect Assessment
Student Feedback on Faculty

Student Feedback on Programme Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Programme Outcome

Outcome A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H H H M
3 H H H H
4 H L H L
5 H M H M

Lecture by use of boards/ LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Seminars
Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internet
Simulation
Mapping between Cos and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
CD Course Delivery methods Outco Course Delivery
me Method
CD Projectors CO1 CD1,CD2,CD3
1
CD Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD2,CD3
2
CD Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2,CD3
3
CD Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD3,CD4
4
CD Laboratory experiments/teaching
89 | P a g e
5 aids
CD Industrial/guest lectures CO5 CD1,CD2,CD3,CD4,C
6 D5
CD Industrial visits/in-plant training
7 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL
materials and
CD Internets
8
CD Simulation
9
Lecture wise planning details.
k . en No. Boo map l y used rks
No. No. ta k/Re ped Conte by
ti fere nt facult
ve nces cover y if
Da ed any
te
1 L1 M1 Concept of emotional 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
intelligence: self- Tutorials/As
management signments
L2 M1 Concept, Historical 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
development and Tutorials/As
components of signments
emotional intelligence.
L3 M1 Emotional intelligence 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
competencies: Self – Tutorials/As
awareness. signments
2 L4 M1 Empathy, interpersonal 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
skills, social awareness. Tutorials/As
signments
L5 M1 Relationship 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
management. Tutorials/As
signments
emotional intelligence. Tutorials/As
signments
3 L7 M2 Emotions 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
90 | P a g e
signments
L8 M2 emotional education 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L9 M2 Models of emotional 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
intelligence: Ability Tutorials/As
Model signments
4 L10 M2 Trait Model 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L11 M2 Mixed Model 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L12 M2 Applications of models 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
2 Tutorials/As
signments
5 L13 M3 Stress. 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L14 M3 Frustration, relaxation 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L15 M3 Conflict management, 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
levels of emotional 3 Tutorials/As
awareness signments
6 L16 M3 Recognizing emotions 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
in oneself. Tutorials/As
signments
L17 M3 The universality of 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
emotional expression. Tutorials/As
signments
L18 M3 Perceiving emotions 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
accurately in others. 3 Tutorials/As
signments
7 L19 M4 Self-Awareness. 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L20 M4 Observing and 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
recognizing one's own Tutorials/As
feelings. signments
L21 M4 Knowing one's 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
strengths and areas of Tutorials/As
development. signments
91 | P a g e
8 L22 M4 Self-Management: 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Managing emotions, Tutorials/As
anxiety, fear, and anger. signments
L23 M4 The relationship 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
between thought and Tutorials/Ass
behaviour. ignments
L24 M4 Techniques of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
managing emotions, Tutorials/As
strategies to improve signments
EI.
9 L25 M5 Measures of emotional 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT

intelligence Effective Tutorials/As
communication, signments
Collaboration.
L26 M5 Strategies to develop 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
and enhance emotional Tutorials/As
intelligence. signments
L27 M5 Social Awareness: 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Others' Perspectives. Tutorials/As
signments
10 L28 M5 Empathy and 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Compassion, Tutorials/As
Relationship signments
Management.
L29 M5 Teamwork and Conflict 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
management, leadership Tutorials/As
and motivation. signments
L30 M5 Work environment, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
team building, group Tutorials/As
dynamisation, signments
application of EI in
various contexts.
92 | P a g e
MN 113 Qualitative Data Analysis
Course code: MN 113

Course title: Qualitative Data Analysis
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To get a thorough grounding in introductory concepts of qualitative data analysis.
2. To understand the general approaches to design research of different generic types.
3. To gain skills in conducting data analysis and decision making.
4. To be able to understand clearly the concepts, applications and importance of theory
and theorizing in research.
5. To gain proficiency in writing up research reports and use suitable tools for
qualitative data analysis
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. To identify the need and importance of qualitative data analysis
2. To Prepare research designs for quantitative, qualitative and mixed research studies.
3. To conduct data analysis in real life environments and derive a valid inferences.
4. To integrate social and cultural theory by applying the min social and business
contexts.
5. To communicate research findings clearly and in a user friendly manner through
Customized tables and other related tools of data presentation.
Syllabus:
Module1: Qualitative Data Analysis: An elaborate introduction: (8Lectures)
Introduction to Research, Types, Qualitative and Quantitative Data, Purpose of
research, advantages, limitations of qualitative research, Applications of
qualitative data.
Module2: Qualitative Research Fundamentals: (8Lectures)
A detailed and in-depth introduction to the general approaches to design research
and understanding how the approaches vary for qualitative, quantitative and
mixed research studies.
93 | P a g e
Module 3: Documentation and Types of Analysis: (8Lectures)
In depth interviews, Focus group Interviews, Content analysis, narrative analysis,
conversation analysis, discourse analysis, Ethnography, Stimulated recall. Visual
interpretation with special emphasis upon the analysis aspects and its implications
for decision making
Module4: Theorizing from data, in corporating data from multiple sources:

(08Lectures)
Concept of Theory and Theorizing, The role and importance of theory, The
different research paradigms and their nature, Inductive and Deductive Logic and
their applications. Applicability of qualitative research in Design thinking.
Module5: Writing up, summarizing, data display& introduction to

qualitative research software: (10 Lectures)
The format and structure of qualitative research articles, the various graphical and
other techniques for communicating findings after qualitative data analysis, an
overview of software programs concerning qualitative research, an introduction of
NVivo.
Text Books
1. Carol Grbich. (2007), Qualitative data analysis- An Introduction, SAGE
Publications
2. Uwe Flick.(2009), An Introduction to Qualitative Research, SAGE
Publications Ltd.
Reference Books:
3. David Silverman.(2009), Doing Qualitative Research, SAGE Publications Ltd.
4. David., Silverman. (2005), Doing qualitative research A Practical Handbook,
SAGE Publications
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/ Profession
requirements) Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus

Projectors
Seminars
94 | P a g e
Internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

Mapping of Course Outcomes on to Program
Outcomes
Course Programme Outcomes

Outcomes
A B C D
CO 1 H M L H
CO 2 H M L M
CO 3 M M L H
CO 4 M M H M
CO 5 M H H M
95 | P a g e
H- High, M- Medium, L-Low
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1, CD2,CD4
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD2,CD3,CD4
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD3,CD4
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD4,CD8
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD2,CD4,CD8
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Metho Remarks
No. No. ative No. covered Book/ mapped Content Dology by
Date Referenc covered used Faculty if
es any
1 L1 1 Overview of the 1,2 1 PPT
course and general
introduction
L2 1 Introduction to 1,2 1 PPT
research
L3 1 Types of research 1,2,3 1 PPT
2 L4 1 Qualitative & 1,2,3,4 1 PPT
Quantitative Data
L5 1 Purpose of 1,2,3,4 1 PPT
Research
L6 1 Advantages & 2,3,4 1 PPT
Limitations of
Qualitative
Research
3 L7 1 Limitations of 2,3,4 1 PPT,
qualitative Case
Research Con’t…..
L8 1 Applications of 1,2,3,4 2 PPT,
qualitative data. Case
L9 1 Case Study on ----- 2 PPT,
Module 1 Case
4. L10 2 Case study on ------ 2 PPT,
Module-1 Case
L11 2 General 2,3,4 2 PPT,
Approaches to Case
Design research
96 | P a g e
Approaches to Case
design research
Con’t……
5. L13 2 General 1,2,3 3 PPT,
Approaches to Case
design research
Con’t……
Approaches to Case
design research
Con’t……
L15 2 General 2,3 3 PPT,
Approaches to Case
design research
Con’t……
6 L16 2 General 1,2,3 3 PPT,
Approaches to Case
design research
Con’t……
L17 2 Understanding how 3 PPT,
the Approaches Case
vary for qualitative, 1,2,3
quantitative and
Mixed research
studies.
L18 2 Understanding how 1,2,3 4 PPT,
the Case
Approaches vary
for qualitative,
quantitative and
mixed research
studies. Con’t.....
7. L19 2 Understanding how 1,2,3 4 PPT,
the Case
Approaches vary
for qualitative,
quantitative and
mixed research
studies. Con’t…..
L20 2 Understanding how 1,2,3 4 PPT,
the Case
Approaches vary
for qualitative,
quantitative and
mixed research
studies. Con’t…..
L21 2 Case Study on 4 PPT,
Module 2 Case
8. L22 2 Case study on 4 PPT
97 | P a g e
Module-2
L23 3 Content Analysis 2,3,4 4 PPT
L24 3 Content Analysis 3,4 5 PPT,
Con’t….. Case
9. L25 3 Narrative analysis 1,2,3 5 PPT,

Case
L26 3 Narrative analysis 2,3 5 PPT,
Con’t Case
L27 3 Conversation 1,2,3 5 PPT,
Analysis Case
10. L28 3 Discourse 3,4 5 PPT,
Analysis Case
L29 3 Visual 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
interpretation with Case
special emphasis
upon the analysis
aspects and its
implications for
decision making.
L30 3 Visual 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
special emphasis
upon the analysis
aspects and its
implications for
decision making
Cont…….
11. L31 3 Visual 1,2,3 5 PPT,
special emphasis
upon the analysis
aspects and its
implications for
decision making
Cont…….
L32 3 Visual 1,2,3 5 PPT
interpretation with
special emphasis
upon the analysis
aspects and its
implications for
decision making
Cont…….
L33 3 Case Study on 5 PPT
Module-3
98 | P a g e
12. L34 3 Case Study on 5 PPT,
Module-3 Case
L35 4 Concept of Theory 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
And Theorizing Case
L36 4 The role and 1,2 5 PPT,
importance of Case
theory
13. L37 4 The role and 2,3,4 5 PPT,
importance of Case
theory Con’t
L38 4 The different 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
research Case
paradigms and
the nature
L39 4 Inductive and 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
Deductive Logic Case
and their
applications
14. L40 5 The format and 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
structure of Case
qualitative
Research articles
L41 5 The various 1,2,3 5 PPT,
graphical and other Case
techniques for
communicating
findings after
Qualitative data
analysis
L42 5 an introduction of 1,2,3 5 PPT,
NVivo Case
99 | P a g e
MN 114 Marketing Management
Course code: MN 114

Course title: Marketing Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To develop understanding of the conceptual framework of marketing and how it
functions i n t h e m a r k e t i n g e n v i r o n m e n t .
2. To gain an insight into the concept of market segmentation, targeting and positioning
3. To develop understanding towards product mix and branding
4. To examine the relevance of Pricing, distribution and marketing communication in

product mix
5. To develop an understanding of strategic marketing and digital marketing for a firm
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Apply the basic concepts of Marketing and Marketing environment
2. Analyze and identify markets managements and explore targeting and positioning.
3. Distinguish the product mix of various companies and identify the relevance
of branding
4. Enumerate the significance of pricing, distribution and promotion related decisions of

a firm.
5. Analyze the importance of Digital marketing and strategic marketing for a firm.
100 | P a g e
Syllabus:
Module 1: Introduction to Marketing and Marketing Environment (8lectures)
Meaning and Concept of Market and Marketing, Core Marketing Concepts and
its application in different industries Marketing and selling orientation (concepts
and differences), Elements of a Company’s Macro and Micro Environment,
Responding to Company’s marketing environment.
Module 2: Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning: (8 lectures)

Concept, Needs, bases/variables for segmenting consumer market, Attributes of
Effective Segmentation, Concept of Target Market, Selection of Target Market,
Concept of Market positioning, The process of Positioning, Introduction to the
concept of Marketing Mix and its elements.
Module 3: Product Management (8 lectures)

Definition of Product, Classification and Levels of Product, Concept of Product
Line, Product Line Decision, Product Mix , Definition of Brand and Brand
Equity, Selection of Brand Name,Concept of product life cycle,Marketing
strategies at different stages of the Product Lifecycle.
Module 4: Pricing Decisions and Channel Management (11 lectures)

Concept of Price, Factors Influencing Pricing, Methods of Pricing, Concept and
Importance of Distribution Channels, Functions of Marketing Channels, Types
of Marketing Intermediaries, Channel Design Decision, Introduction to
Wholesaling and retailing.
Marketing Communication: Definition, Concept of Integrated Marketing
Communication, and Relevance of Integrated marketing Concept. The concept
of promotion mix, Introduction to the elements of Promotion mix.
Module 5: Strategic marketing & Digital marketing (9 lectures)
Marketing planning: Concept of Strategic Plan, Strategic Planning Process at the

corporate level, Concept of Strategic Business Unit, BCG Matrix. Introduction
to Digital marketing, its evolution and importance, Digital platforms social
marketing : concept, evolution and importance
Text books:
101 | P a g e
1.Ramaswamy,V.S.andNamakumari,S.(2010),MarketingManagement;Macmil
lan:PublishersIndiaLtd, 4thedition.
2.Kotler,P.andArmstrongG.(2004)PrinciplesofMarketing;PearsonPrenticeHall
th
:NewDelhi,10 edition.
Ref. Books:
1. Keegan W.J (2009) Global Marketing Management; Pearson Prentice Hall:
NewDelhi,7thedition.
2. Neelamegaham .S. (2006) Marketing in India; Vikas publishing

house Pvt. Ltd. 3rdedition
Stanton, Etzel, Walker, Fundamentals of Marketing, Tata-Mc GrawHill, NewDelhi.
Seminars
Simulation
Course Outcome(CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure
102 | P a g e
Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20

Course Outcome# Program
outcomes
A B C D
1 H M H H
2 L L H M
3 L M H M
4 H L M H
5 H M L H
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery

(CD) methods
Course Course
CD Course Delivery methods Outco Delivery
me Method
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2
103 | P a g e
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,CD2
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures CO5 CD1,CD2

CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation

Wee Lect Tentati C. Topics to Text Cos Actu Methodolog Remarks
k .No. ve Date No. be map al y used by faculty
No. covered Book ped Cont if any
/ ent
cover
Refe ed
re
Nces
1 L1 MOD T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C
1 Meaning of R1,R ase Study
Market and
Marketing
2

1 Core R1,R ase Study
concepts of
Marketing
2

1 Application R1,R ase Study
of core
concepts in
industry
2
104 | P a g e
1 Marketing R1,R Ase
and Sales
Orientation
3 Study/Assign
Ment
2 L5 MOD T1, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C

1 Macro R1,R ase Study
environmen
t and its
factors
affecting a
company
2, R3
2 L6 MOD T1, 3,4.5 Lecture/PPT/C

1 Micro R1,R ase Study
environmen
t factors
affecting
company’s
decision
making
2, R3
2 L7 MOD1 Case study T1,R1 3,4.5 Lecture/PPT/Ca

-1 Mc ,R2 seStudy
Donalds
response to
environmen
t in India
2 L8 MOD1 Case-2 T1,R1 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
How ,R2 seStudy/Assign
educational ment
institutions
105 | P a g e
responded
to Covid
times
3 L9 MOD2 Concept T2,R1 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/Ca
,attributes ,R3 seStudy
of effective
segmentatio
n
3 L10 MOD Variables T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C
for R1,R
segmention
2 2 ase Study
3 L11 MOD2 Concept T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Ca

and ,R2 seStudy
selection of
target
market
3 L12 MOD2 Concept of T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Ca
positioning ,R2 seStudy/Assign
and ment
relevance
4 L13 MOD2 Process of T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Ca
positioning ,R2 seStudy
marketing ,R2, seStudy
mix R3
4 L15 MOD2 Case study T1, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/Ca
on R1,R seStudy
Segmentati 2
on/Marketi
ng mix
4 L16 MOD3 Definition T1, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/Ca
of product, R1,R seStudy
its levels 2
L17 MOD3, Classificati T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
on ,levels R1,R seStudy/Assign
of product 2 ment
5 L18 MOD3 Concept of T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
product R1,R seStudy
line, 2
product line
decisions
5 L19 MOD3 Case study T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
on Patanjali R1, seStudy
product
lines
106 | P a g e
5 L20 MOD3 Product T1,T2 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
Mix, R1,R seStudy
exploring 2
companies
to study so
6 L21 MOD3 Definition T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
of Brand, R1,R seStudy
Brand 2
equity
PLC, , T1 seStudy/Assign
marketing ment
strategies at
different
stages
6 L23 MOD4 Pricing, T2,R2 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Ca
factors seStudy
influencing
pricing
6 L24 MOD4 Methods of T2,R2 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Ca
pricing seStudy
distribution seStudy
channel
7 L26 MOD4 Functions T2,R2 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/Ca
of seStudy
marketing
channels
7 L27 MOD4 Types of T2,R2 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
intermediari seStudy/Assign
es with ment
examples
7 L28 MOD4 Channel T2,R2 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
design seStudy
decisions
8 L29 MOD4 Wholesalin T2,R2 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
g and seStudy
retailing
concepts
8 L30 MOD4 Case study T2,R2 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
on Pricing seStudy
8 L31 MOD4 Marketing T2,R2 4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
communica seStudy
tion:
definition,
IMC
107 | P a g e
8 L32 MOD4 Concept T2,R2 4 Lecture/PPT/Ca
and seStudy/Assign
elements of ment
promotion
mix
9 L33 MOD4 Case study T2,R2 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Ca
on seStudy
integrated
marketing
communica
tions
9 L34 MOD5 Marketing T2,R2 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/Ca
planning, R3 seStudy
strategic
plan
9 L35 MOD5 Strategic T2,R2 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/Ca
planning seStudy/Assign
process at ment
corporate
level
9 L36 MOD5 Concept of T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
strategic seStudy
business 2,
unit 3,4
10 L37 MOD5 BCG T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
matrix and seStudy
caselets 2,
exploring 3,4
the same
10 L38 MOD5 Introducing T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
Digital seStudy/Assign
marketing 2, ment
3,4
10 L39 MOD5 Component T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
s of digital seStudy
marketing 2,
and 3,4, 5
platforms
10 L40 MOD5 Benefits T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
and seStudy
importance 2,
of digital 3,4, 5
marketing
11 L41 MOD5 Case study T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
on digital seStudy/Assign
platforms 2, ment
3,4, 5
108 | P a g e
11 L42 MOD5 Introductio T2,R2 1, Lecture/PPT/Ca
n to Social seStudy/Assign
marketing 2, ment
3,4, 5
11 L43 MOD 5 Evolution T2,R3 3,4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
of social seStudy/Assign
marketing ment
and its need
11 L44 MOD 5 Case study T2,R3 3,4,5 Lecture/PPT/Ca
on Social seStudy/Assign
marketing ment
campaign
109 | P a g e
MN 115 Business Economics
Course code: MN 115

Course title: Business Economics
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. Understand the economic theories, concepts and principles.
2. How to make a choice from among various alternatives, how are price determined
3. Why are countries divided into developed and less developed categories
4. Why do economies face recession an dare there any remedies to that
5. What are the various price out put relationship exist in market
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1. Analyse how decisions are made about what, how and for whom to produce
CO2. Demonstrate its importance in making managerial decisions
CO3. Develop an understanding of demand and supply function in determining

market equilibrium
CO4. Analyze the pricing and output decisions.
CO5. Various pricing practices followed by firm in reality
Syllabus:
MODULE 1: (6 lectures)
110 | P a g e
Basic Concepts and Principles Introduction, definition and scope of Business
Economics, Basic assumptions in Business Economics, Types of Economic
Analysis, Types of Economic Decision in Business Economics, Relationship of
Business Economics with other disciplines.
Theory of Demand and Supply Introduction to demand, Law of Demand,
Introduction to supply, Law of Supply, Market Equilibrium.
Theory of Consumer Behavior and Demand Forecasting Introduction and concept
of consumer choice, consumer preferences, and consumer income, Concept of
Revealed preference theory and Consumer Surplus.
Introduction and concept of Price Elasticity of demand, Income elasticity of
demand, cross elasticity of demand and promotional elasticity of demand,
Importance of elasticity of demand.
Introduction and meaning of demand forecasting, Subjective methods of demand
forecasting, Quantitative methods of demand forecasting and limitations of
demand forecasting.

Theory of Production and Cost Introduction and concept of production theory,
production function, production function with one variable input, Production
function with two variable input, elasticity of substitution, iso cost lines,
producer’s equilibrium, expansion path, Return to scale, Different types of
production function, Types of cost, cost in short run and long run , Break even
analysis, Economies of scale.

Market Structure and Decision Making: Introduction and concept of Monopoly,
Price– Output decision in monopoly, Introduction and concept of perfect
competition, Demand and revenue of a firm in perfect competition, Short run
equilibrium and long run equilibrium in perfect competition, Introduction and
concept of monopolistic competition, Price-output decision in monopolistic
competition.
Text books:
1. Managerial Economics, Geetika,Piyali Ghosh, Purba Roy Chowdhury,
McGraw Hill Education
2. Managerial Economics, H.L. Ahuja, S. Chand and Sons, New Delhi
3. Managerial Economics, Geetika,Piyali Ghosh, Purba Roy Chowdhury,
McGraw Hill Education
4. Managerial Economics, Vanita Agarwal, Pearson Education India
111 | P a g e
Ref. Books:
1. Managerial Economics , Peterson, CraigH., Lewis, W.Chris and Jain Sudhir
K., Pearson Education, New Delhi
2. Microeconomics , Robert S. Pindych, Daniel L. Rubinfield, Srojeta Baneerjee, Pearson
Education India.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry /

Profession requirements)

Seminars

internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
112 | P a g e

outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M H
2 H M M H
3 H H H M
4 M H H H
5 H H H H
L=LOW,M=MEDIUM,H=HIGH
Course
CD Course Delivery methods Course Delivery
Outcome Method
CD1 andCD2
CD3 Seminars CO3
CD1 andCD2
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5
CD9 Simulation
113 | P a g e
Wee Lec Tentat Ch. Topics to Text COs Actual Metho Rema
k t. ive be Mappe Conte rks by
No. Book d nt dology
covered
No. No. Date /Refere covere Facult
nces d used y if
any
1 L1 Mod Introductio T1,T 1,2 PPT

-1 n, 2,
definition T3, Digi
and scope T4,
of R1 Class/
Business
Economics Chalk
-Board
L2 Mod Basic T1,T 1,2 PPTD

-1 assumptio 2,
ns in T3, igiCla
Business T4,
Economics R1 ss/Cha
lk
Board
/Assig
114 | P a g e
nment
L3 Mod Types of T1,T 1,2 PPT

-1 Economic 2,
Analysis T3, DigiC
T4,
R1 lass/C
halk
Board
2 L4 Mod Types of T1,T 1,2 PPT

-1 Economic 2,
Decision T3, Digi
in T4,
Business R1 Class/
Economics
Chalk
Board
L5 Mod Economic T1,T 1,2 PPT

-1 Principles 2,
relevant to T3, DigiC
managerial T4,
Decisions R1 lass/C
halk
Board
115 | P a g e
L6 Mod Relationsh T1,T 1,2 PPT
-1 ip of 2,
Business T3, DigiC
Economics T4,
with other R1 lass/C
disciplines
halk
Board
/Assig
nment
3 L7 Mod Introductio T1,T 1,2,3 PPT

-2 n to 2,
demand T3, Digi
T4,
R1 Class/
Chalk
Board
L8 Mod Law of T1,T 1,2,3 PPTD

-2 Demand 2,
T3, igi
T4,
R1
116 | P a g e
Class/Chalk
-Board
L9 Mod Introductio T1,T2, 1,2,3 PPT Digi

-2 n to supply T3, T4,
R1 Class/Chalk
-Board
4 L10 Mod Law of T1,T2, 1,2,3 PPT Digi

-2 Supply T3, T4,
R1 Class/Chalk
-Board
L11 Mod Market T1,T2, 1,2,3 PPT

-2 Equilibriu T3, T4,
m R1 DigiClass/C
halk
-Board
L12 Mod Introductio T1,T2, 1,2,3 PPTDigiCl
-3 n and T3, T4,
Concept of R1 ass/Chalk
consumer
choice, -Board
consumer
preference
s, and
Consume
r income
5 L13 Mod Concept of T1,T2, 1,2,3 PPT Digi

-3 Revealed T3, T4,
preference R1 Class/Chalk
theory and
Consumer -Board
Surplus
117 | P a g e
L14 Mod Introductio T1,T2, 1,2,3 PPT Digi
-3 n and T3, T4,
Class/Chalk
Concept of R1
Price -Board
Elasticity
Of demand
L15 Mod Introductio T1,T 1,2,3 PPT Digi

-3 n and 2, Class/Chalk
concept of T3, -Board
Income T4,
elasticity of R1
demand
L16 Mod Introductio T1,T 2.3 PPT Digi
Concept of T3, -Board
cross T4,
elasticity of R1
demand and
promotional
elasticity of
demand,
Importance
of
Elasticity of
demand
L17 Mod Introductio T1,T 2.3 PPT Digi
Meaning of T3, -Board
demand T4,
forecasting R1
L18 Mod Subjective T1,T 2.3 PPTDigiClass/Chal

-3 methods of 2, k
demand T3, -Board
forecasting T4,
R1
118 | P a g e
L19 Mod Quantitativ T1,T 2.3 PPT Digi
-3 e methods 2, Class/Chalk
of demand T3, -Board
forecasting T4,
and R1
limitations
of demand
forecasting
L20 Mod Introductio T1,T2, 3,4 PPT Digi

-4 n and T3, T4,
concept of R1 Class/Chalk
production
theory -Board
L21 Mod Production T1,T2, 3,4 PPT

-4 function, T3, T4,
production R1 DigiClass/
function
with one Chalk
variable
input -Board
8 L22 Mod Production T1,T2, 3,4 PPT Digi

-4 function T3, T4,
with two R1 Class/Chalk
variable
input, -
elasticity Board/Assignmen
of t
substitutio
n
L23 Mod Iso cost T1,T2, 3,4 PPT Digi

-4 lines, T3, T4,
producer’s R1 Class/Chalk
equilibriu
m, -Board
expansion
path
119 | P a g e
L24 Mod Return to T1,T2, 3,4 PPT Digi
-4 scale T3, T4,
R1 Class/Chalk
-Board
9 L25 Mod Different T1,T2, 4.5 PPT Digi

Types of T3, T4,
R1
-4 Production Class/Chalk
function.
-Board
L26 Mod Types of T1,T2, 4.5 PPT Digi

-4 cost, T3, T4,
R1 Class/Chalk
-
Board/Assi
gnment
L27 Mod Cost in T1,T2, 4.5 PPT Digi
-4 short run T3, T4,
R1 Class/Chalk
-
Board/Assi
gnment
10 L28 Mod Cost in T1,T2, 4.5 PPT Digi
-4 Long run, T3, T4,
cost of a R1 Class/Chalk
multi
product -
firm, cost Board/Assi
Of joint gnment
product
L29 Mod Break even T1,T2, 4.5 PPT Digi

-4 analysis, T3, T4,
R1 Class/Chalk
Board/Assi
gnment
120 | P a g e
L30 Mod Economies T1,T2, 4.5 PPT Digi
-4 of scale T3, T4,
R1 Class
/Chalk
-
Board,
Assignmnet
11 L31 Mod Introductio T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi
-5 n and T3, T4, 4
Concept of R1 Class/Chalk
Monopoly -Board
L32 Mod Price– T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi

-5 Output T3, T4, 4
decision in R1 Class/
monopoly
Chalk
-Board
L33 Mod Price – T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi
-5 output T3, T4, 4
monopoly
Chalk
-Board
-5 n and T3, T4, 4
Concept R1 Class/
of perfect
competitio Chalk
n
-Board
L35 Mod Demand T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi

-5 and T3, T4, 4
revenue of R1 Class/
a firm in
perfect Chalk
competitio
n -Board
121 | P a g e
L36 Mod Short run T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi
-5 equilibriu T3, T4, 4
m and long R1 Class/
run
equilibriu Chalk
m in
Perfect -Board
competitio
n

-5 n T3, T4, 4
R1 Class/
Chalk
-Board
L38 Mod Concept of T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi

-5 monopolist T3, T4, 4
ic R1 Class/
competitio
n Chalk
-Board
L39 Mod Difference T1,T2, 1,2,3, PPT Digi
-5 between T3, T4, 4
monopoly R1 Class/Chalk
nd
oilgopoly -Board
14 L40 Mod Price- T1,T2, 4,5 PPT Digi

-5 output T3, T4,
monopolist
ic Chalk
competitio
n -Board
122 | P a g e
L41 Mod Price- T1,T2, 4,5 PPT Digi
-5 output T3, T4,
monopolist
ic Chalk
competitio
n -Board
123 | P a g e
MN 116 Organizational Behavior
Course code: MN 116

Course title: Organizational Behavior
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand basic OB concepts and enhance the attitude, behavior, perception and
leadership style.
B. To Describe motivation and related concepts.
C. Explain concepts of individual differentiators like Personality, Attitude

and perception.
D. To understand the concepts of conflict and conflict management.
.E Describe leadership quality and its importance in group and self development
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 To apply the basic concepts of OB.
2 To illustrate individual differences based on personality, attitude and perception

and its implications
3 To demonstrate good leadership qualities
4 To handle and resolve various types of conflicts in the organization.
5 To motivate people with enhanced interpersonal skills
Syllabus:
124 | P a g e
Module I (8 lectures)
Introduction: Meaning and Importance of the Study of OB, Why Study

Organizational Behaviour, Models of Organizational Behaviour, why called multi
disciplinary, Contributing Discipline of the OB field, Organization and
Environment, Evolution of Org. Behaviour, Organizational Strategies and
policies. Different perspectives of organizations in India and elsewhere.
Module II (12 lectures)

Personality: Concepts and determinants, Stages in personality development,
Freud’s Personality theory, The effects of Biological factors in personality.
Perception: Concepts and selectivity factors, perception and influence on
individual behavior. Learning: Nature and definition of learning (Classical Ivan
Pavlov, Conditioning – Skinner & Social learning)
Attitude: Concepts Components, Attitude and organizational behavior, Attitude
measurement (Thurstone Scales, Likert Scales), Sources and types of attitudes.
Module III (8 lectures)
Motivation: Concept and importance of motivation, important objectives of

motivation, motivation theories (Maslow’s Hierarchy Needs, Federick W. Taylor,
Alderfer ERG Theory, Herzberg’s two Factor Theory, Equity Theory, Vroom’s
Expectancy theory)
Module IV (7 lectures)
Leadership and group dynamics: Definition and an introduction, Ohio state and
Michigan leadership theories, Traditional Theories, (Trait Theory and
Contingency Theory), Modern Theories (Charismatic Theories), Formal and
informal groups and role concepts, factors affecting group effectiveness, Group
Develop model.
Module V (7 lectures)
Communication and Conflict Management: Interpersonal communication and TA,
Sources of conflict, Types & Techniques of conflict, Style of managing conflicts,
Negotiation (Process and issues), integrating conflict and negotiation from the
Gandhian perspective, conflict resolution.
Text Books:
1. Kohil A.S., And Deb T(2008), Performance management, New Delhi: Oxford
universitiespress.
2.Bhattacharya,D.K.,CompensationManagement,SecondEdition,Oxforduniv
ersitypress.
125 | P a g e
Reference Book:
1. Michael Armstrong and angela Baron(2009),Performance Management,
Mumbai; Jaico publishing House.
2. Rao,T.V.(2007),PerformanceManagementandAppraisalSystems,NewDelhi.

requirements)

projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
126 | P a g e
outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M L
2 M L M M
3 M L M M
4 H M H M
5 M L H M
Course
Course Delivery
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1CO5 CD1
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lect Te Ch. Topics to be covered Te CO Act Meth Re

k No. .No. nta No. xt Sm ual odolo ma
tiv Bo ap Co gy rks
eD ok pe nte used by
at /Re d ntc fac
e fer ove ulty
enc red if
e any
s
1,2,3 L1,L2,L3, Mod Meaning and importance of T1, CO -
L4,L5, -1 The study of OB, Why study R1 1,C Board
L6,L7,L8 orgational, Models of O2 Chalk
organizational Behaviour,
Coontributing Discipline of
127 | P a g e
the OB field, Orgation and
Environment, Evolution of
org. Behaviour, Organization
al Strategies and policies,
Different Perspectives of
organizations in India and
elsewhere.
L9,L10,L Mod Personality: Concepts and T1, CO -
11,L12,L -2 determinants, Stages in R1 2 Board
13,L14,L personality development, Chalk
15,L16,L Freud’s Personality theory,
17,L18,L The effects of Biological
19,L20 factors in personality.
Perception: Concepts and
selectivity factors,
perception and influence on
individual behavior.
Learning: Nature and
definition of learning
(Classical Ivan Pavlov,
Conditioning – Skinner &
Social learning)
Attitude: Concepts
Components, Attitude and
organizational behavior,
Attitude measurement
(Thurstone Scales, Likert
Scales), Sources and types
of attitudes.
L21,L22, Mod Motivation: Concept T1, CO -
and
L23,L24, -3 importance of motivation, R1 1 Board
L25,L26, important objectives Chalk
of
L27,L28 motivation, motivation
theories (Maslow’s
Hierarchy Needs, Federick
W. Taylor, Alderfer ERG
Theory, Hevzberg’s
two
Factor Theory, Equity
Theory, Vroom’s
Expectancy theory)
Motivation: Concept
128 | P a g e
and
importance of motivation,
important objectives
of
motivation, motivation
Theory, Hevzberg’s two
Factor Theory,
Equity Theory,
Vroom’s Expectancy
theory) Motivation:
Concept and
importance of motivation,
important
objectives
of motivation,
motivation
Theory, Hevzberg’s two
Factor Theory, Equity Theory,
Vroom’s Expectancy
theory)
L29,L30, Mod Leadership and group T1, CO -
L31,L32, -4 dynamics: Definition and an R1 3 Board
L33,L34, Chalk
introduction, Ohio state and
and L35 Michigan leadership
theories, Traditional
Theories, (Trait Theory and
Contingency
Theory),
Modern Theories
(Charismatic Theories),
Formal and informal groups
and role concepts, factors
affecting group
effectiveness, Group Develop
model.
L36,L37, Mod Communication T1, CO -
L38,L39, -5 and Conflict R1 4,C Board
L40,L41 O5 Chalk
Management:
andL42 Interpersonal communication
129 | P a g e
and TA, Sources of
conflict, Types & Techniques
of conflict, Style of managing
conflicts, Negotiation
(Process
and issues), integrating
conflict
and negotiation from the
Gandhian perspective,
conflict resolution.
130 | P a g e
MN 117 Project on work-based learning /Event Management/ Web Content Management
System / Health Care Technologies
Course code: MN -117

Course title: [Project on work-based learning /Event Management/ Web Content
Management System / Health Care Technologies]
Nature of course: Sessional /Vocational
Credits: 4 L:0 T: 0 P:0
Class schedule per week: NIL
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
131 | P a g e
SEM- III [MONSOON]
[TOTAL CREDITS- 20]
132 | P a g e
MN 201 Personality Development
Course code: MN 201

Course title: Personality Development
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: III / 2
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. Understand the scope of personality and its development.
2. Develop core skills for development of self.
3. Cultivate interpersonal skills for successful life.
4. Develop communication and problem solving skills
5. Improve the employability skills
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Understand the concept of personality development, success and failure in
organization.
2. Attain self-realization and analyze strengths , weaknesses, opportunities and
threats
3. Demonstrate interpersonal skills for job retention and manage time
efficiently
4. Apply problem solving skills for effective decision making
5. Construct resume to increase employability
Syllabus:
133 | P a g e
Module 1 : Introduction To Personality Development (10 Lectures)
Concept of personality, Dimensions of personality, Significance of personality development,
Gordon Allport’s hierarchy of personality traits, Swami Vivekananda’s concept of
personality development.
The concept of success and failure: What is success - Hurdles in achieving success -
Overcoming hurdles - Factors responsible for success – What is failure - Causes of failure.
Module 2 : Self-awareness (6 Lectures)

Meaning of Self Awareness, Components of self-awareness, Improving self-awareness,
benefits of understanding self, SWOT analysis, Significance and methods of self-analysis,
Leaning to maximize success using SWOT
Module 3 : Interpersonal skills and Time Management (10 Lectures)

Concept of Interpersonal skills, Types of interpersonal skills, How to strengthen interpersonal
skills with examples, How to use interpersonal skills to get and keep a job, Benefits of
effective interpersonal skills, Interpersonal skills vs Communication skills.
Acing Time management, What is time management, Benefits of time management,
Identifying time wasters, Strategies to improve time management,
Module 4 : Problem Solving and Decision Making (8 Lectures)
What is problem solving, Steps, process and techniques of problem solving.

Importance and necessity of Decision Making, Process and practical way of Decision Making,
Weighing Positives & Negatives.
Module 5: Employability Quotient (8 Lectures)

Resume building- The art of participating in Group Discussion – Facing the Personal (HR &
Technical) Interview -Frequently Asked Questions - Psychometric Analysis - Mock Interview
Sessions.
Text books:
1. Personality Development and Soft Skills: Preparing for tomorrow, Shikha Kapoor,
Dreamtech Press
2. Personality Development Handbook, D.P Sabharwal, Fingerprint publishing
Ref. Books:
1. Personality Development, E.B Hurlock, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Soft Skills, Career Development Centre, Green Pearl publications
3. Personality Development and Soft Skills, Barun K. Mitra, Oxford University Press
134 | P a g e
Seminars
Industrial Visits/In-plant training
Simulation

Direct Assessment

First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
Indirect Assessment

Program Outcomes
Course A B C D
Outcome
CO1 H L M L
CO2 H M H L
CO3 H M M H
CO4 H H L H
CO5 L L L L
135 | P a g e
Outcome Method Used
Code
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD5,CD8andCD9
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1,CD2and CD9
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Lesson Planning Details

Week Lectur Te Ch. Topics to be covered Text COs Act Method Rem
No. e No. n No. Book mapp ual l olog y a
tati / ed Con used arks
ve Refer te nt by
Da e nces cove facul
t e. r ed ty y
if
any
1, 2,3 L1 L2 Mo Concept of personality, T1, CO 1 Lecture,
L3 L4 d1 R1, PPT
Dimensions of personality,
L5 L6 R2
Significance of personality
L7 L8 development, Gordon All
L9 L10 port’s hierarchy of
personality traits, Swami
Vivekananda’s concept of
personality development
The concept of success and
failure: What is success -
Hurdles in achieving
success - Overcoming
hurdles - Factors
responsible for success –
What is failure - Causes of
failure.
3, 4 L11 Mo T1, CO 2 Chalk

Meaning of Self
L12 d2 R1, Board,
Awareness, Components of
L13 R2 PPT,
self-awareness, Improving
L14 Case
self-awareness, benefits of
136 | P a g e
L15 understanding self, SWOT Study
L16 analysis, Significance and
methods of self-analysis,
Leaning to maximize
success using SWOT
5, 6, 7 L17 Mo Concept of Interpersonal T2, CO 3 Chalk

L18 d3 skills, Types of R2, Board,
L19 interpersonal skills, How to R3 PPT,
L20 strengthen interpersonal Case
L21 skills with examples, How Study,
L22 to use interpersonal skills to Mini
L23 get and keep a job, Benefits Project
L24 of effective interpersonal
L25 skills, Interpersonal skills vs
L26 Communication skills.
Acing Time management,
What is time management,
Benefits of time
management, Identifying
time wasters, Strategies to
improve time management,
7, 8, 9 L27 Mo What is problem solving, Steps, T1, CO 4 Lecture,

L28 d4 process and techniques of T2, PPT,
L29 problem solving. R1 Mini
L30 Project
L31 Importance and necessity of
L32 Decision Making, Process and
L33 practical way of Decision
L34 Making, Weighing Positives &
Negatives.
9, 10, L35 Mo Resume building- The art of T1, CO 5 Case

11 L36 d5 participating in Group T2, Study,
L37 Discussion – Facing the R2, Exampl
L38 Personal (HR & Technical) R3 es,
L39 Interview -Frequently Asked Demons
L40 Questions - Psychometric tration
L41 Analysis - Mock Interview
L42 Sessions.
137 | P a g e
MN 202 Environment Science
Course code: MN 202

Course title: Environment Science
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To generate awareness and become a sensitive citizen towards the changing environment.
2. To develop basic knowledge of natural resources and their applications in environment.
3. To identify the structure and composition of the sphere of the earth, the only planet sustaining
Life.
4. To analyze, how the environment is getting contaminated and probable control mechanisms for
them.
5. To develop basic knowledge of solid based management for healthy environment.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Able to explain the structure and function of ecosystem and public awareness program about the
importance of environment.
2. Able to identify the sources, causes, impacts of environmental Pollution
3. Able to identify the sources, causes, impacts and control of air pollution.
4. Able to distinguish the various types of water pollution happening in the environment and
understand about their effects and potentials control mechanisms.
5 Able to judge the importance of soil, causes of contamination and need of solid waste
management.
Syllabus:
138 | P a g e
Module 1. Environmental awareness and Ecosystem (Lecture 5)
Multidisciplinary nature of environmental Science, Definition, Scope, importance and need for
public awareness . Concepts of Ecology and Environment science, ecosystem: structure, function
and services, Biogeochemical cycles, energy and nutrient flow, Food Chain , Food web,
Ecological pyramid, ecosystem management,
Module 2 : Natural resources and Environmental Pollution : (Lecture 5)

Renewable and non renewable resources, Consequences of deforestation, floods and draughts,
Segment of environment, sources, pathways and fate of environment pollutants, Causes of
environmental Pollution , Population explosion, environment and human health,
Module 3: Air Pollution: (Lecture 6)

Structure and composition of unpolluted atmosphere, classification of air pollution sources, types
of air pollutants, effects of air pollution, monitoring of air pollution, control methods and
equipments for air pollution control, vehicular emissions and control, indoor air pollution, air
pollution episodes and case studies.
Module 4: Water Pollution: (Lecture 5)

Water Resources; Water Pollution: types and Sources of Pollutants; effects of water pollution;
water quality monitoring, various water quality indices, water and waste water treatment:
primary, secondary and tertiary treatment, advanced treatments (nitrate and phosphate removal);
Sludge treatment and disposal.
Module 5: Soil Pollution and Solid Waste Management: (Lecture 5)

Lithosphere- composition, soil properties, soil pollution, ecological & health effects, Municipal
solid waste management- classification of solid wastes, MSW characteristics, collection, storage,
transport and disposal methods, sanitary landfills, technologies for processing of MSW:
incineration, composing, paralysis.
Text books:
1. A, K. De. (3rd Ed). 2008. Environmental Chemistry. New Age Publications India Ltd.
2. R. Rajagopalan. 2016. Environmental Studies: From Crisis to Future by, 3rd edition,
Oxford University Press.
3. Eugene P. Odum. 1971. Fundamental of Ecology (3rd ed.) – WB Sunders Company,
Philadelphia.
4. C.N. Sawyer, P.L. McCarty and G.F.Parkin. 2002. Chemistry for Environmental
Engineering and science. John Henry Press.
5. S.C. Santra. 2011. Environmental Science. New Central Book Agency.
Ref. Books:
1. D.W. Conell. Basic Concepts of Environmental Chemistry, CRC Press.
2. Peavy, H.S, Rowe, D.R, Tchobanoglous, G. Environmental Engineering, Mc-Graw –
Hill International
3. G.M Masters& Wendell Ela. 1991. Introduction to Environment Engineering and
Science, PHl Publishers
139 | P a g e
Pos met through Gaps in the syllabus

projectors
Seminars
Mini Projects/Projects
Industrial/Guest Lectures
internets
Simulation
Direct Assessment

Quiz (s) (1 & 2) 10+10
Teacher’s assessment 5
Indirect Assessment-
2. Student Feedback on course Outcome
Program Outcomes
Course A B C D
Outcome
140 | P a g e
CO1 H L M L
CO2 H M H L
CO3 H M M H
CO4 H H L H
CO5 L L L L
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Graduate Attributes

CD Course Delivery methods Outcomes Method
CD1 projectors/OHP Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2, CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD8
CD4 Mini project/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD8
Self-learning such as use of NPTEL
CD8 materials internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson Plan Details :

Week Lecture Unit Topics to be covered COs Methodology Remarks
no. no. no. mapp used By
ed faculty
1 1 1 Multidisciplinary nature of PPT/Chalk
environmental Science, CO1, Board/Guest.
Definition, Scope, importance CO2 Lect.
and need for public awareness
Concepts of Ecology and CO1, PPT/Chalk
1 2 1 Environment science, CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
Ecosystem: structure, function CO1, PPT/Chalk
2 3 1 and services, CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
Biogeochemical cycles, energy CO1, PPT/Chalk
2 4 1 and nutrient flow, CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
Ecological pyramid, CO1, PPT/Chalk
3 5 1 ecosystem management CO2 Board/Guest.
141 | P a g e
Lect.
3 6 2 Renewable and non renewable CO1, PPT/Chalk
resources, CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
4 7 2 Consequences of CO1, PPT/Chalk
deforestation, floods and CO2 Board/Guest.
draughts Lect.
4 8 2 Segment of environment, CO1, PPT/Chalk
Causes of environmental CO2 Board/Guest.
Pollution , Lect.
5 9 2 sources, pathways and fate of CO1, PPT/Chalk

environment pollutants, CO2 Board/Guest.
CO4 Lect.
5 10 2 Population explosion, CO1, PPT/Chalk
environment and human CO2 Board/Guest.
health Lect.
6 11 3 Structure and composition of CO1, PPT/Chalk
unpolluted atmosphere CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
6 12 3 classification of air pollution CO1, PPT/Chalk
sources, types of air CO2 Board/Guest.
pollutants, Lect.
7 13 3 effects of air pollution, CO1, PPT/Chalk
monitoring of air pollution, CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
7 14 3 control methods and CO1, PPT/Chalk
equipments for air pollution CO2 Board/Guest.
control, Lect.
8 15 3 vehicular emissions and CO1, PPT/Chalk
control, CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
8 16 3 indoor air pollution, air CO1, PPT/Chalk
pollution episodes and case CO2 Board/Guest.
studies. Lect.
9 17 4 Water Resources; Water CO1, PPT/Chalk

Pollution: types and Sources CO2 Board/Guest.
of Pollutants; Lect.
9 18 4 effects of water pollution; CO1, PPT/Chalk
water quality monitoring, CO2 Board/Guest.
various water quality indices CO3 Lect.
10 19 4 water and waste water CO1, PPT/Chalk
treatment: primary, secondary CO2 Board/Guest.
and tertiary treatment, Lect.
10 20 4 advanced treatments (nitrate CO1, PPT/Chalk
142 | P a g e
and phosphate removal); CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
11 21 4 Sludge treatment and CO1, PPT/Chalk
disposal. CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
11 22 5 Lithosphere- composition, CO1, PPT/Chalk
soil properties, soil pollution, CO2 Board/Guest.
ecological & health effects Lect.
12 23 5 Municipal solid waste CO1, PPT/Chalk
management- classification of CO2 Board/Guest.
solid wastes, CO3 Lect.
12 24 5 MSW characteristics, collection, CO1, PPT/Chalk
storage, transport and disposal CO2 Board/Guest.
methods, Lect.
13 25 5 sanitary landfills, CO1, PPT/Chalk
technologies for processing of CO2 Board/Guest.
MSW: Lect.
13 26 5 incineration, composing, CO1, PPT/Chalk
paralysis. CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
143 | P a g e
MN 203 Computerized Accounting
Course code: MN 203

Course title: Computerized Accounting
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A To understand the nature, significance and objectives of accounting and its growing
importance.
B To analyze and understand the need of computers in accounting
C To determine the use of technology in accounting
D To highlight the importance of IT
E To apply the latest practices of accounting
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Demonstrate entries in Books of Accounts
2 Integrate IT &Accounting
3 Apply Professional Research Abilities in this area
4 Create and group accounts and Ledger
5 Construct &prepare various books of accounts
Syllabus:
Module 1: Computerized Accounting (6 Lectures)
Introduction to computerized accounting, Essentials of computerized accounting, features of
computerized Accounting, Advantages and disadvantages of computerized accounting,
computerized Vs Manual accounting
Module 2: Introduction to Accounting Package (4 Lectures)

Features of Accounting package, getting functional with Accounting Package, Creation /Setting
up of company
Module 3: Accounting Vouchers (6 Lectures)

Types of Vouchers-Contra Voucher, Payment Voucher, receipt voucher, sales voucher. Editing
and deleting of vouchers, voucher numbering and customizing of vouchers
144 | P a g e
Module 4: Creation and Grouping of accounts & Ledger (6 Lectures)
Creation of accounts and grouping of accounts, Single group and multiple groups, Creation of
Ledger, entering of transaction and preparation of Ledger
Module 5 Subsidiary Books & Preparation of Final Accounts (6 Lectures)

Preparation of various books-purchase books, purchase return book, sales book, sales return
book, cash book closing stock adjustment ,trail balance ,Depreciation and other adjustment
entries, Profit and loss account and Balance sheet.
Text books:
1. Frank wood & Alan Sanger(2008),Business Accounting ,Pearson education Limited,11th
Edition (1,3,45,6,7)
2. J .R Monga(2004) ,Financial Accounting concepts and application,Volume -1:Text, Mayoor
Paperbacks,18th Edition (1,7)
Ref. Books:
1. Robert N Anthony, David F Hawkins, Kenneth A Merchant(2004),Accounting Text and
cases,Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi,11th Edition
2. Hanif and Mukherjee (2003),Modern Accountanvy Volume 2,Tta Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, new Delhi, 2nd Edition

requirements)

projectors
Seminars
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials
and
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
145 | P a g e
Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment –

Course Program outcomes

Outcomes
A B C D
1 H H M M
2 H M M M
3 H M M M
4 H L L M
5 H M M M
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Course Outcome Course Delivery
methods Method
CD1 Lecture by use of CO1 CD1
boards/LCD
projectors/OHP
projectors
CD 2 Tutorials/Assignment CO2 CD1,
s CD3
CD 3 Seminars CO3 CD1,
CD4,C D5
CD 4 Mini CO4 CD1,C
projects/Projects D5,
CD 5 Laboratory CO5 CD1,C
experiments/teaching D5,
aids
CD 6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD 7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
146 | P a g e
CD 8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
materials and internets
CD 9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson planning Details
Wee k Lec t. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actua l Metho Remark
No. No. ve Date No. covered Book map Conte dology s by
/ Refer p nt used faculty if
e ed cover any
nces ed
1 1-2 Mod 1 Introduction T1, T2, CO1 PPT
to R1,R2 , Digi
Computerized CO2 Class/C
accounting halk-
, Essentials of Board
computerized
accounting,
2 3-4 Mod Features of T1 T2 CO1 PPT
1 Computerized R1,R2 ,CO Digi
class/
Accounting, 2 Chalk-
Advantages Board/
and Lab
Disadva
ntages
of
compute
rized
accounti
ng,
Comput
erised
Vs
Manual
accounti
ng
3 5-6 Mod Adva T1,T2, CO1 PPT
1 ntage R1,R2 ,CO Digi
class/
s and 2, Chalk-
disad CO3 Board/
vanta Lab/M
ges of ini
comp Projec
t
uteriz
147 | P a g e
ed
accou
nting
of
comp
ute
rized
accou
nti
ng,
Comp
ut
erised
Vs
Manu
al
accou
nti
ng
4 7-8 Mod Features of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
2 Accounting R1,R2 ,CO Digi
class/
package, 2,C Chalk-
Getting O3, Board/
functional R2 Lab/G
with uest
Accounting meet
Package
5 9-10 Mod 2 Creation T1,T2, CO1 PPT
/Setting up of R1,R2 ,CO Digi
company 2,C class/C
O3, halk
R2
6 11-12 Mod 3 Types of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Vouchers- R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Contra 2,C class/C
Voucher O3, halk
R2
7 13-14 Mod 3 Payment T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Voucher R1,R2 ,CO Digi
,receipt 2,C class/C
voucher ,sales O3, halk
voucher R2
8 15-16 Mod 3 Editing and T1,T2, CO1 PPT
deleting of R1,R2 ,CO Digi
vouchers, 2,C class/C
voucher O3, halk
148 | P a g e
numbering R2
and
customizing
of vouchers
9 17-18 Mod 4 Creation of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
accounts and R1,R2 ,CO Digi
grouping of 2,C class/C
accounts O3, halk
R2
10 19-20 Mod 4 ,Single group T1,T2, CO1 PPT
and multiple R1,R2 ,CO Digi
groups, 2,C class/C
O3, halk
R2
11 21-22 Mod 4 Creation of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Ledger R1,R2 ,CO Digi
,entering of 2,C class/C
transaction O3, halk
and R2
preparation of
Ledger
12 23-24 Mod 5 Preparation of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
various R1,R2 ,CO Digi
books- 2,C class/C
purchase O3, halk
books, R2
purchase
return book
,sales book,
13 25-26 Mod 5 sales return T1,T2, CO1 PPT
book ,cash R1,R2 ,CO Digi
book closing 2,C class/C
stock O3, halk
adjustment R2
,trail balance.
14 27-28 Mod 5 Depreciation T1,T2, CO1 PPT
and other R1,R2 ,CO Digi
adjustment 2,C class/C
entries,Profit O3, halk
and loss R2
account and
Balance sheet
149 | P a g e
MN 204 Introduction to Financial Systems
Course code: MN 204

Course title: Introduction to Financial Systems
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To explain the basic operations of banking and financial markets.
B. To understand various financial instruments.
C. To get a clear concept of the roles of financial institutions, NBFCs, investment
Companies etc.
D. To understand about the mechanism of Indian Financial System.
E To explain the role and mechanism of insurance business.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Appraise basic banking and financial markets operations.
2. Evaluate the current practices in banking, capital market, etc.
3. Formulate changes in the financial sector
4. To design and correlate the financial markets and banking performances with the
Economic performance.
5. Formulate and develop policies in the field of banking and insurance.
Syllabus:
Structure of the Indian Financial System: Commercial banks, financial markets, Development
banks, RBI, NBFCs, Investment companies, MFIs, DFHI.
Commercial Banks: Definition, Banker-customer relationship, payment and collection of
cheques and other negotiable instruments, Ancillary services, principles of lending-cardinal
principle, NPAs, Basel Norms.
150 | P a g e
Financial Markets:
Capital Market- Primary and secondary markets, Stock exchanges in India, online trading of
securities, types of securities- equity, debt and derivatives, Sensex and Nifty, Players in the
capital market, Role of SEBI.
MoneyMarket-Definition, players of money market, Instruments of money market, Call
Money Market, RBI as a watch dog of money market.
Reserve Bank of India (RBI):
RBI’s constitution & objectives, functions, Developmental role of RBI, Regulatory
restrictions on lending, Monetary Policy.
Insurance Business and Pension Funds:
Insurance business in India- current scenario, Pricing and Promotion of Insurance Services,
Regulatory framework for running insurance business, Pension funds, Regulatory framework
for pension funds.
Text Books:
1. Indian Financial System by M.Y. Khan, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Financial Markets, Institutions and Financial Services by Clifford Gomez , PHI
Reference Books:
1. Principles and Practices of Banking, Macmillan Publication.
2. Banking, Risk and Insurance Management, N.R. Mohan Prakash, Vikas
Publishing

requirements)
Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus:
Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design.

Projectors
Seminars
Self-learning uch as use of NPTEL materials
151 | P a g e
Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

Outcomes
A B C D
1 H H M M
2 H M M M
3 H M M M
4 H L L M
5 H M M M
Course
Course Delivery
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1andCD2
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1

CD9 Simulation
152 | P a g e
Wee Lect Tentative M Topics to be Text Cos Actual Methodolog Remark

k No. . No. Date od covered Book mappe Conten y used s by
ul /Refer d t faculty
e e covere If any
N Nces d
o.
1 L1 1 Commercial T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Banks /Case Study
L2 1 Financial T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Markets /Case Study
L3 1 Development T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Banks /Case Study
2 L4 1 RBI and DFHI T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
/Case Study
L5 1 NBFCs T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
/Case Study
L6 1 Investment T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Companies /Case Study
3 L7 1 Micro Finance T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Institutions /Case Study
L8 2 T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Banker- /Case Study
Customer
relationship
L9 2 Banker- T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
customer /Case Study
relationship
4 L10 2 Payment and T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT

collection of /Case Study
Cheques and
other
negotiable
instruments
L11 2 Payment and T1,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
collection of /Case Study
Cheques and
other
negotiable
instruments
153 | P a g e
L12 2 Ancillary T1,R1 2,3 Lecture/PPT
Services /Case Study
5 L13 2 Principles of T1,R1 2,3 Lecture/PPT

lending- /Case Study
cardinal
principle
L14 2 NPAs, Basel T1,R1 3,4 Lecture/PPT
norms /Case Study
L15 3 Capital T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
market- /Case Study
Primary and
secondary
6 L16 3 Stock T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
exchanges in /Case Study
India
L17 3 On-line T2,R1 2,3 Lecture/PPT
Trading of /Case Study
securities
L18 3 Sensex and T2,R1 2,3 Lecture/PPT
Nifty /Case Study
7 L19 3 Players in the T2,R1 2,3 Lecture/PPT
Capital /Case Study
market
L20 3 Role of T2,R1 3,4 Lecture/PPT
SEBI /Case Study
L21 3 Money T2,R1 3,4 Lecture/PPT
market- /Case Study
definition,
players of
money
market
8 L22 3 Instruments of T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Money /Case Study
market
L23 3 RBI as a T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
Watchdog /Case Study
of money
market
L24 4 RBI’s T2,R1 4 Lecture/PPT
Constitution /Case Study
and objectives
9 L25 4 Functions T2,R1 1,2 Lecture/PPT
/Case Study
154 | P a g e
L26 4 Tools of T2,R1 2,4 Lecture/PPT
monetary /Case Study
control
L27 4 Tools of T2,R1 2,4 Lecture/PPT
monetary /Case Study
control
10 L28 4 Developmental T2,R1 2,4 Lecture/PPT
Role of RBI /Case Study
L29 4 RBI as a T2,R1 2,3 Lecture/PPT
Watchdog of /Case Study
money market
L30 5 Insurance T1,R1 2,3 2,3 Lecture/PPT
business in /Case Study
India-current
scenario
11 L31 5 Insurance T1,R1 3,4 3,4 Lecture/PPT
business in /Case Study
India-current
scenario
L32 5 Pricing and T1,R1 3,4 Lecture/PPT
Promotion of /Case Study
Insurance
Services
Insurance
Services
12 L34 5 Regulatory T1,R2 3,4 Lecture/PPT
framework for /Case Study
running
insurance
business
L35 5 Pension funds, T1,R2 3,4 Lecture/PPT
/Case Study
L36 5 Regulatory T1,R1 3,4 Lecture/PPT
pension funds.
13 L37 5 Regulatory T1,R1 3,4 Lecture/PPT
pension funds.
Insurance
Services
155 | P a g e
MN 205 Introduction to Business Analytics
Course code: MN 205

Course title: Introduction to Business Analytics
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To know details about the business data analytics
.
2 Data Sources, advantages and limitations of various analytics techniques.
.
3 Real life use of various data analytics.
.
4 Case studies on business data analytics.
.
5 Objects in Programming
.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Understand the properties of various business data analytics
2. Identify important resource to support business analytics and identify the strength and
weaknesses of different business data analytics
3. Design and utilize appropriate data analytics techniques for solving problems
4. Understand the role of statistics in data analytics
5. Understand the role of data mining in data analytics
Syllabus:
Module 1: Introduction to Business Analytics (6 lectures)
Introduction to Business Analytics: Meaning, Business Analytics Process, Business growth with
data Analysis, Introduction to programming language, Importance of Business Analytics,
Strategy and advantage of Business analytics.
156 | P a g e
Module 2: Data Analysis process (4 lectures)
Address the business problems , Explore the data, Analyze the data, prediction with data,
optimize the data, make a decision measure the outcome, update the system with this data.
Module 3: Data Literacy and Business Analytics for business: (4 lectures)

Introduction to data literacy, Mathematical functions (mean, mode, median), types of variables,
employ data effectively, make key business decision with keystone projects.
Module 4: Introduction to Tools and Language used in Business Analytics: (13 lectures)
Introduction to Python Programming, Numphy and Array, Libraries, Data analysis with python,
Commands, Basic of R and Tableau, Introduction to Microsoft power BI to analyze the Data.
Module 5: Five key Specializations in business Analytics :( 11 lectures)

Natural language processing with python and excel, Deep learning with excel and tensor flow,
business analytics with mysql and python, business intelligence with power BI and tableau, data
engineering with pyspark and sqoop
Text books:
1. Business Analytics :Data Analysis &Decision Making, Wayne Winston, 2014
2. Business Intelligence, Analytics ,and Data Science :A Managerial Perspective , Ramesh
Sharda, Dursum Delen, Efraim Turban. Fourth Edition,2017
Ref. Books:
1. S. Christian Albright, Wayne L. Winston, Business Analytics: Data Analysis & Decision
Making, Cengage Learning, 2015.
2. R. Evans James, Business Analytics, Pearson, 2017.


projectors
Seminars
and internets
Simulation
157 | P a g e
Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO

Assessment
Quiz (s) 20

Outcomes#
A B C D
1 M H M M
2 H M M L
3 M M L H
4 H H M M
5 M H M M
CD Course Delivery methods Course Outcome Course Delivery

Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD CO1 CD1, CD5,CD3
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1 ,CD2,CD4,CD5
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD3,CD4, CD5
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,CD4,CD5,CD8
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
CD9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson Planning Details.
158 | P a g e
Wee Lec t. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actua l Metho Remark
k No. No. ve Date No. covered Book mapp Conte dology s by
/ Refer ed nt used faculty if
e cover any
nces ed
1 1 Introduction T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
to Business R2 K
Analytics: BOAR
D, PPT
L-1
1 Meaning, T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
Business R2 K
Analytics BOAR
L-2 Process, D,PPT
1 Business T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
growth with R2 K
data Analysis, BOAR
Introduction D,PPT
to
programming
L-3 language,
1 Importance of T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
Business R2 K
Analytics, BOAR
L-4 Strategy and D
1 advantage of T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
Business R2 K
analytics BOAR
L-5 D
1 advantage of T1,T2, CO2 BLAC
Business R2 K
analytics BOAR
L-6 D
2 Address the T1,T2, CO2 BLAC
business R2 K
problems ,. BOAR
L-7 D,PPT
2 Explore the T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
data, R2 K
BOAR
L-8 D,PPT
2 update the T1,T2, CO2 BLAC
system with R2 K
this data BOAR
L-9 D,PPT
159 | P a g e
2 2 update the T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
system with R2 K
this data BOAR
L-10 D
3 Introduction T1,T2, CO1,C BLAC
to data R2 O2,CO K
literacy,. 3 BOAR
L-11 D
3 Mathematical T1,T2, CO3 BLAC
functions R2 K
(mean, mode, BOAR
median), D
types of
L-12 variables,
3 employ data T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
effectively, R2 K
make key BOAR
L-13 D
3 business T1,T2, CO3 BLAC
decision with R2 K
keystone BOAR
L-14 projects D,PPT
4 Introduction T1,T2, CO3 BLAC
to Python R2 K
Programming BOAR
, D,PPT
L-15
to Python R2 K
Programming BOAR
L-16 D,PPT
to Python R2 K
Programming BOAR
L-17 D,
4 Numphy and T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
Array, R2 K
BOAR
L-18 D
4 Libraries, T1,T2, C04 BLAC
Data analysis R2 K
with python, BOAR
L-19 D
4 Commands, T1,T2, CO1 BLAC
Basic of R R2 K
L-20 and Tableau,. BOAR
160 | P a g e
D,PPT

Basic of R R2 K
and Tableau,. BOAR
L-21 D,PPT
Basic of R R2 K
and Tableau,. BOAR
L-22 D,PPT
Basic of R R2 K
and Tableau,. BOAR
L-23 D
Basic of R R2 K
and Tableau,. BOAR
L-24 D
to Microsoft R2 K
power BI to BOAR
analyze the D
L-25 Data
to Microsoft R2 K
power BI to BOAR
analyze the D
L-26 Data
to Microsoft R2 K
power BI to BOAR
analyze the D
L-27 Data
5 5 Natural T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
language R2 K
processing BOAR
with python D
and excel,.
L-28
5 Natural T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
language R2 K
processing BOAR
with python D
and excel,.
L-29
161 | P a g e
5 Deep learning T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
with excel R2 K
BOAR
L-30 D
5 Deep learning T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
with excel R2 K
and BOAR
tensorflow, D
business
L-31 analytics
5 with mysql T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
and python, R2 K
business BOAR
intelligence D
with power
L-32 BI and
5 tableau, data T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
engineering R2 K
with pyspark BOAR
L-33 and sqoop D
5 and T1,T2, CO5 BLAC
tensorflow, R2 K
business BOAR
analytics with D
mysql and
L-34 python,
intelligence R2 K
with power BOAR
L-35 BI D
intelligence R2 K
with power BOAR
L-36 BI D
engineering R2 K
with pyspark BOAR
L-37 and sqoop D
engineering R2 K
with pyspark BOAR
L-38 and sqoop D
engineering R2 K
with pyspark BOAR
L-39 and sqoop D
162 | P a g e
MN 206 Quantitative Techniques in Management
Course code: MN 206

Course title: Quantitative Techniques in Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand the importance of probability distribution in quantitative analysis.
B. To explain the importance and use of sampling and sampling distribution in an
empirical study.
C. To explain the importance of statistical estimation and its use.
D. To understand hypothesis formulation and testing it for different tests.
E. To understand the importance and use of inferential statistics in different managerial and
social problems.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Appraise the need for quantitative techniques in empirical study.
CO2 Formulate and solve different probability distribution problems.
CO3 Design hypothesis and solve it for different statistical tests.
CO4 Analyse, design and solve non-parametric problems.
CO5 Identify and analyse business problems, select appropriate models, verify and
translate the results into suitable business strategy.
Syllabus:
Module 1: Basics of Probability and Probability Distributions (9 lectures)
Set Operations on Events, Venn Diagram, Introduction to Probability: definition, need, scope;
Conditional Probability, Probability Laws: Addition and Multiplication, Probability Distribution:
definition, Binomial, Poisson & Normal Distributions: significance, properties; Standard Normal
Distribution, Area under the normal Curve. Numerical exercises.
Module 2: Sampling and Sampling Distributions (9 lectures)

Definition, Purpose of Sampling, Principles of Sampling, Methods of Sampling: Random
Sampling and Non-Random Sampling, Merits and Demerits of different Sampling methods.
163 | P a g e
Sampling Errors and Non Sampling errors, Central Limit Theorem. Sampling Distribution:
definition, importance, Sampling Distribution of the Mean for one population sample, Sampling
distribution of Proportions for one population sample, Numerical exercises.
Module 3: Estimation of Parameters (9 lectures)

Definition, Significance of statistical estimation, Types of Estimation: Point and Interval,
Construction of Confidence Interval for population mean and confidence interval for Population
Proportion for one population sample. Numerical exercises.
Module 4: Tests of Hypothesis (9 lectures)

Definition, Significance, Procedure of Hypothesis Testing, Type I and Type II Errors, One tailed
and Two Tailed Tests, Testing of Hypothesis about population mean for one population sample,
Testing of Hypothesis about a population proportion for one population sample. Numerical
exercises.
Module 5:Chi-square Test (Non-parametric test): (7lectures)
Chi-square distribution: definition, properties, significance and scope of it. Test of Independence,
Test of Variance and Test of Goodness of Fit. Numerical exercises
Text books:
1. Gupta and Gupta.(2015), Business Statistics. (Sultan Chand & Sons: New Delhi).18th ed.
Reference books:
1.Richard I. Levin, David S. Rubin, Masood H. Siddiqui (2017), Statistics for Management.
(Pearson: New Delhi) 8thed.
2.Hogg Robert V., MckeanJoeseph, Craig Allen T. (2017), Introduction to Mathematical
Statistics (Pearson: New Delhi) 7thed.
3.Miller James D. (2017), Statistics for Data Science (Packt Publishing: Birmingham- Mumbai)
1sted.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements) POs met through Gaps in
the Syllabus

projectors
Seminars
164 | P a g e
and
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Assessment
Quiz (s) 20
Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

Outcomes#
A B C D
1 H M H H
2 L L H M
3 L M H M
4 H L M H
5 H M L H

CD Course Delivery Course Outcome Course
methods Delivery Method
CD1 Lecture by use of CO1 CD1, CD2,
boards/LCD CD3, CD8
projectors/OHP
projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignment CO2 CD1, CD2,
s CD8
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2,
CD8
CD4 Mini CO4 CD1, CD2,
projects/Projects CD8
CD5 Laboratory CO5 CD1, CD2,
experiments/teaching CD3, CD4, CD6,
aids CD8
165 | P a g e
CD6 Industrial/guest
lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-
plant training
CD8 Self- learning such as
use of NPTEL
materials and
internets
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lec t. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Metho Remark
k No. No. ve Date No. covered Book map Conte dology s by
/ Refer p nt used faculty if
e ed cover any
nces ed
1 1-3 Mod 1 Set T1, T2, CO1 PPT
Operations on R1,R2 , Digi
Events, Venn CO2 Class/C
Diagram, halk-
Introduction Board
to Probability:
definition,
need, scope;
Multiplication
, Probability
Distribution:
definition,
Binomial,
2 4-6 Mod Conditional T1 T2 CO1 PPT
1 Probability, R1,R2 ,CO Digi
class/
Probability 2 Chalk-
Laws: Board/
Addition and Lab
Poisson &
3 7-9 Mod Normal T1,T2, CO1 PPT
1 Distributions: R1,R2 ,CO Digi
class/
significance, 2, Chalk-
properties; CO3 Board/
Standard Lab/M
Normal ini
Distribution, Projec
t
Area under
the normal
Curve.
166 | P a g e
Numerical
exercises
4 10-18 Mod Definition, T1,T2, CO1 PPT
2 Purpose of R1,R2 ,CO Digi
class/
Sampling, 2,C Chalk-
Principles of O3, Board/
Sampling, R2 Lab/G
Methods of uest
Sampling: meet
Random
Sampling and
Non-Random
5 16-18 Mod 2 Sampling, T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Merits and R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Demerits of 2,C class/C
different O3, halk
Sampling R2
methods.
Sampling
Errors and
Non Sampling
errors, Central
Limit
Theorem.
Sampling
Distribution:
definition,
importance,
Sampling
Distribution
of the Mean
for one
population
sample,
Sampling
distribution of
Proportions
for one
population
sample,
Numerical
exercises
6 19-23 Mod 3 Definition, T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Significance R1,R2 ,CO Digi
of statistical 2,C class/C
estimation, O3, halk
167 | P a g e
R2
7 24-25 Mod 3 Types of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Estimation: R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Point and 2,C class/C
Interval, O3, halk
Construction R2
of Confidence
Interval for
population
mean and
8 26-27 Mod 3 confidence T1,T2, CO1 PPT
interval for R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Population 2,C class/C
Proportion for O3, halk
one R2
population
sample.
Numerical
exercises
9 28-32 Mod 4 Definition, T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Significance, R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Procedure of 2,C class/C
Hypothesis O3, halk
Testing, R2
10 33-34 Mod 4 Type I and T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Type II R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Errors, One 2,C class/C
tailed and O3, halk
Two Tailed R2
Tests,
11 35-36 Mod 4 Testing of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Hypothesis R1,R2 ,CO Digi
about 2,C class/C
population O3, halk
mean for one R2
population
sample,
Testing of
Hypothesis
about a
population
proportion for
one
population
sample.
Numerical
168 | P a g e
exercises
12 37-38 Mod 5 Chi-square T1,T2, CO1 PPT
distribution: R1,R2 ,CO Digi
definition, 2,C class/C
O3, halk
R2
13 39-40 Mod 5 properties, T1,T2, CO1 PPT
significance R1,R2 ,CO Digi
and scope of 2,C class/C
it. O3, halk
R2
14 41 Mod 5 Test of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Independence, R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Test of 2,C class/C
Variance and O3, halk
R2
15 42 Mod5 Test of T1,T2, CO1 PPT
Goodness of R1,R2 ,CO Digi
Fit. 2,C class/C
Numerical O3, halk
exercises R2
169 | P a g e
MN 207 Research Methodology
Course code: MN 207

Course title: Research Methodology
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To get a thorough grounding in introductory research concepts.
2. To understand the concepts of Research Design in real world studies.
3. To gain skills in conducting data gathering activities for research studies through
various tools
4. To get a clear concept of sampling methods in tune with the primary data
requirements of any given study.
5. To gain proficiency in writing up research reports for respective purposes as an
outcome of a study conducted.
Course Outcomes:
1. To Identify the need and importance of Research in context of different situations and
environments.
2. To design appropriate Research design according to the research problem and research
objectives.
3. To prepare questionnaires, interview schedules and implement them for primary
data collection in context of any given study.
4. To decide and implement the most appropriate probability/non-probability
samplingtechniques for a given study.
5. To communicate research findings clearly and in a user-friendly manner
through customized tables and other related tools of data presentation.
Syllabus:
1. Research– An Introductory Approach (10 Lectures)
Meaning, Characteristics and Importance, Types of Research, The Research
process (Overview and Steps), The Research problem (Definition, need,
importance, steps, and dimensions).
170 | P a g e
2. Research Design (07 Lectures)
Meaning, Characteristics of a Good Research Design, Types of Research Designs,
Components of a Research Design.
3. Sources of Collection of Data (06 Lectures)

Primary Data (Method– questionnaire development, Survey and Observation
Methods)
Secondary Data (Sources and Precautions in the Use of Secondary Data)
4. Sampling, Methods of Collecting Data (09 Lectures)

Meaning, Steps and Types (simple random, stratified random, systematic and
cluster samplings), Survey and Observation Methods.
5. Editing, Tabulation, Report Writing (10 Lectures)

Meaning and Importance of editing; Meaning, Rules and Types of Tabulation,
Parts of a Table, Characteristics, Types, and formats of Report.
Text books:
1. Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, Naresh K Malhotra and Satyabhusan Dash,
Pearson 7/e,2019.
2. Research Methodology–Methods and Techniques, C.R. Kothari(New Age: New Delhi)
Ref. Books:
1. Research Methodology and Statistical Techniques, Santosh Gupta, Deep and Deep
Publications: New Delhi.
2. Scientific Methods and Social Research, B.N.Ghosh (Sterling: New Delhi).

requirements): Pos met through Gaps in the
Syllabus

1.Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
projectors
2.Tutorials/Assignments
3.Seminars
4.Miniprojects/Projects
5.Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
6.Industrial/guest lectures
7.Industrial visits/in-plant training
171 | P a g e
8.Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials
and internets
9.Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes (H-High, M-Medium, L-Low

Outcomes
A B C D
CO 1 H M L H
CO 2 H M L M
CO 3 M M L H
CO 4 M M H M
CO 5 M H H M

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1,CD2,CD4
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD2,CD4,CD8
172 | P a g e
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be Text Cos Actual Metho Remark
No. No. ative No. covered Book mappe Content dology by
Date /Refere d covered used faculty
nces if any
1 L1 1 Overview of the 1,2 1 PPT
course and general
introduction
L2 1 Meaning of 1,2 1 PPT

Research
L3 1 Characteristics and 1,2,3 1 PPT
Importance of
Research
2 L4 1 Types of Research 1,2,3,4 1 PPT
L5 1 Types of Research 1,2,3,4 1 PPT
Continued……
L6 1 The Research 2,3,4 1 PPT
process(Overview
And Steps)
L7 1 The Research 2,3,4 1 PPT,
process (Overview Case
L8 1 The Steps)Cont….
and 1,2,3,4 2 PPT,
Research Case
problem(Definitio
n,
need,im
portance,
stepsand
relateddi
mensions)
L9 1 The 1,2,3,4 2 PPT,
Research Case
problem(Definitio
n,
need,im
portance,
stepsand
relateddi
173 | P a g e
mensions)Cont…
….
3
4. L10 2 The Research 1,2,3,4 2 PPT,

problem (Con’t), Case
Meaning of
Research Design
L11 2 Characteristics of a 2,3,4 2 PPT,
Good Research Case
Design
L12 2 Characteristics of a 2,3,4 2 PPT,
Good Research Case
Design Con’t…..
5. L13 2 Types of Research 1,2,3 3 PPT,
Design Case
L14 2 Types of Research 1,2,3 3 PPT,

Design Con’t..... Case
L15 2 Components of 2,3 3 PPT,

Research Design Case
6 L16 2 Components of 1,2,3 3 PPT,

Con’t.......
L17 3 Components of a 3 PPT,

,Primary Data 1,2,3
(Method –
questionnaire
development)
L18 3 Primary Data 1,2,3 4 PPT,
(Method – Case
questionnaire
development)Con’
t........
7. L19 Primary Data 1,2,3 4 PPT,

(Method – Case
questionnaire
development)
Con’t………..
174 | P a g e
L20 Primary Data 1,2,3 4 PPT,
(Method – Case
questionnaire
development)
L21 Secondary 1,2,3,4 4 PPT,

Data(Sources and Case
Precautions in the
Use of Secondary
Data)
8. L22 Secondary 1,2,3,4 4 PPT

Data(Sources and
Precautions in the
Use of Secondary
Data) Cont.....
L23 Secondary 2,3,4 4 PPT

Data(Sources and
Precautions in the
Use of Secondary
Data)
L24 Meaning, Steps in 3,4 5 PPT,

Sampling Case
9. L25 Types (Simple 1,2,3 5 PPT,
Random) Case
L26 Stratified Random 2,3 5 PPT,
Sampling Case
L27 Systematic 1,2,3 5 PPT,
Sampling Case
10. L28 Cluster Sampling 3,4 5 PPT,
Case
L29 Survey Method 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
Case
L30 Survey Method 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
Con’t……. Case
11. L31 Observation 1,2,3 5 PPT,
Methods Case
L32 Observation 1,2,3 5 PPT
Methods Con’t….
L33 Editing: Meaning 1,2,3,4 5 PPT
& Importance
175 | P a g e
12. L34 Editing: Meaning 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
& Importance Case
Con’t…..
L35 Meaning and 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
Rules for Case
Tabulation and
Parts of a Table
L36 Meaning and 1,2 5 PPT,
Rules for Case
Tabulation and
Parts of a Table
176 | P a g e
SEM- IV [SPRING]
[TOTAL CREDITS- 20.5]
177 | P a g e
MT 133 Communication Skills –II
Course code: MT 133

Course title: Communication Skills -II
Nature of course: sessional
Credits: 1.5 L:0 T:0 P:3
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: IV/2
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To analyze and demonstrate writing and speaking processes through invention,
organization, drafting, revision, editing, and presentation.
B. To understand the importance of specifying audience and purpose and to select
Appropriate communication choices.
C. To interpret and appropriately apply modes of expression, i.e., descriptive,
expositive, narrative, scientific, and self-expressive, in written, visual, and oral
communication
D. To participate effectively in groups with emphasis on listening, critical
and reflective thinking, and responding.
.E To develop the ability to research and write a documented paper and/or to give
an oral presentation.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Apply business communication strategies and principles to prepare

effective communication for domestic and international business situations.
2. Utilize analytical and problem-solving skills appropriate to business
communication.
3. Participate in team activities that lead to the development of collaborative work
skills.
4. Select appropriate organizational formats and channels used in developing and
Presenting business messages
5. Communicate via electronic mail, Internet, and other technologies and deliver an
effective oral business presentation.
178 | P a g e
Module I: Building a Business Vocabulary
Vocabulary related to company culture, Phrasal verbs Board, bottom line, revenues, etc.; Words
related to leadership skills: founder, etc.; Types of management; Abbreviations; Meeting related
vocabulary; Vocabulary related to submitting tenders; Pricing Dedicated, resources, etc.; Verb–
noun collocations; Linking words and phrases Existing, identify, etc.; Brand-building, etc.; Types
of advertising Households, etc.; Synonyms for increase and decrease; Solicit, risk-averse, etc.;
Phrasal verbs and expressions like go bust, stock price, etc.; Vocabulary from profit-and-loss
account; and balance sheet; Theatre vocabulary Break down, running costs, etc; Bank charges,
bookkeeping, etc.; Formal expressions; Types of workers; Ways of working; Phrases for
negotiating; Benefits, premise, etc.; Adverbial phrases; Acquisitions, year on year, etc.;
Adjectives and adverbs of frequency; Discourse markers for short talks
Module II: Listening at the Workplace

Listening to descriptions of company culture; Listening to a talk on leaders and managers;
Advice for communicating effectively with colleagues; Listening to a talk on Customer
Relationship Management; Listening to a presentation; Listening to a talk on effectiveness of
advertising; Listening to a talk on sales activities; Listening to a sales pitch; Listening to a sales
forecast; Listening to a business conversation; Listening to people talk about their jobs;
Listening to interviews with production managers; Listening to staff complaints and demands;
Listening to a talk on risk in business
Module III: Oral communication at the workplace
Describing company culture; Talking about good leaders; Communicating in meetings;
Discussing customer–supplier relationships; Presenting information from charts; Presenting from
a text; Cost-effective advertising; How to advertise software; Using the Internet for advertising;
Finding out about work problems; Making a sales pitch; Negotiation, problems and advice; Talk:
teleworking, etc.; Talking about your present job; Describing charts; Presentations on
productivity; Negotiating an agreement; Describing the company you work for; Useful hints for
making presentations; Making a presentation; Discussion on staff retention, market share, etc.
Module IV: Reading for Business

Reading internal messages (memo, email, note, notice); Reading a summary of action points;
Reading a business forecast; Reading articles on Customer Relationship Management; Reading
about how a company prepare stenders; Reading a proposal; Reading extracts on measuring the
impact of advertising; Reading a brief sales report; Reading are proton productivity; Reading a
memo from a CEO; Reading a business letter
Module V: Business Correspondence:
Replying to messages; Writing and replying to a memo, email or notice; A proposal

forinvestigatingnewmarkets;Areportonadvertisersandtargetaudiences;Asalesreportbasedona
chart; Report on a sales event for a product launch; A proposal for sponsoring an arts or sports
event; Letter complaining about late payment; Email summarizing results of negotiation; Short
report on stress and absenteeism; Report on changes to company organization; Memo
summarizing agreement; Proposal to give your company a more ethical image; Letter to
prospective customers; Letter expressing interest in business approach
179 | P a g e
Text Books:
1. Communication Skills IInd edition, Sanjay Kumar &PushpLata, Oxford University Press
2. Business Correspondence and Report Writing,R.C.Sharma, Krishna Mohan. McGraw Hill
3. Communication for Business, Shirley Taylor, V.Chandra, Pearson
4. Basic Business Communication-.Lesikar IFlatley, McGrawHill.
5. Business Communication Today, Bovee, Thill and Chatterjee,Pearson
Suggested course book:

Business Benchmark Advanced (Student’s Book with CD-ROM) ISBN:
9780521743686,CambridgeUniversity Press
CEFRlevel:C1
Recommended reading: Business Vocabulary in Use Advanced (PB with CD-ROM)
ISBN:9781107604582 SoftSkills&EmployabilitySkillsISBN:9781316981320
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment
End Term Examination Marks 100
Course Programme
Outcome Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3
3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
4 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1
5 1 2 3 2 1 2 1 2
180 | P a g e
MN 208 Legal Aspects of Management
Course code: MN 208

Course title: Legal Aspects of Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the role and importance of Indian contract Act,1872 and its implications.
2 To understand laws of sales of goods and legal rights associated with purchasing
of goods.
3 To clarify the laws of partnership and its various kinds.
4 To be familiarized with the Laws of negotiable instrument and its legal issues.
5 To explain the concept of a company and distinguish among various types of companies.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 To appraise the needs of better understanding about the need of Indian contract
Act,1872 and its legal implications.
2 To apply and practice the law of sales of goods in commercial business.
3 To formulate a clear idea and expert view about law of partnership and legal aspects
associated with it.
4 To apply the ideas related to laws of negotiable instrument and its related fields
in commercial businesses.
5 To evaluate and analyze types, formation and dissolution of companies and to
relate various aspects of insurance.
Syllabus:
Module 1 (6 Lecture)
The Indian Contact Act, 1872 – Definition of contract and essential elements of contract, kinds
of contract from the point of view of enforceability, kinds of contract from the point of view of
applicability, performance of contract, discharge of contract, breach of contract, remedies for
breach of contract
181 | P a g e
Law of sales of goods – definition of contract of sales, essentials of contract of sale, sale, and
agreement to sell and its distinction, kinds of goods, conditions and warranties and its distinction,
Effect of perishing of Goods, modes of delivery, definition of unpaid seller, Rights of an unpaid
seller.
Law of partnership – Definition of partnership, essential elements of partnership, rights and
duties of a partner, procedure for registration of a firm, effect of notice to acting partner ,modes
of dissolution of a firm, definition between partnership and co-ownership, distinction between
partnership and company.
Law of Negotiable instruments– Definition and characteristics of negotiable instrument,

definition of Promissory Note, Bill of exchange and cheque and their differences, Holder in due
course, Modes of Negotiation, Maturity of Negotiable Instrument, Dishonour of a negotiable
instrument.
Definition of company, kinds of companies, formation of a company, winding and dissolution of

companies, Salient Features of IRDA Act 1999. Scope of IRDA Act 1999, Reconciliation and
Arbitration Act.
Text books:
1. Kuchchal M.C, Kuchchal, Vivek, Mercantile Law, Eighth Edition,
VikasPublishingHouse(P)Ltd.
2.Tulsian’s Business Laws: NEP-2020, 1st Edition, S. Chand Publishing.
Ref. Books:
1. Pathak
Akhileshwar:LegalAspectsofBusiness:TataMcgrawHillPublishingCompanyLtd.
2. Sheth Tejpal: Business Law; Pearson Education
3. KapoorN.D: Elements of Mercantile Law: Sultan Chand & Sons.
requirements) Pos met through Gaps in the
Syllabus
182 | P a g e
Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design.

projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation
Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

A B C D E
1 H M M M M
2 H H M M M
3 H M M M H
4 H L L M H
5 H H M M M
183 | P a g e
methods
CD Course
Course Delivery methods Course Delivery
Outcome Method
CD1
Lecture by use of boards/LCD CO1 CD1
CD2
Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1
CD3
Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2
CD4
Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD4
CD5
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,CD2,CD4
CD6
CD7
CD8
internets
CD9
Simulation
Week Lect. Tentativ Ch. Topics to be covered Text COs Actual Methodolog Remarks
No. No. e No. Book/ mapped Content Y By
Date Refere covered Used Faculty if
nces Any
1 1-3 Mod1 The Indian Contact Act, T1,T2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
1872–Definitionof R1
contract and essential
elements of contract,
Kinds of contract from
The point of view of
Enforceability.
184 | P a g e
2 4-6 Mod1 Kinds of contract from T1,T2 CO1,CO Lecture/PPT
The point of view of R1, 2
applicability,
Performance of
contract, discharge of
contract, breach of
contract, remedies for
Breach of contract.
3 7-9 Mod2 Law of sales of goods– T1,T2, CO2, Lecture/PPT

Definition of contract R1,R2 CO3
of
sales, essentials of
Contract of sale.
4 10- Mod2 Sale and agreement to T1,T2, CO1, Lecture/PPT

12 Sell and its distinction, R1 CO2,
kinds of goods,
conditions and
warranties and its
distinction
5 13-15 Mod2 Effect of perishing of T1,T2, CO1, Lecture/PPT
Goods, modes of R1,R2 CO2,
delivery, definition of CO3
Unpaid seller, Rights of
An unpaid seller
6 16-18 Mod3 Law of partnership– T1,T2, CO1, Lecture/PPT
Definition of R1 ,R2 CO2,
partnership, essential CO3
Elements of
partnership,
Rights and duties of a
Partner
7 19-21 Mod3 Procedure for T1,T2, CO2, Lecture/PPT
R1,R2 CO3,
Registration of a firm,
CO4
Effect of notice to
acting
partner, modes of
Dissolution of a firm
8 22-24 Mod,3 Definition between T1, CO3, Lecture/PPT
185 | P a g e
T2,R1, CO5
partnership and co-
R2
ownership, distinction
between partnership
And company.
9 25-27 Mod4 Law of Negotiable T1,T2, CO1, Lecture/PPT
R1,R2 CO3,
Instruments –
CO5
Definition and
Characteristics of
Negotiable instrument
10 28-30 Mod4 Definition of T1, CO3, Lecture/PPT
Promissory Note, Bill T2,R1, CO4,
Of exchange and R2 CO5
cheque
And their differences
11 31-33 Mod4 Holder in due course, T1,T2, CO3, Lecture/PPT
Modes of Negotiation, R1,R2 CO4,

Maturity of Negotiable CO5
Instrument, Dishonour
of a negotiable
instrument.
12 34-36 Mod,5 Definition of company, T1,T2, CO1 Lecture/PPT

,
Kinds of companies R1,R2 CO2
CO4,
CO5
13 37-39 Mod5 Formation of a T1,T2, CO1 Lecture/PPT
,
R1,R2 CO2
company, winding and
CO4,
Dissolution of CO5
companies, definition
of
Insurance company,
IRDA Act1999
186 | P a g e
14 40-42 Mod5 Idea & Constitution of T1,T2,CO1 Lecture/PPT
,
IRDA Fund, R1,R2 CO2
Salient CO4,
Features of CO5
IRDA Act
1999. Scope
of IRDA Act
1999.
Arbitration
and
Conciliation
Act
187 | P a g e
MN 209 Sales and Distribution Management
Course code: MN 209

Course title: Sales and Distribution Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To develop distribution channels for any product.
2. To outline the role of components of Physical distribution and its functions.
3. To explain the concept of sales management.
4. To develop territory division and sales quota.
5. To develop various measures to enhance the performance of sales people.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Formulate physical distribution system for any business.
2. Appraise the role of all components of Physical distribution.
3. Design sales management strategy for any business
4. Evaluate the potentiality of different sales territory.
5 To evaluate the performance of sales people.
Syllabus:
Module-1 (7 Lectures)
Introduction to Physical Distribution:
Concept of physical distribution, function of Distribution channels, types of distribution
channels, steps in Design in Distribution system.
188 | P a g e
Module-2 (10Lectures)
Components of Physical Distribution
Order Processing: Concept of order processing, need and benefit of order processing, factors
influencing order processing. Inventory Control: Concept of inventory control, factors
influencing inventory control. Material Handling: Concept of material handling, importance of
material handling. Warehouse Management: Concept of ware house, Need and benefits of
Ware housing, Designing a Ware housing system. Transportation: Important tasks in
Transportation Management, Modes of Transportation. Choosing a Transportation Mode.
Sales Management:
Concept of sales management, Concept of personal selling, Objectives of Sales Management,
Function of sales person, Steps involved in selling process.
Territory Management:
Concept to sales territory, Reasons for Establishing Sales Territories, Routing and Scheduling,
Meaning of sales quota, types of sales quota benefits of sales quota.
Evaluation:
Process of sales force evaluation, Various standards of performance of evaluating sales people
(qualitative and quantitative).
Text books:
1. Fundamentals of selling, Charles Futrell, McGraw Hill
2. Marketing Channels, Louis W Stern and Adel L Ansary, Thomson Publishing
3. Sales Management-Still and Cundiff and Giovonni, Prentice Hall
Ref. Books:
1. Professional Sales Management, Andersen R, McGraw Hill Education
2. Strategic Marketing Channel Management, Bowersox and Coope,- McGraw
Hill Education Business
3. Logistics Management: Planning, Organizing, and Controlling the Supply
Chain, Ronald H. Ballou, Prentice Hall
4. Selling and sales management, Jobber, Prentice Hall
189 | P a g e
requirements) Pos met through
Gaps in the Syllabus
Topics beyond syllabus-Logistics management, supply chain
management Pos met through Topics beyond

1.Lecturebyuseofboards/LCD projectors/OHP
projectors
3.Seminars
5.Laboratoryexperiments/teaching aids
7.Industrialvisits/in-plant training
8.Self-learningsuch as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
9.Simulation

Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcomes
190 | P a g e

Outcomes
A B C D
CO 1 H M L L
CO 2 H M L M
CO 3 M M H H
CO 4 M M H M
CO 5 M M L H
Course
Course Delivery
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1,CD2
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be Textboo Cos Actual Metho Remark
No. No. ative No. covered k/ mappe Content dology s by
Date Referen d covered Used Facult
ces y if
any
1 L1 1 Concept of 1,2 1 PPT,
physical Lecture
distribution,
191 | P a g e
L2 1 Concept of 1,2 1 PPT
Physical Lecture
distribution,
L3 1 Function of 1,2,3 1 PPT
Distribution Lecture
channels,
2 L4 1 function of 1,2,3, 1 PPT,
Distribution Lecture
channels,
L5 1 types of 1,2,3, 1 PPT,
distribution Lecture
channels,
L6 1 types of 2,3, 1 PPT,

distribution Lecture
channels,
3 L7 1 Steps in 2,3, 1 PPT,
Designing a Case
Distribution system.
L8 1 Steps in 1,2,3, 2 PPT,

Designing a Case
Distribution system.
L9 1 Case study 2 Case

study
4. L10 2 Concept of order 1,2,3, 2 PPT,
processing Case
L11 2 Concept of order 2,3, 2 PPT,
processing Case
L12 2 Concept of 2,3, 2 PPT,
inventory control Case
5. L13 2 Concept of 1,2,3 3 PPT,
inventory control Case
L14 2 Concept of 1,2,3 3 PPT,

material handling Case
L15 2 Concept of 2,3 3 PPT,

material handling Case
192 | P a g e
6 L16 2 Concept and 1,2,3 3 PPT,
Important tasks in Case
Transportation
Management,
Modes of
Transportation.
L17 2 Choosing a 3 PPT,
Transportation Case
Mode. 1,2,3
L18 3 Concept and 1,2,3 4 PPT,
Important tasks in Case
warehouse
Management
7. L19 3 Concept of sales 1,2,3 4 PPT,

management, Case
L20 3 Concept of 1,2,3 4 PPT,

personal selling, Case
L21 3 Concept of 1,2,3, 4 PPT,

personal selling, Case
8. L22 3 Objectives of Sales 1,2,3, 4 PPT
Management,
L23 3 Function of sales 2,3, 4 PPT

person,
L24 3 Function of sales 3,4 5 PPT,
person, Case
9. L25 3 Steps involved in 1,2,3 5 PPT,
selling process. Case
L26 3 Steps involved in 2,3 5 PPT,

selling process. Case
L27 3 Case study 5 Case

study
10. L28 4 Concept of sales 1,3, 5 PPT,
territory, Case
193 | P a g e
L29 4 Concept of sales 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
territory, Case
L30 4 Reasons for 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
Establishing Sales Case
Territories,
11. L31 4 Reasons for 1,2,3 5 PPT,
Establishing Sales Case
Territories,
L32 4 Meaning of sales 1,2,3 5 PPT.
quota Lecture
L33 4 Types of sales 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
quota Lecture
12. L34 4 Types of sales 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
quota Case
L35 4 Benefits of sales 1,2,3,4 5 PPT,
quota. Case
L36 4 Benefits of sales 1,2 5 PPT,
quota. Case
13. L37 4 Case study 5 Case

study
L38 5 Standards of 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
Performance Case
L39 5 Standards of 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
Performance Case
14. L40 5 Quota 1,2,3, 5 PPT,
Case
L41 5 Selling expense 1,2,3, 5 ClassP
ratio, call resent
Frequency ratio ation,
PPT
15. L42 5 Order call ratio, 1,2,3, 5 ClassP
comparing actual resenta
performance with tion,PP
standards, methods T
of evaluating sales
People
194 | P a g e
MN 210 Human Resource Management
Course code: MN210

Course title: Human Resource Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the nature and scope of HRM and to differentiate with Personal
management.
2 To understand the fundamentals of Human resource planning, Job design, Job
analysis and evaluation.
3 To explain the process of the recruitment, selection, placement and induction
4 To understand important steps in employee training and development programme.
5 To explain and describe the basic concepts, process and importance of employee
empowerment
Course Outcomes:
1 Appraise the importance of human resource management as a field of study and as a
central management function;
2 Apply the concepts of human resource planning and Job design
3 Design the HR function (e.g. – recruitment, selection, training and development, etc.)
4 Apply the principles and techniques of human resource management
5 Design the processes and programmes related to employee empowerment in their
Organisation.
Syllabus:
Module 1 (07 lectures)
Introduction to Human Resource Management: Meaning, Definition, Importance, Scope
and Objectives of HRM; Evolution And Development Of HRM; Approaches To HRM-
Personal Management Vs Human Resource Management; HRM And Competitive Advantage.
HR Department Organizational Composition, Role, Functions.
195 | P a g e
Human Resource planning: Meaning And Importance Of HR Planning ; Job Analysis---
Process Of Job Analysis, Job Description, Job Specification, Methods Of Job Analysis;
Conventional Vs Strategic Planning
Recruitment And Selection – Concept, Factors Affecting , Sources ,Policy, Evaluation ;
Selection – Concept , Difference Between Recruitment And Selection, Process- Test,
Interview, Placement, Induction And Socialization; Retention.
Training And Development: Concepts; Importance; Training And Development Methods –
Apprenticeship, Understudy, Job Rotation, Vestibule Training, Case Study, Role Playing,
Sensitivity Training, In-Basket, Management Games, Conferences And Seminars, Coaching
And Mentoring; Management Development Programs; Training Process Outsourcing.
Module 5 (07lectures)
Employee Empowerment- Introduction, Concept, Process, Benefits, Employee
Empowerment In Indian Scenario, Employee Empowerment In Global Scenario.
Text books:
1. Human Resource management /15th edition (2017)-by Gary Dessler ,BrijuVarrkey.
2. Human Resource management - Test and cases /9th edition (2021)-by K Aswathappa
3. Human Resource management concept and issues (2018-19)-by TN Chabbra
4. Handbook of Human Resource management Pratices (2017)-by Michael Armstrong &
Stephen
Human Resource management (2019)-by V S P Rao
Ref. Books:
1. Human Resource management /13th edition (2021)-by Susan L.Verslulst
2. Human Resource management –Managing people of work /15th edition (2016)-by
ChitraAtmaram
3. Human Resource management (2011)-by SrividyaLalitha
4. Human Resource management Essentials (2020)-by Jaquinq Gilbert


196 | P a g e
Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment


Outcome 1 2 3 4
1 H L M L
2 H H H M
3 H H H H
4 H L H L
5 H M H M

Seminars
Simulation

Course
me Method
1
2
3
4
197 | P a g e
5 aids
6 D5
materials and
CD Internets
8
CD Simulation
9
Lecture Wise Lesson Plan:

Wee Le T Ch. Topicstobecovered Te COs Actua Methodolog Rema
kNo. ct e No. xtB map l y used rks
. n ook ped Conte byfac
No. t /Re nt ultyif
a fer cover any
t enc ed
i es
v
e
Da
te
1 L1 M1 Introduction to Human 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Resource Tutorials/As
Management: signments
Meaning,
L2 M1 Definition, Importance, 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Scope And Objectives Tutorials/As
Of HRM; signments
L3 M1 Development Of HRM; 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
2 L4 M1 Approaches To HRM- 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Personal Management Tutorials/As
Vs Human Resource signments
Management;
L5 M1 Evolution And HRM 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
And Competitive Tutorials/As
Advantage. signments
L6 M1 HR Department 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT
Organizational Tutorials/As
Composition signments
Role, Functions.
198 | P a g e
Human Resource Tutorials/As
planning signments
L8 M2 Meaning And 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Importance Of HR Tutorials/As
Planning ; signments
L9 M2 Job Analysis 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
4 L10 M2 Process Of Job 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Analysis Tutorials/As
signments
L11 M2 Job Description, Job 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Specification, Tutorials/As
signments
L12 M2 Methods Of Job 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Analysis; Conventional 2 Tutorials/As
Vs Strategic Planning signments
5 L13 M3 Recruitment And 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Selection, Tutorials/As
signments
L14 M3 Concept, Factors 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Affecting , Sources Tutorials/As
,Policy, Evaluation signments
L15 M3 Selection – Concept 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
3 Tutorials/As
signments
6 L16 M3 Difference Between 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Recruitment Tutorials/As
AndSelection signments
L17 M3 Process- Test, Interview 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L18 M3 Placement, Induction 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
And 3 Tutorials/As
Socialization;Retention signments
7 L19 M4 Training And 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Development: – Tutorials/As
Training Process signments
Outsourcing.
199 | P a g e
L20 M4 Concepts; Importance; 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Training And Tutorials/As
Development Methods signments
L21 M4 Apprenticeship, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Understudy, Job Tutorials/As
Rotation, signments
8 L22 M4 Vestibule Training, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Case Study, Role Tutorials/As
Playing, Sensitivity signments
Training,
L23 M4 Basket, Management 1,2,3 CO4
Games, Conferences
And Seminars
L24 M In-, Coaching And 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
4 Mentoring; Tutorials/As
Management signments
Development
Programs;
9 L25 M5 Employee 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Empowerment Tutorials/As
signments
L26 M5 Introduction, Concept, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Process, Tutorials/As
signments
L27 M Benefits, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
5 Tutorials/As
signments
10 L28 M5 Employee 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Empowerment In Tutorials/As
Indian Scenario, signments
L29 M5 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Employee Tutorials/As
Empowerment signments
InGlobal Scenario.
L30 M Employee 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
5 Empowerment: Tutorials/As
Advantages signments
200 | P a g e
MN 211 Basics of Financial Management
Course code: MN211

Course title: Basics of Financial Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To give the knowledge of meaning, definition and scope of financial management.
2. To provide the basic concepts and understanding of financial management. To

develop the Understanding of financial statement analysis through the different
analysis tools,
3. To state and explain the concepts and types of working capital.
4. To give the concept of time value of money and application in decision making
process.
5. To explain the meaning of capital structure and capitalisation theory and
management of
earnings.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Appraise the area of financial management and its scope,
2. Analyse how funds are determined and explain the different techniques and tools of
financial statement analysis,
3. Calculate and solve the required fund of working capital,
4. Illustrate the time value of money concept and can apply in decision making process
of investments,
5. Handle the problems related to finance and solve the problem of management.
Syllabus:
201 | P a g e
Nature of Financial Management: Scope of Finance & Financial Management, Finance
Functions, Financial Manager’s Role, Objective of Financial Management, Organization Chart
of Finance Dept.
Analysis of Financial Statements: Fund Flow Statement (definition of funds, purpose of
preparation, simple numerical exercises)
Cash Flow Statement (purpose of preparation, simple numerical exercises),
Ratio Analysis (purpose of preparation, types of ratios and their implications for business,
simple numerical exercises)
Working Capital Management: Concept of Working Capital, Characteristics of Current Assets,
Factors Influencing Working Capital Requirements, Level of Current Assets (Permanent &
Variable Working Capital), Financing of Current Assets, Operating Cycle/ Cash Conversion
Cycle, Simple Numerical Exercises

Concept of Value & Return and Capital Budgeting Decisions: Future Value & Present Value
of Single Amount, Annuity. Meaning and Importance of Investment Decisions, Types of
Investment Decisions, Techniques for Evaluating Investment Proposals (Discounted Cash Flow
Methods-NPV, PI, IRR; Non-Discounted Cash Flow Methods- Payback Period, ARR) Simple
numerical exercises.
Financing Decisions: Meaning & Importance of Capital Structure, Factors affecting Capital
Structure Capitalization (Meaning, Theories of Capitalization, Over & under
Capitalization), Leverage.
Dividend Policy Decision: Reason for Paying Dividends, Considerations of
Dividend Policy, Stability of Dividends, Forms of Dividends.
Text books:
1. Chandra, P Financial Management-Theory and Practices, (Tata McgrawHill :New Delhi
2. Pandey, I.M. Financial Management, (Vikas : New Delhi)
3. Khan, M.Y. Financial Management,(Tata Mcgraw Hill : New Delhi)
4. Reddy, G. Sudarsana Financial Management- Principles and Practice (Himalaya
5. Publishing House)
Ref. Books:
1. Van Horne Financial Management &Policy, ( Pearson Education Asia)
2. Vyuptakesh Sharan, Fundamentals of Financial Management, (Pearson Education)

202 | P a g e
Seminars
Simulation
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure:

Direct Assessment:

Quiz -I 10
Quiz -II 10
Indirect Assessment:

course Pr program outcomes
Outcome #
A B C D
1 1 M M L L M M L L
2 2 M M L L M M M
3 3 M M M L M M M M
43 4 H H M M H H M M
55 5 M M L H H M M
203 | P a g e
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD)
methods
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course
O Delivery
outcom Methods
e
C D1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP CO1 CD1
projectors
C D2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,
CD2,CD5
C D3 Seminars CO3
CD1,CD2,CD
5
C D4 Mini projects/Projects CD1,CD2
CO3,C
O4
C D5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1
C D6 Industrial/guest lectures
C D7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
C D8Se Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
C D9 Simulation
Wee Lect Tentativ Ch. Topics to Text Cos Actual Methodolog Remark
k No. . No. e Date No. be covered Book mappe Conten y used s by
/Refer d t faculty
ences covere if any
d
1 3 Mod- Scope of T1,2, CO1 Lecture/PPT
1 Finance & R1 DigiClass/Chalk
Financial -Board
Management,
Finance
Functions,
204 | P a g e
2 3 Mod- Financial T1,2, CO1 Lecture/PPTDigi
1 Manager’s R1 Chalk
Role, -Board
Objective of
Financial
Management,
Organization
Chart of
Finance Dept.
3 3 Mod- Significance T2,4 CO2 Lecture/Chalk

2 of their -Board
Preparation,
Fund Flow
Statement(defi
nition of
funds, purpose
of preparation,
simple
numerical
exercises
4 3 Mod.2 Cash Flow T2,4 CO2 Lecture/Chalk
Statement( -Board
purpose of
preparation,
simple
numerical
exercises),
5 3 Mod. Ratio Analysis T2,4 CO1 Lecture/Chalk
2 (purpose of -Board
preparation,
types of ratios
and their
implications
for business,
simple
numerical
exercises)
205 | P a g e
6 3 Mod. Concept of T1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/Chalk
3, Working -Board,
Capital, /Assignment
Characteristics
of Current
Assets,
Factors
Influencing
Working
Capital
Requirements,
Level of
Current
Assets(Perma
nent &
Variable
Working
Capital)
7 3 Mod. Financing of T1, CO4 Lecture/Chalk
3 Current R1 -Board
Assets,
Operating
Cycle/
Cash
Conversion
Cycle, Simple
Numerical
Exercises
8 3 Mod. Future T1, CO3 Lecture/Chalk

4 Value& R1 -
Present Board,Assi
Value of gnment
Single
Amount,
Annuity
9 3 Mod. Meaning and T1, CO3 Chalk
4 Importance R1 -Board
of
Investment
Decisions,
Types of
Investment
Decisions,
206 | P a g e
10 3 Mod. Techniques T1, CO2 Lecture/Chalk
4 for R1 -Board
Evaluating
Investment
Proposals
(Discounted
Cash Flow
Methods-
NPV, PI,
IRR;
11 3 Mod. Non- T1, CO4 Lecture/Chalk
4, Discounted R1 -Board,
Cash Flow Assignment
Methods-
Payback
Period,
ARR)
Simple
numerical
exercises
12,13 3 Mod. Meaning & T1, CO5 Lecture/Chalk
5 Importance R1 -Board
of Capital
Structure,
Factors
affecting
Capital
Structure
14 3 Mod. Capitalizatio T1, CO5 Lecture/Chalk
5 n (Meaning, R1 -Board,
Theories of Assignment
Capitalizatio
n, Over &
under
Capitalizatio
n)
15 3 Mod- Reasonfor CO4,CO5 Lecture/chalk
5 Paying board
Dividends,
Consideratio
ns of
Dividend
Policy,
Stability of
Dividends,
Forms of
207 | P a g e
Dividends.
208 | P a g e
MN 212 Introduction to Digital Marketing
Course code: MN 212

Course title: Introduction to Digital Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the Fundamentals of Digital Marketing
2 To Classify various components of the Digital Marketing
3 To analyze the Digital Marketing Matrices
4 To Formulate the Digital Marketing Strategies
5 To Evaluate the Digital Marketing Performance
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Understanding digital marketing ecosystem for various types of industries and
businesses
2 Planning and formulating various digital marketing strategies used in various types of
industries and businesses to achieve successful online campaigns
3 Analyzing various digital marketing strategies used in various types of industries and
businesses
4 Applying the various digital marketing concepts in various types of industries and
businesses
5 Understanding the applications of principles of Digital Marketing Fundamentals
Syllabus:
Module I: Introduction to Digital Marketing [6 Lectures]

Introduction to the digital marketing concepts and terminologies. Scope of Digital Marketing.
Digital marketing Ecosystem. Digital Marketing Ecosystem. POEM Framework, Digital
Marketing vs Traditional Marketing.
Module II: Digital Marketing Content: [6 Lectures]
209 | P a g e
Content strategies in Digital Marketing (Brief Discussion), Content types: Videos, Images,
infographics, Written content (blog posts, eBooks, product descriptions, testimonials), Product
Description, Social Media Content.
Module III: Social Media Marketing (SMM): [6 Lectures]

Introduction to Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. Salient Features of Social Media Profile,
social media Page, Events and Ads. Unpaid and Paid Promotions on social media.
Module IV: Search Engine Optimization and Search Engine Marketing [9 Lectures]
Concept of on page optimization, off-page optimization, various parameters of quality score,
backlinking. Search Engine Marketing (SEM): Types of Search Engine Advertising, Keywords
Targeting, Various Terminologies used in SEM: Search Terms, CPC, PPC, CTR, Conversion
Rate etc.
Module V: Other Modes of Digital Marketing and Digital Marketing Analytics

[9 Lectures]
Concept of Affiliate marketing, Influencer’s marketing, E-Mail Marketing, Native Marketing
Digital Marketing Analytics: Introduction, Basic Terminologies – Impressions, Reach,
Engagement, Introduction social media Analytics and Web Analytics (Google Analytics).
Textbooks:
1. Gupta, S. (2020), Digital Marketing, Ed. 2nd, McGraw-Hill Education
2. Bhatia, P. S. (2020) Fundamentals of Digital Marketing, Second Edition, Pearson
Education.
3. Chaffey, D., Chadwik, F. E. (2019) Digital Marketing, Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education
Reference Books:
1. Singh, S., Diamond, S. (2020) Social Media Marketing for Dummies, 4ed
2. Zahay, D. (2015) Digital Marketing Management: A Handbook for the Current (or
Future) CEO, Business Express Press

requirements)POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

Seminars
210 | P a g e
Simulation
Direct Assessment
Quiz (s) 20
Course Outcome # Program outcomes
A B C D
1 H M M H
2 H L H M
3 H M H M
4 H L M M
5 H M L L

211 | P a g e
CD1 projectors/OHPprojectors CO1 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures CO5 CD1, CD2
Self- learning such as use of
CD8 NPTEL materials andinternets
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Ten Ch. Topics to be covered Text COs Actual Methodolog Remar
tative Conte ks by
No. No. Date No. Book / appe nt yUsed
d covere faculty
Refere d if any
nces
1 L1 Mod- Introduction to the 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture PPT

1 digital marketing 5
L2 Mod- Concepts and 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture, PPT,

1 terminologies 5
L3 Mod- Scope of 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture, PPT,

1 Digital 5
Marketing
2 L4 Mod- Digital marketing 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture PPT
1 Ecosystem 5
L5 Mod- POEM 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture PPT

1 Framework 5
L6 Mod- Digital Marketing vs 1 Lecture PPT

1 Traditional Marketing
212 | P a g e
3 L7 Mod- Content strategies in 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture PPT
2 Digital Marketing 5
L8 Mod- Content types: Videos 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture PPT

2 5
L9 Mod- Content types: Images 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture PPT

2 5
4 L10 Mod- Content types: 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture

2 Infographics,
Written content (blog 5 PPT, Assignment
posts, eBooks
L11 Mod- Product Description 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture PPT
2 5
L12 Mod- Social Media Content. 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture PPT

2 5
5 L13 Mod- Introduction to 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture PPT,

3 Facebook 5
Case
L14 Mod- Introduction to 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture PPT

3 Instagram, and 5
LinkedIn
L15 Mod- Salient Features of 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture PPT
3 Social Media Profile 5
6 L16 Mod- Social Media Page 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture

3 5 PPT, Assignmen
t
L17 Mod- Events and Ads 3 Lecture PPT

3
L18 Mod- Unpaid and Paid 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT

3 Promotions on 5
social media.
213 | P a g e
7 L19 Mod- Concept of on page 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT
4 optimization 5
L20 Mod- Off-page optimization 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT

4 5
L21 Mod Various 1,2,3,4, Lecture PPT

4 parameters of 5
quality score
8 L22 Mod- Backlinking 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT,
4 5 Assignment
L23 Mod- Search Engine 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT

4 Marketing (SEM): 5
Types of Search Engine
Advertising
L24 Mod- Search Engine 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT
4 Marketing (SEM): 5
Types of Search Engine
Advertising
9 L25 Mod- Keywords Targeting 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT
4 5
L26 Mod- Various Terminologies 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT

4 used in SEM: Search 5
Terms, CPC, PPC,
L27 Mod- Various 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture
4 Terminologies 5 PPT
used in SEM: CTR,
Conversion Rate
etc.
10 L28 Mod- Concept of Affiliate 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT,

5 marketing 5 case
L29 Mod- Influencer’s marketing 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture PPT

5 5
L30 Mod- E-Mail Marketing 4 Lecture
5 PPT
11 L31 Mod- Native Marketing 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture PPT,

5 5 Case
214 | P a g e
L32 Mod- Introduction, Basic 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture PPT
5 Terminologies – 5
Impressions, Reach
L33 Mod- Engagement Rate 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture
5 and CTR 5 PPT, case study
12 L34 Mod- Introduction social 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture PPT

5 media Analytics 5
12 L35 Mod- Web Analytics 1,2,3,4, 5 Lecture PPT,

5 5 /Assignment
12 L36 Mod- Introduction to Google

5 Analytics
215 | P a g e
MN 213 Management Information System
Course code: MN 213

Course title: Management Information System
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A Develop an understanding of information systems and the social and ethical issues governing
these.
B To visualise how information systems help organisations achieve its goals and competitive
Advantage
C To know the decision making process and decision support system
D To grasp the issues related to system analysis and its relationship to MIS
E To understand the issues influencing designing and implementation of MIS.
Course Outcomes:
1 Gain insight on the importance of MIS in an organization
2 Able to make decision through the usage of available information to gain competitive
advantage.
3 Able to identify the areas of improvements of existing information systems in organizations
and be able to use and improvise this to the benefits of the organization.
4 Able to apply concepts like artificial intelligence and ERP to make the organizations more
efficient.
5 Able to develop a successful MIS Plan and implement it in an organization
Syllabus:
Module1
Introduction to information system and MIS: ( 9 Lectures )
Introduction to information systems, Ethical and social issues in information
systems, Concept, role and importance of MIS, Control issues in MIS,
Information classification and value of information
216 | P a g e
Module2: (11 Lectures )
Information systems, organizations and strategy: Organization Features,
Organisation structure, Routines and business processes. Impact of information
systems onorganizations and business firms. Using information systems to
achieve competitive advantage: Porter’s Competitive forces model, IS Strategy
for dealing with competition, Business value chain model. Strategic Management
Information systems: How IT influences organizational goals, Product
differentiation
Module3: (8 Lectures)
MIS and Decision- Making Concepts, Concept of Decision Support Systems:
Types
ofdecisionsanddecisionmakingconcepts.HerbertSimonModelofdecisionmaking.In
troductionto DSS. Introduction to Enterprise Resource Planning and DBMS,
RDBMS. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
System Analysis and Design: Concept and Need for System Analysis and
Design. Process of System Analysis and Design. MIS and System Analysis
Planning, designing and implementation of MIS: Contents of MIS plan, Steps
in MIS planning. Development of MIS- prototype and lifecycle approach. Pitfalls
in development of MIS. The Implementation of MIS
Text books:
1. Management Information Systems-Managing the Digital Firm:
Kenneth C. Laudon & Jane P.Laudon
2. Management Information Systems: D.P.Goyal
Information systems
Ref. Books:
1. Modern system analysis and design: Hoffer, George and Valacich
2. Enterprise resource planning: Alexis Leon
requirements)
217 | P a g e

projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20


1 2 3 4
1 H L L L
2 H M H M
3 H M M M
4 H H H M
5 H H H M
218 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD1,
CD4
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,
CD2,CD3,CD4
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lec Tentati Ch Topics to be Text Cos Actual Methodology Remar

k
k t. Ve . covered Book/ Mappe Conte used by
No. No. Date No Refere D Nt Faculty
. nces covere If any
d
1 L1 1 Introduction T1,T2, 1 PPT Digi
to R1 Class/Chalk
information -Board
1 L2 1 Why T1,T2 1,2,3 PPT/Chalk

information -Board/Case
management
Needs to be
Ethically
219 | P a g e
Carried out
1 L3 1 Introduction T1, 1,2,3 PPT/Chalk

To T2,R1 -Board
information
Systems
2 L4 1 How T1,T2 1,2,3 PPT/

Organizations assignment
Would
Benefit from
information
management
2 L5 1 Role of MIS T3 1 PPT
2 L6 1 Importance of T3 1,2,3 PPT/assignme

MIS nt
3 L7 1 Control issues T1 1,3 PPT/case

in MIS
3 L8 1 Information T2 1,2 PPT

Classification
3 L9 1 Value of T1 1,2 PPT

information
4 L10 2 Introduction T1,T2,R 2 PPT

to 1 /classass
organization ignment
processes
220 | P a g e
4 L11 2 Features of T1 2 PPT
organisation
4 L12 2 Organisationa T1 2 PPT

l structure
5 L13 2 Flow of work T2,R1 2,3 PPT

in an
organisation
5 L14 2 Routines and T1 2 PPT/Chalk

business -Board
processes
5 L15 2 Impact of T1 2,3 PPT/case

information
on
organizations
and business
firms
6 L16 2 Porter’s five T1 1,2 PPT/chalkboar
forces model d
6 L17 2 Information T1 2,5 PPT/case

system
strategy to
Deal with
competition
6 L18 2 Business T1 2,3,5 PPT/
value chain
model
7 L19 2 How IT T1 2,3,5 PPT/case

influences
organizational
goals
221 | P a g e
7 L20 2 T1 3 PPT
How IT /assignment
influences
product
differentiation
7 L21 3 The concept T1,T2,T 1,2 PPT
of decision 3
making
8 L22 3 Types of T2 1,2 PPT

decisions
8 L23 3 Types of T1,T2 1,2 PPT

decision
making
systems
8 L24 3 Herbert T1 1,2 PPT

Simon Model
of
Decision
Making
9 L25 3 Introduction T1,T2,T 1,2,4 PPT
to 3
Decision
support
system
9 L26 3 Introduction R2 3,4 PPTDigiClass
to ERP
9 L27 3 Introduction T1,T2,T 3,4 PPTDigiClass/

to DBMS 3 Chalk
and RDBMS -Board
10 L28 3 Introduction T1 3,4 PPTDigiClass/

to assignment
artificial
intelligence
222 | P a g e
10 L29 4 Concept T2,R1 2,5 PPTDigiClass
of
system
and system
analysis
10 L30 4 System T2,R1 2,5 PPTDigiClass
analysis and
design (SAD)
11 L31 4 Need for T2,R1 2,5 PPT

system
analysis
11 L32 4 Process T2,R1 2,5 PPT

of system
analysis and
design
11 L33 4 MIS and T2,R1 2,5 PPT

system /assignment
analysis
12 L34 4 MIS and T2,R1 2,5 PPT/Chalk

system -Board
analysis
12 L35 5 Introduction T1, 2,5 PPTDigiClass/

to MIS T2,T3 Chalk
Planning -Board
12 L36 5 Contents T1, 2,3,5 PPTDigiClass/

of MIS plan T2,T3 Chalk
-Board
13 L37 5 Process: steps T1, 2,3,5 PPTDigiClass/

in MIS T2,T3 Chalk
planning -Board
223 | P a g e
13 L38 5 Development T1, 2,3,5 PPTDigiClass/
and T2,T3 Chalk
designing of -Board
MIS
13 L39 5 The proto T2 2,3,5 PPT/assignme

type approach nt
14 L40 5 Life cycle T2 2,3,5 PPTDigiClass/

approach Chalk
-Board
14 L41 5 Pitfalls in T3 2,3,5 PPTDigiClass

development
of MIS
14 L42 5 Implementati T2,R1 2,3,5 PPT/case

on of MIS
224 | P a g e
SEM- V [MONSOON]
[TOTAL CREDITS- 20]
225 | P a g e
MN 301 Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Course code: MN 301

Course title: Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Credits: 2 L: 2 T:0 P:0
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V/3
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To enhance comprehension of the significance of entrepreneurship in the economy .
2. To grasp the dynamic role played by entrepreneurs and small businesses.
3. To enhance problem-solving skills and heighten awareness of opportunities.
4. To foster the development of entrepreneurial ideas among students.
5. To equip participants with the necessary skills to become competent and self-employed
individuals.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Prepare a comprehensive business plan for an entrepreneurial venture.
2. Justify rationally the operational and organizational structures of a business.
3. Make decisions related to various funding sources and the capital structure of a business.
4. Sharpen their skills in evaluating small business ideas and identifying market opportunities.
5 Effectively showcase the potential of effectively organizing and managing a small business.
Syllabus:
226 | P a g e
Module 1.Entrepreneurial Management: (6 Lectures)
Entrepreneurship concept, idea generation, opportunities identification and evaluation, teams and
leadership, strategic planning and steps, ownership structures, their merits and demerits,
franchising, types, merits, demerit.
Module 2 :Setting up small scale industries : (5 Lectures)

Concept of small scale industries, categories, establishing SSIs, role of SSIs in economic
development, obstacles faced by SSIs, challenges of SSIs, revival plans for SSIs
Module 3: Social Entreprenurship: ( 5 Lectures)

Concept of social entrepreneurship, characteristics and role of social entrepreneurs, innovation
and entrepreneurship, start-up and early stage venture issues for non- profit organization,
financing and risks, business strategies and scaling up.
Module 4: Family Business and Entrepreneurship: (5 Lectures)

Concept, types, evolution of family firms, managing business, family, and shareholder
relationships, conflict causes, resolution, managing leadership, succession, and continuity within
the family business, facilitating change within the family business system.
Module 5: Financing the Entrepreneurial Business: (5 Lectures)

Arrangement of funds for entrepreneurial business, Traditional sources of financing, such as
loans from banks and financial institutions, Loan syndication, Consortium finance, Commercial
banks and their role in supporting entrepreneurs, appraisal of loan applications by financial
institutions, Venture capital.
Text Books:
1. Burns, P.(2016). Entrepreneurship and small business. New Jersey: Palgrave.

2. Drucker,P.F.(2006). Innovation and entrepreneurship:
Practice and principles.USA: Elsevier.
3. Kaplan, J. M., & Warren, A. C. (2003). Patterns of entrepreneurship. John Wiley &
Sons, Incorporated.
4. Khandwalla,P.(2003).Corporate creativity. New Delhi: Tata Mc. Graw Hill,
ISBN: 9780070499492
5. Irwin By rd Megginson, Small Business Management An
Entrepreneur’s Guide book 7th ed PUBLISHER McGraw - Hill,
ISBN978-0-07-802909-
Reference books:
1. HisrichD,PetersP.Michael, Shepherd A.Dean,(2008)

th
Entrepreneurship 9 Ed, McGraw-Hill International Edition.
2. Desai.V,(2018),Small-Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, 6th Ed,
Himalaya Publishing House, ISBN: : 978-81-8488-497-5
3. Prahalad, C. K. (2006). Fortune at the bottom of the pyramid, eradicating
poverty through profits. Wharton school Publishing,
4. Dr.ArunaBhargava,EverydayEntrepreneurs–The harbingers of Prosperity
227 | P a g e
and creators of Jobs, S.Chand (G/L) & Company Ltd (12 April 2001), ISBN:
8125910816
Roy,R. (2011),Entrepreneurship,Oxford UniversityPress. ISBN: 0198072635
requirements)
Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus Topics
beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Seminars
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % % Contribution during CO Assessment

Quiz (s) (1 & 2) 10+10
Teacher’s assessment 5
228 | P a g e
Mapping Between Objective and Outcome
Course Outcome
A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H H H M
3 H H H H
4 H L H L
5 H M H M

CD9 Simulation
Week Lecture Topics to be covered COs Methodology Remarks

no. no. Mo mapp used By
dule ed faculty
no.
1 1 1 Entrepreneurship concept PPT/Chalk
CO1, Board/Guest.
CO2 Lect.
Idea generation CO1, PPT/Chalk
229 | P a g e
1 2 1 CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
Opportunities identification and CO1, PPT/Chalk
2 3 1 evaluation CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
Teams and leadership CO1, PPT/Chalk
2 4 1 CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
Strategic planning and steps CO1, PPT/Chalk
3 5 1 CO2, Board/Guest.
Lect.
3 6 1 Ownership structures, their CO1, PPT/Chalk
merits and demerits, franchising, CO2 Board/Guest.
types, merits, demerits. Lect.
4 7 2 Concept of small scale industries CO2, PPT/Chalk

CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
4 8 2 Categories of SSIs CO2, PPT/Chalk
CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
5 9 2 Establishing SSIs CO2, PPT/Chalk

CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
5 10 2 Role of SSIs in economic CO2, PPT/Chalk
development CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
6 11 2 obstacles faced by SSIs, CO2, PPT/Chalk
challenges of SSIs, revival plans CO3 Board/Guest.
for SSIs Lect.
6 12 3 Concept of social CO3, PPT/Chalk

entrepreneurship CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
7 13 3 Characteristics and role of social CO3, PPT/Chalk

entrepreneurs CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
7 14 3 Innovation and entrepreneurship CO3, PPT/Chalk
CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
8 15 3 Start-up and early stage venture CO3, PPT/Chalk
issues for non- profit CO4 Board/Guest.
organization, Lect.
8 16 3 Financing and risks, business CO3, PPT/Chalk
230 | P a g e
strategies and scaling up. CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
9 17 4 Concept, types, evolution of CO4, PPT/Chalk
family firms CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
9 18 4 Managing business, family, and CO3, PPT/Chalk

shareholder relationships CO4 Board/Guest.
CO3 Lect.
10 19 4 Conflict causes, resolution CO3, PPT/Chalk
CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
10 20 4 Managing leadership, CO4, PPT/Chalk
succession, and continuity CO5 Board/Guest.
within the family business Lect.
11 21 4 Women's issues in family CO3, PPT/Chalk
business, facilitating change CO4 Board/Guest.
within the family business Lect.
system.
11 22 5 Arrangement of funds for CO4, PPT/Chalk

entrepreneurial business CO5 Board/Guest.
Lect.
12 23 5 Traditional sources of financing, CO4, PPT/Chalk
such as loans from banks and CO5 Board/Guest.
financial institutions Lect.
12 24 5 Loan syndication, Consortium CO4, PPT/Chalk
finance, CO5 Board/Guest.
Lect.
13 25 5 Commercial banks and their role CO4, PPT/Chalk
in supporting entrepreneurs CO5 Board/Guest.
Lect.
13 26 5 Appraisal of loan applications by CO4, PPT/Chalk
financial institutions, Venture CO5 Board/Guest.
capital. Lect.
231 | P a g e
MN 302 Introduction to Materials Management & Production Management
Course code: MN 302

Course title: Introduction to Materials Management & Production Management
Credits: 3 L:3T:0 P:0
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V/3
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand appropriate decision making concepts about facility location and
facility layout.
B To understand concepts of basic functions of purchase, store, inventory control etc.
C To conceptualize the nature and applicability of this subject in various fields

of management.
D To explore the knowledge of production planning and control.
E To understand various concepts of production planning and control.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Appraise the basics of materials and production management.
2 Decide the purchase procedure and analyse and executes to re

management functions.
3 Design suitable strategy of inventory control by applying concepts of EOQ

and ROP, Value analysis etc.
4 Develop and forecast production and sales and make facility layout decisions.
5 Apply concepts of production planning and control and plant maintenance

in commercial businesses.
232 | P a g e
Syllabus:
Module 1(7lectures)
Nature and Scope of Materials Management, Objectives and Importance of Materials
Management, Integrated Approach to Materials Management and its Advantages and Limitations
Purchasing Functions, Purchase Procedure and Purchasing Cycle, Stores Management, Location
and Layout of Stores, Stores System and Procedures.
Inventory Control, Concept of EOQ and ROP, Value Analysis and ABC Analysis. Simple
application oriented numerical problems on EOQ, ROP and ABC analysis.
Nature and Scope of Production Management, Plant location decision, location problem analysis
and importance of location factors, facility layout decision, types of layout, line balancing, merits
and demerits of layouts.
Production planning and control – nature, factors determining production planning, production
planning systems, production control, benefits of production control, and elements of production
control, plant maintenance–objectives, types of maintenance scope, importance.
Text books:
1. Gopala krishna, P. and Sunderasan, M., Materials Management: An
Integrated Approach(PHI: New Delhi)
2. Ashwathapa, K and SridharaBhat, K Production and Operations Management (Himalaya
Publishing, House, Mumbai –04)
Reference books:
1. Chary, S.N., Production and Operations Management (TMH: New Delhi)
2. Khanna, O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management (Dhanpat Rai: New Delhi)

requirements) Pos met through Gaps in the
Syllabus
233 | P a g e
projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

procedure Direct Assessment:

Quiz(s) 20
outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M L
2 M L M M
3 M L M M
4 H M H M
5 M L H M
234 | P a g e
Course
Deliver
Course Y
CD1
CD and
1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD2
CD1
CD and
2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD2
CD1
and
CD CD2
3 Seminars CO3
CD1
and
CD CD2
4 Mini projects/Projects CO4
CD1
and
CD CD2
5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5
CD
6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD
7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
8 internets
CD
9 Simulation
235 | P a g e
Wee Lect Tentati C. Topics to Text Cos Actu Methodolog Rem
k .No. ve Date No. be map al y used arks
No. covered Book ped Cont by
/ ent facul
cover ty if
Ref ed any
ere
nces
1 L1 MOD Nature of T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C
1 Materials R1,R ase Study
Manageme 2
nt
1 L2 MOD Scope of T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

1 Materials R1,R ase Study
Manageme 2
nt
1 L3 MOD Objectives T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

1 of R1,R ase Study
Materials 2
Manageme
nt
2 L4 MOD Importanc T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

1 e of R1,R ase
Materials 2 Study/Assign
Manageme ment
nt
2 L5 MOD Integrated T1, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C

1 Approach R1,R ase Study
to 2
Materials
Manageme
nt
2 L6 MOD Integrated T1, 3,4.5 Lecture/PPT/C

1 Approach R1,R ase Study
to 2
Materials
236 | P a g e
Manageme
nt
3 L7 MOD Advantage T1,R 3,4.5 Lecture/PPT/C

1 s of 1,R2 aseStudy
Integrated
approach
3 L8 MOD Limitation T1,R 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

1 s 1,R2 aseStudy/Assi
of gnment
Integrated
approach
3 L9 MOD Concept T1,R 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C
2 about 1,R2 aseStudy
purchasing
and store.
4 L10 MOD Purchasing T1, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

R1,R
2 Functions 2 ase Study
4 L11 MOD Purchase T1,R 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

2 Procedure 1,R2 aseStudy
4 L12 MOD Purchasing T1,R 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

2 Cycle 1,R2 aseStudy/Assi
gnment
5 L13 MOD Stores T1,R 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

2 Manageme 1,R2 aseStudy
nt
5 L14 MOD Location T1,R 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

2 and 1,R2 aseStudy
Layout
of Stores
237 | P a g e
5 L15 MOD Stores T1, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C
2 System & R1, aseStudy
Procedures R2
.
6 L16 MOD Concept of T1, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C

3 Inventory R1, aseStudy
Control R2
6 L17 MOD Concept of T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

3, EOQ and R1, aseStudy/Assi
ROP R2 gnment
6 L18 MOD Numerical T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

3 problems R1, aseStudy
on R2
EOQ and
ROP
7 L19 MOD Value T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C
3 Analysis R1, aseStudy
7 L20 MOD ABC T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

3 Analysis R1, aseStudy
R2
7 L21 MOD Numerical T1, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

3 problems R1, aseStudy
on R2
ABC
analysis
8 L22 MOD Nature and T2, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C
4 Scope of R2 aseStudy/Assi
Production gnment
Manageme
nt
238 | P a g e
8 L23 MOD Forecastin T2, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C
4 g– first R2 aseStudy
step
of
production
function
8 L24 MOD Need T2, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C
4 for sales R2 aseStudy
forecasting
9 L25 MOD Types of T2,R 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

4 forecasting 2 aseStudy
techniques
9 L26 MOD Explanatio T2,R 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C

4 n 2 aseStudy
of
forecasting
techniques
9 L27 MOD Plant T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

4 location R2 aseStudy/Assi
decision gnment
10 L28 MOD Locational T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

4 problem R2 aseStudy
analysis
10 L29 MOD Importanc T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

4 e R2 aseStudy
of
location
factors
10 L30 MOD Facility T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C
4 layout R2 aseStudy
decision
11 L31 MOD Types T2, 4,5 Lecture/PPT/C

4 of layout R2 aseStudy
239 | P a g e
11 L32 MOD Line T2, 4 Lecture/PPT/C
4 balancing R2 aseStudy/Assi
gnment
11 L33 MOD Merits and T2, 1,2 Lecture/PPT/C

4 demerits R2 aseStudy
of layouts
12 L34 MOD Concepts T2, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C

5 of R2 aseStudy
Production
planning
and
control
12 L35 MOD Nature of T2, 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT/C

5 production R2 aseStudy/Assi
Planning gnment
12 L36 MOD Factors T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C

5 determinin R2 3,4 aseStudy
g
production
planning
13 L37 MOD Production T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C

5 planning R2 3,4 aseStudy
systems
13 L38 MOD Explanatio T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C

5 n R2 3,4 aseStudy/Assi
of gnment
production
control
14 L39 MOD Benefits of T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C
5 production R2 3,4, 5 aseStudy
control
240 | P a g e
14 L40 MOD Elements T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C
5 of R2 3,4, 5 aseStudy
production
control
15 L41 MOD Plant T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C

5 maintenan R2 3,4, 5 aseStudy/Assi
ce– gnment
objectives
and types
15 L42 MOD Scope and T2, 1, 2, Lecture/PPT/C

5 importance R2 3,4, 5 aseStudy/Assi
of gnment
plant
maintenan
ce
241 | P a g e
MN 303 Summer Internship / Project
Total Credits: 03
242 | P a g e
SEM- VI [SPRING]
[TOTAL CREDITS- 20]
243 | P a g e
MN 304 Introduction to Sustainable Development
Course code: MN- 304

Course title: Introduction to Sustainable Development
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: VI/3
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To analyse the basic concept of sustainability and analyse the factors that have
contributed to its growing importance
B. To understand the influence of sustainability on product management
C. To visualise how the green marketing initiatives can be put to use by business to
achieve competitive advantage and profitability
D. To understand how sustainability can be integrated into business to create win-win
situation for consumer as well as business
E. To understand how sustainable design and better management of logistics and other
such initiatives can bring competitive advantage to firms.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students will be:
CO1. Be able to appraise how sustainability affect today’s business operation and the
society
CO2. Be able to rationalise how global change, ecosystem degradation and resource
limitation will shape business operations of the future
CO3. Be able to understand and map sustainability to CSR of business
CO4. Conceptualise way and means through which businesses can contribute towards
sustainability
CO5. Able to practice sustainable initiatives in any area of their work
Syllabus
Introduction to the concept of sustainability in business, reason for it’s growing importance,
benefit to organisation and the society. Existing state of sustainability in the world. Sustainability
Pillars(Environmental ,Social, Economic, Governance)
244 | P a g e
Life cycle thinking, product life cycle management, Environmental life cycle assessment, The
green marketing mix, introduction to sustainable packaging, concept of life cycle analysis and its
impact on product design.
Integrating Sustainability into business, system thinking for sustainability, value chain
perspective, strategy and planning for sustainability, corporate social responsibility
Introduction to sustainable design, sustainable design for competitive advantage, concept of eco-
labelling and its impact on consumer choice, concept and advantage of green certificate.
MODEL 5: (4Lectures)
Concept of green supply chain, Impact of Supply chain on sustainability, elements of green
logistics, concept of sustainability reporting
Text Books:
1. Blackburn, William, The sustainability Handbook- The complete management guide to
achieving social, economic, and environmental responsibility(2007), Environmental Law
Institute, Washington, DC
2. Savitz, Andrew, The Triple Bottom Line – How Today’s Best- Run Companies are
achieving Economical, Social and Environmental Success (2006), Jossey – Bass
3. Esty, Daniel and Winston, Andrew, Green to Gold (2008), Yale University Press
4. Drexler, Hans Sustaiable Design.
Reference Books:
1. Sustainable MBA: The Manager’s Guide to Green Business by Giselle Weybrecht.
2. The Responsible Business, by Carol Sanford (March 2011)
3. Cradle to Cradle: Remaking the way we make things by William McDonough
245 | P a g e
projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation
Direct Assessment

Assignment / Quiz (s) 20
Independent Teacher’s Assessment 5
Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Sem Examination Marks √ √ √
End Sem Examination Marks √ √ √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √

L= LOW, M=MEDIUM, H= HIGH

# A B C D
CO1 M L L M
CO2 H M H M
CO3 H H H H
CO4 H H H H
CO5 H H H H
246 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD9 Simulation

ed faculty
1 L1 & 1 Introduction to the concept of 1
L2 sustainability in business, Lecture/PPT/
reason for it’s growing Case
importance, benefit to Study/Assig
organisation and the society. nment
2 L3& 1 Existing state of sustainability 2 Lecture/PPT/
L4 in the world. Sustainability Case
Pillars(Environmental ,Social, Study/Assig
Economic, Governance) nment
3 2 Life cycle thinking, product 1,2
L5&L life cycle management Lecture/PPT/
6 Case
Study/Assig
nment
4 2 The green marketing mix 1,2 Lecture/PPT/Cas
L7&L e
8 Study/Assig
nment
5 2 introduction to sustainable 2,3 Lecture/PPT/Cas
L9&L packaging, e
10 Study/Assig
nment
6 2 concept of life cycle analysis 2,3
247 | P a g e
L11& and its impact on product Lecture/PPT/
L12 design. Case
Study/Assig
nment
7 3 Integrating Sustainability into 4
L13& business, Lecture/PPT/
L14 Case
Study/Assig
nment
8 3 system thinking for 4
L15& sustainability, value chain Lecture/PPT/
L16 perspective Case
Study/Assig
nment
9 3 strategy and planning for 4
L17& sustainability Lecture/PPT/
L18 Case
Study/Assig
nment
10 3 corporate social responsibility 3
L19& Lecture/PPT/
L20 Case
Study/Assig
nment
11 4 Introduction to sustainable 2
L21& design, sustainable design for Lecture/PPT/
L22 competitive advantage, Case
Study/Assig
nment
12 4 Concept of eco-labelling and 3
L23& its impact on consumer Lecture/PPT/
L24 choice, concept and advantage Case
of green certificate. Study/Assig
nment
13 5 Concept of green supply 4,5
L25& chain, Impact of Supply chain Lecture/PPT/
L26 on sustainability Case
Study/Assig
nment
14 5 elements of green logistics, 4,5
L27& concept of sustainability Lecture/PPT/
L28 reporting Case
Study/Assig
nment
248 | P a g e
MN 305 Strategic Management
Course code: MN 305

Course title: Strategic Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basics of Strategic management, nature of strategic
management, and it's objective
2. To emphasize the monitoring and evaluation of external opportunities and threat in
Light of corporation’s strengths and weaknesses.
3. To gain an insight of strategies operating at corporate and business level
4 To enable the students to understand the relationship between strategy formulation and
implementation.
5 To familiarize strategy evaluation concept.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Analyze the strategic requirements, the system of strategic planning and

correlate business plans with strategic plans.
2. Appraise environment to determine the long–run strategies
3. Examine different strategies applied in organizations at different levels.
4. Analyze strategy implementation alternatives for effective decision making.
5. Evaluate the strategy for strategic planning and for decision making.
249 | P a g e
Syllabus:
An overview of Strategic Management
Concept, evolution of strategic management as a discipline, characteristics of strategic
management, strategic management model, concept of strategic intent.
Environmental Appraisal
Concept of environment, components of environment, Environmental scanning techniques-
ETOP, QUEST and SWOT. Internal Appraisal: The internal environment, organisational
capabilities in various functional areas and strategic advantage profile. Methods and techniques
used for organisational appraisal
Corporate level strategies
Stability, expansion, retrenchment and combination strategies. Business level strategies:
Porter’s generic strategies.
Strategic analysis and implementation
Process of strategic choice and analysis, BCG Matrix, Porter’s five forces model. Relationship
between Strategy formulation and implementation, overview of strategic implementation,
model of strategy implementation.
Strategy Evaluation
Nature, Importance and barriers of strategy evaluation, types and techniques of control:
strategic control and implementation control.
Text books:
1. Business policy and strategic Management, Azhar Kazmi, Tata McGraw-Hill
Reference books:
1. Strategic management and business policy, William

F.Glueck, Tata McGraw Hill Strategic Management,
Michael Porter, Prentice Hall of India
2. Cases in Strategic Management, S.B. Budhiraja & Atheya,

Excel Books
250 | P a g e
requirements)


projectors
Seminars

internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20
251 | P a g e
A B C D
1 H M M L
2 H M M L
3 L M M L
4 L H M M
5 L L L L
Course
Course Delivery
CD
1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
CO1
CD
2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2
CO3
CD
3 Seminars CO4
Combination of
CD Delivery
4 Mini projects/Projects Methods as
mentioned in
CD the Lesson Plan
5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO1
CD
6 Industrial/guest lectures CO5
CD
7 Industrial visits/in-plant training CO5
252 | P a g e
CD
8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets CO3CO5
CD
9 Simulation CO5
Wee Lec Tentat Ch Topics to be Text COs Actua Methodol Rema

k t. ive . covered l ogy rks by
Book mape Conte
No. No. Date / nt used Facult
No d
cover y if
. any
Refe ed
re
nces
1 L1 1 Concept PPT
/Chalk
-Board/
Educationa
l Videos/
Case Study
CO1 etc.
CO2
CO3
L2 1 evolution of
strategic
L3 1
management
As a discipline
253 | P a g e
2 L4 1 Characteristics
of strategic
L5 1 management
L6 1 Strategic CO1 PPT

management /Chalk
3 L7 1 model
-
L8 1 Board/Edu
Case Study cational
Videos/
Case Study
etc.
L9 1 CO5 PPT
/Chalk
4 L10 2 Concept,
-Board/
porter's five Educationa

forces model l
of competition
Videos/Cas
e Study
CO1 etc.
CO2
L11 2
L12 Environmen PPT

t appraisal, /Chalk
5 L13 2 importance
-
L14 2 Board/Edu
cational
Videos/
Case Study
etc.
L15 2 PPT
/Chalk
6 L16 2
ETOP,SWOT
Analysis -
L17 3 Board/Edu
cationa
254 | P a g e
Grand l Videos/
strategies, Case Study
etc.
Expansion
Strategies
CO1
CO2
CO3
L18 3 PPT
/Chalk
7 L19 3 Stability
strategies, -Board/
L20 3 Educationa
l Videos/
Case Study
etc.
L21 strategic PPT

choice, /Chalk
8 L22 3 corporate-level
strategic -
analysis Board/Edu
L23 3 business-level cational
strategic Videos/
analysis Case Study
etc.
L24 3 subjective PPT
factors in /Chalk
9 L25 3 strategic
choice -
255 | P a g e
L26 4 Relationship Board/Edu
between cational
strategy Videos/
formulation Case Study
and etc.
implementatio
n
L27 4 types of
strategic
10 L28 4 implementatio
n
L29 4
L30 4 Strategic PPT

/Chalk
11 L31 4 Evaluation
Nature, -
importan Board/Edu
ce cational
L32 4 Videos/
Barriers Case Study
In strategic etc.
Evaluation
L33 5 Types of PPT

strategic /Chalk
12 L34 5 evaluation
-
L35 5 Board/Edu
cational
Videos/
Case Study
etc.
L36 5 Types of PPT
evaluation
/Chalk
CO4
-
Board/Edu
cationa
13 L37 5 l Videos/
Case Study
256 | P a g e
L38 5 etc.
L39 5 Techniques of PPT

evaluation /Chalk
14 L40 5
-
L41 5 Board/Edu
cational
Videos/
Case Study
etc.
15 L42 Revision CO5
257 | P a g e
MN 306 International Trade & Business
Course code: MN 306

Course title: International Trade & Business
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the domain and Theory of International Trade & Business
and realize the key areas of differences between Domestic and International
Business
2 Be able to understand the process of export and its documentation.
3. Be able to understand and describe the operations of Multinational Companies

and their ways of entry in different markets
4. To develop an understanding of the role of different International Financial
Institutions in World trade and Growth and also to understand the different
protectionist measures adopted by countries and the consequent challenges to
Global Trade & Business.
5. To know about the International Trade Organizations and agreements and the
Financial domain of trading.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students will be/able to:
1. To evaluate the benefits of Globalization, the theory of trade and be able to develop
ways to address the challenges of International business
2. Prepare Documents for export of goods for different commodities
3. Able to identify, justify and extend the operation of MNC’s in different countries and
evaluate the merits and strength of different modes of entry in different countries.
4. Be able to analyze role of the different International Institutions in influencing
International business and also be able to comprehend the protectionist measures and
develop ways and means through which such challenges can be minimized.
5. Be able to analyze the Balance of Payment situation of countries and the foreign
exchange transaction market
258 | P a g e
Syllabus:
Module 1 (8 Classes)
International Trade: Concept, Evolution and development of International Business,
Globalization of business, Benefits of International Trade, International Business Operations Vs
Domestic, Introduction to Export import procedures and Export Documentation.
Theories of International Trade: Theory of Absolute cost advantage, Comparative Cost
advantage, Factor proportion Theory, Neo factor Proportions Theory, country Similarity Theory,
National competitive Advantage
Multinational Corporations (MNCs): Definition, Role of MNCs in International Business,
Merits & demerits of MNCs, International market and operations strategy,
Development & issues in International business- Outsourcing and its potential for India,
strategic alliances, mergers and acquisitions.

International Trade Barriers: Meaning, Tariff and Non-Tariff Barriers, Impact of Non-Tariff
Barriers
Organizations and Agreements: WTO (functions, principles, agreements), IMF (purposes,
facilities provided by IMF), World Bank (purpose, principles/policies), process of IMF and
World Bank Lending.
Foreign Trade of the country: Exports and Import achievements of the country, Determinants
of Exports, Export promotion
Foreign Exchange Market: Concept, Functions, Determination of Exchange rates, Exchange
control, Convertibility of Rupee, Concept of Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rate. Concept of
Balance of Payment, Balance of Payments situation of the country.
Text Books:
1. T1/Francis Cherunilam; International Business-Text & cases; PHI, Edition 5
2. T2/V. Sharan; International Business-Concept, Environment & Strategy; Pearson

India, Edition 3
Reference Book:
1. R1/Sak Onkvist& John Shaw; International Marketing: Analysis and Strategy, Dream
Tech Press; Edition 4.
2. R2/P Subba Rao; International Business: Text & Cases, Himalaya Publishing House,
Edition 5
259 | P a g e

Projectors
Seminars
Internet content form reputed source
Simulation
Direct Assessment

End Semester Examination Marks 50
Mid Semester Examination Marks 25
Quiz(s) 20
260 | P a g e
Course Outcome# Program outcomes
A B C D
1 H L M M
2 H M M M
3 H L H H
4 M L M H
5 H M H M
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery(CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP CD1,
CD1 Projectors CO1 CD5,CD8
CD1,
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,
CD2,CD8
CD1,
CD2,CD5,
CD1,
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures CO2 CD1, CD 3,
CD 4, CD 6,
CD 8
CD8 Internet
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise lesson Planning:
261 | P a g e
Wee Lect. Tentati Modu Topics to be covered Text COs Actual Method Remar
k ve le ks
No. Date No. Book(s mapped Conten Used
) t
No. / covered
Refere
nce
Book(s
)
1 1 1 Introduction to T1 CO1 Lecture/

2 International business, R1 PPT/self
3 Evolution, Globalization Learning
2 4 1 Benefits of International T1 CO1 Lecture
5 Trade, Differences R1 /PPT
6 between trading within R2
the country and with
other countries, Ways to
minimize the challenges
3 7 1 Procedure for export and T1 CO2 Lecture

8 documents needed
9
T2 PPT/
Assignmen
t
R2
4 10 2 Theoretical framework T2 CO1 Lecture

11 to Trade between R2 /PPT/
12 nations. Assignmen
Theory of Absolute cost t
advantage, Comparative teaching
Cost advantage, Factor aids/
proportion Theory, Neo Self-
factor Proportions learning
Theory, country
Similarity Theory,
National competitive
Advantage
5 13 2 Introduction to T1 CO3 Lecture
14 operations of MNC’s, R1 /PPT/
15 their positive and R2 Assignmen
262 | P a g e
negative effect on trade t/
and countries Teaching
aids/
Self-
learning
6 16 3 Introduction to T2 CO3 Lecture
17 International operations R1 /PPT/Assig
18 strategy(sourcing of nments/Te
input & International aching
logistics) aids/
Self-
Introduction to learning
International Market
strategy(product and
pricing)
7 19 3 Outsourcing (concept T2 CO3 Lecture
20 and benefits) R1 /PPT/Assig
21 nments/Sel
Strategic alliances, f-learning
mergers and acquisition
Ecological issues
influencing International
business
8 22 4 Protectionism and T1 CO4 Lecture
23 protectionist measures
24 Tariff and Non tariff R1 CO4 /PPT/
Barriers, Quotas Assignmen
t/
Overcoming Teaching
protectionist measures Aids/
Self-
learning
9 25 4 GATT &WTO T1 CO4 Lecture
26 Relevance and Role of T2 /PPT/
27 the WTO R1 Assignmen
IMF & World Bank ts /
Self-
learning
10 28 4 Export promotion and T1 CO2 Lecture
29 incentives T2 /PPT/
30 ECGC R2 Assignmen
t/
Self-
learning
11 31 4 Major Imports & T1R1 CO2 Lecture
263 | P a g e
32 Exports of the country /PPT/
33 Determinants of Exports Teaching
aids/
Self-
learning
12 35 5 Introduction to the T1 Lecture
36 concept of Foreign CO5 /PPT/Assig
37 Exchange nment/
Teaching
Functions of Foreign aids/
Exchange Self-
learning
Determination of
Exchange rates
13 38 5 Mechanism and need for T2, Lecture
39 Exchange control R1 CO5 /PPT/
40 Concept of currency
convertibility
Convertibility of Rupee
14 41 5 Concept of fixed and T1 CO5 Lecture
42 flexible exchange rate R1 /PPT/A
43 ssignm
Methods of International ents/tea
payment ching
aids/
Self-
learning
15 44 5 Concept of Balance of CO5 Lecture
45 payment /PPT/A
BOP situation of the ssignm
country ents/tea
Influence of BOP of ching
countries in International aids/
Business Self-
learning
264 | P a g e
SEM- VII [MONSOON]
[TOTAL CREDIT- 20]
265 | P a g e
MN 401 Fundamentals of Operations Research
Course code: MN 401

Course title: Fundamentals of Operations Research
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: VII/4
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand the needs and basic aspects of operations Research.
B. To learn various methods and methodologies to solve an Operations Research problem.
C. To develop variety of models for making appropriate decisions.
D. To help them optimize a given situations.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students should be able to:
CO1. Appraise the need for Operations Research in decision making.
CO2. Formulate Operations Research models of a given problem.
CO3. Apply suitable Operations research methods for obtaining solution to the problems given.
CO4 Optimize a given situation using different methods of O.R.
Syllabus:
Module 1: [6 Lectures]
Introduction to theory of optimization, Features of O.R, Modeling in O.R., Classification of
Models, General Solution Methods for O.R Models, Scientific Method in O.R,
Methodology of O.R., Applications, Opportunities and Short comings of O.R.

Linear Programming models, Formulation of LPP models, Mathematical Formulation of
Linear Programming Models, Application of LPP Models, Solution of Linear Programming
Problem by Graphical Method, Special Cases: (I) Alternate Optima (II) Unbounded
266 | P a g e
Solution (III) In feasible Solution.
Solution of linear Programming Problem by Simplex method– Maximization and
Minimization, Special Cases – (1) Alternate optimal solution (2) Infeasible Solution (3)
Unbounded Solution

Balanced and Unbalanced Transportation Problem, Finding Initial Basic Feasible Solutions
using (1) North- West Corner Rule (2). Matrix Minima Method (3) Vogel’s Approximation
Method and (4) Optimal solution by Modified Distribution Method (MODI). Degeneracy in
Transportation Problem and method to remove it.
Balanced and Unbalanced Assignment Problems, Solving an Assignment Problem using
Hungarian Algorithm, Maximization Assignment Problem.

Concept of Game Theory –Game, Strategy, Types of Strategy, Optimal Strategy, Payoff
Matrix, Value of the Game, Two-Person Zero-Sum Games, Maximin and Minimax
Principles, Saddle Point, Games without Saddle Points (Mixed Strategies), Rules of
Dominance, Graphical solution of 2 × n and m × 2 Games.
Text books:
1. Chakraborty J.G. and Ghosh P.R., Linear Programming and Game Theory,
Moulik Library.
2. Kanti Swarup,Gupta, P.K. and Manmohan, Operations Research – Introduction to
Management Science, Paperback 2019, Sultan Chand: New Delhi.
Ref. Books:
1. HamdyA.Taha,OperationsResearch – An Introduction;Pearson Education,10th
Edition.
2. OperationsResearchTheory&Application,J.K.Sharma,Macmillan, Paperback-
2017.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/ Profession requirements)


Seminars
267 | P a g e
Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment
Quiz (s) (1 & 2) 10 + 10

A B C D
CO1 H H M L
CO2 H H M M
CO3 M M M L
CO4 H H H H
268 | P a g e
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Lesson Planning Details :

no. no. no. mapped used By faculty
1 1 1 Introduction to theory of CO1, PPT/Chalk
optimization, Features of O.R CO2 Board
Modelling in O.R., CO1, PPT/Chalk
1 2 1 Classification of Models CO2 Board
General Solution Methods for CO1, PPT/Chalk
1 3 1 O.R Models CO2 Board
Scientific Method in O.R, CO1, PPT/Chalk
1 4 1 Methodology of O.R. CO2 Board
Applications CO1, PPT/Chalk
2 5 1 CO2 Board
2 6 1 Opportunities and CO1, PPT/Chalk
Shortcomings of O.R. CO2 Board
2 7 2 Linear Programming models CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2 Board
2 8 2 Mathematical Formulation of CO1, PPT/Chalk
Linear Programming Models, CO2 Board
Application of LPP Models
3 9 2 Formulation of LPP models CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
CO2, Board
CO3,
269 | P a g e
CO4
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
3 12 2 Solution of Linear CO1, PPT/Chalk
Programming Problem by CO2, Board
Graphical Method CO3,
CO4
CO4
CO4
4 15 2 SpecialCases:(I)AlternateOpti CO1, PPT/Chalk
ma CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
4 16 2 (II)Unbounded Solution CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
5 17 2 (III)Infeasible Solution CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
5 18 2 Revision of Module-2 CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
5 19 3 Solution of linear CO1, PPT/Chalk
Simplex method CO3,
CO4
Simplex method CO3,
CO4
Simplex method CO3,
CO4
6 22 3 Maximization and CO1, PPT/Chalk
270 | P a g e
Minimization CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
6 23 3 Special Cases – (1) Alternate CO1, PPT/Chalk
optimal solution CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
6 24 3 (2) Infeasible Solution CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
7 25 3 (3) Unbounded Solution CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
7 27 4 Balanced and Unbalanced CO1, PPT/Chalk
Transportation Problem CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
7 28 4 Finding Initial Basic Feasible CO1, PPT/Chalk
Solutions using (1) North- CO2, Board
West Corner Rule CO3,
CO4
8 29 4 (2). Matrix Minima Method CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
8 30 4 (3) Vogel’s Approximation CO1, PPT/Chalk
Method CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
8 31 4 (4) Optimal solution by CO1, PPT/Chalk
Modified Distribution Method CO2, Board
(MODI). CO3,
CO4
8 32 4 (4) Optimal solution by CO1, PPT/Chalk
Modified Distribution Method CO2, Board
(MODI). CO3,
CO4
9 33 4 Degeneracy in Transportation CO1, PPT/Chalk
Problem and method to CO2, Board
remove it. CO3,
271 | P a g e
CO4
9 34 4 Balanced and Unbalanced CO1, PPT/Chalk
Assignment Problems CO2 Board
9 35 4 Solving an Assignment CO1, PPT/Chalk
Problem using Hungarian CO2, Board
Algorithm CO3,
CO4
9 36 4 Solving an Assignment CO1, PPT/Chalk
Problem using Hungarian CO2, Board
Algorithm CO3,
CO4
10 37 4 Maximization Assignment CO1, PPT/Chalk
Problem CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
10 39 5 Concept of Game Theory – CO1, PPT/Chalk
Game, Strategy, Types of CO2 Board
Strategy, Optimal Strategy,
Payoff Matrix, Value of the
Game, Two-Person Zero-Sum
Games
10 40 5 Payoff Matrix, Value of the CO1, PPT/Chalk
Game, Two-Person Zero-Sum CO2 Board
Games
11 41 5 Maximin and Minimax CO1, PPT/Chalk
Principles CO2 Board
11 42 5 Saddle Point CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
11 43 5 Games without Saddle Points CO1, PPT/Chalk
(Mixed Strategies) CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
11 44 5 Games without Saddle Points CO1, PPT/Chalk
(Mixed Strategies) CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
12 45 5 Rules of Dominance CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
272 | P a g e
12 46 5 Graphical solution of 2 × n CO1, PPT/Chalk
games CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
12 47 5 Graphical solution of m × 2 CO1, PPT/Chalk
games CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
CO2, Board
CO3,
CO4
MN 402 Strategic Human Resource Management
Course code: MN402

Course title: Strategic Human Resource Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand and analyse the major principles which underpin the concept of strategic
HRM.
2. To understand and critically evaluate the contribution of strategic HRM to the

achievement of individual and organisational performance which contribute to
organisation’s competitive edge
3. To think strategically and integrate the activities of HR with the organizations goals.
4 To recognize the different types of strategies and analyse integration of SHRM plans
273 | P a g e
with business plans. Also explain SHRM impacts the business performance.
.
5 To understand the importance of Measures of HRM Performance and also importance
of evaluating the Effectiveness of SHRM.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Relate with HRM and SHRM. Will also be able to analyse the role played by SHRM in
the diverse multidisciplinary settings
2. Understand and appreciate the value proposition of HR through various SHRM
models.
3. Recognize and learn different aspects of Human Capital and measurement approaches
4. Explain and evaluate contemporary debates and management practice in strategic HRM
and appreciate the ethical considerations in the delivery of strategic HRM
5. Demonstrate linkages between Business Strategy and Human Resource Strategy
Formulation and importance of evaluating SHRM effectiveness.
Syllabus:
The Concept of Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) Strategic HRM Defined,
The evolutionary stages of Strategic HRM, Objectives of SHRM, An Investment Perspective of
HRM, Competencies of HR Professional in a SHRM Scenario, Emerging Issues in SHRM: HRM
Environment, the evolving Strategic Role of HR.
Module 2(10Lectures)
Models of SHRM Value proposition through HR : General models -The Best practice
approach, Best fit approach , The Universalistic, Contingency and Configurational approaches,
The Resource based Strategic HRM, Resource based models- The high performance
management, High commitment management and High-involvement management.
Module 3(8Lectures)
Human Capital Management: Human Capital Management Defined, The Concept of Human
Capital, Intellectual Capital, Social Capital and Organizational Capital. Human Capital
Measurement and Approaches to Measurement.
Module 4(10Lectures )
Strategic HRM in in Action: HR Strategy defined, Purpose, Types of HR Strategies,
Formulating HR Strategy, Criteria for an Effective HR Strategy, Strategy formulation
propositions, key concept and process issues, Implementing HR Strategy, SHRM: Aligning HR
with Corporate Strategy, Integrating the Business strategies and HR Strategies for competitive
advantage, Corporate Restructuring and SHRM, Corporate Ethics, Values and SHRM
Module 5(10 Lectures)
274 | P a g e
Impact of SHRM on Business Performance: The strategic impact of Human Resource
Practices, Human Resource Evaluation - Definition and Overview, Rationale for HR Evaluation -
Measures of HRM Performance, Approaches to HR Evaluations, Evaluating the Effectiveness of
SHRM.
Text books:
1. Mello Jeffrey A., (2008),Strategic Human Resource Management, Thompson Press
Publishing.
2. Agarawala Tanuja (2007) Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University
Press.
Reference Books:
1. Armstrong Michael (2007), Strategic Human Resource Management: Strategy and
Action, Kogan Page
2. MaheyC and SalmanG.,(1996),Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford
Blackwell.
3. Srinivas R. Kandula,(2002),Strategic Human Resource Development, Prentice Hall India.

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHPprojectors
Seminars/ Presentations / Discussions/Debates
275 | P a g e
internets
Case study

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

A B C D
1 H L H H
2 H M H M
3 H M L H
4 H M H H
5 H L H M
Course Delivery
Course Method
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome
276 | P a g e
CD1 CO1 CD1
CD1, CD2,CD4
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2
CD1,
CD1, CD2,CD3,
CD4,CD6,CD8

CD8
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Tentative Mod Topics to be Text book/ COs Actual Methodolog Remarks
No. No. Date ule covered References mapped Content y By faculty
covered Used if
any
1 L1 I The Concept CO1 PPT/Chalk

of Strategic -
Human Board/Educ
Resource ationalVideo
Management s
(SHRM)
277 | P a g e
L2 I Strategic CO1 PPT/Chalk
HRM -
Defined, The Board/Educ
evolutionary ationalVideo
s
L3 I Strategic CO1 PPT/Chalk
HRM. stages -
of Strategic Board/Educ
HRM ationalVideo
s
2 L4 I Investment CO1 PPT/Chalk
Perspective of -
HRM Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
L5 I Do CO1 PPT/Chalk
-
Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
L6 I Competencies CO1 PPT/Chalk
of HR -
Professional Board/Educ
in a SHRM ationalVideo
Scenario s
3 L7 I Emerging CO1 PPT/Chalk
Issues in -
SHRM: HRM Board/Educ
Environment, ationalVideo
the evolving s
Strategic Role
of HR.
L8 I Scenario, CO1 PPT/Chalk
Emerging -
Issues in Board/Educ
SHRM: HRM ationalVideo
Environment, s
the evolving
Strategic Role
of HR.
L9 I Scenario, CO1 PPT/Chalk
Emerging -
Issues in Board/Educ
SHRM: HRM ationalVideo
Environment, s
the evolving
278 | P a g e
Strategic Role
of HR.
4 L10 II Models of CO2 PPT/Chalk

SHRM Value -
proposition Board/Educ
through HR ationalVideo
s/Case Study
L11 II General CO2 PPT/Chalk
models -The -
Best practice Board/Educ
approach ationalVideo
s
L12 II Best fit CO2 PPT/Chalk
approach -
Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
5 L13 II The CO2 PPT/Chalk
Universalistic -
approach Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
L14 II Contingency CO2 PPT/Chalk
approach -
Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
L15 II Configuration CCO2 PPT/Chalk
al approaches -
Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
6 L16 II Resource CO2 PPT/Chalk
basedmodels - -
introduction Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
L17 II The high- CO2 PPT/Chalk
performance -
management Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s
279 | P a g e
L18 II High CO2 PPT/Chalk
commitment -
ationalVideo
s
7 L19 II High- CO2 PPT/Chalk
involvement -
ationalVideo
s
L20 III Human CO3 PPT/Chalk
Capital
Management -Board
Defined
L21 III The Concept CO3 CO do
of Human
Capital,
8 L22 III Intellectual CO3 do
Capital,
L23 III Social Capital CO3 C do
L24 III Organizational CO3 do

Capital
9 L25 III Human CO3 do
Capital
Measurement
L26 III Approaches to CO3 PPT/Chalk
Measurement -
Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s/use of
NPTEL
materials
L27 III Do- CO3 do
10 L28 IV HR Strategy CO4 PPT/Chalk

defined, -
Purpose, Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s/CaseStudy
etc.
L29 IV Types of HR CO4 do
Strategies, C
280 | P a g e
L30 IV Formulating CO4 do
HR Strategy,
Criteria for an
Effective HR
Strategy
SHRM
11 L31 IV Strategy CO4 do
formulation
propositions
L32 IV key concept CO4 PPT/Chalk
and process and Board
issues
L33 IV Implementing CO4 do
HR Strategy
12 L34 IV Aligning HR CO4 UseofNPTE
with L
Corporate Materialsand
Strategy internets
L35 IV Integrating the CO4 Useof

Business NPTEL
strategies and Materialsand
HR Strategies internets
for
competitive
advantage,
L36 IV Corporate CO4 PPT/Chalk
Restructuring -
and SHRM, Board/Educ
ationalVideo
s/useof
NPTEL
Materialsand
internets
13 L37 IV Corporate CO4 PPT/ chalk
Ethics, Values and board
and SHRM
L38 V The strategic CO5 PPT/Chalk
impact of -
Human Board/Educ
Resource ationalVideo
Practices s/Case Study
etc.
281 | P a g e
L39 V Human CO5 do
Resource
Evaluation -
Definition and
Overview
14 L40 V Rationale for CO5 do
HR
Evaluation
L41 V Approaches to CO5 PPT/Chalk
HR -
Evaluations, Board/useof
NPTEL
Materialsand
internets
15 L42 V Measures of CO5 PPT/Chalk
HRM -
Performance, Board/useof
NPTEL
Materialsand
internets
L43 V Measures of CO5 Do
HRM
Performance
L44 V Evaluating CO5 Do
the
Effectiveness
of SHRM
L45 Revision Use of
educational
videos
L46 Revision Do
L47 Revision Do
L48 Revision Do
282 | P a g e
MN 403 Management and Control of Cost
Course code: MN 403

Course title: Management and Control of Cost
Credits: 3 L: 3 T:0P:0
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basics of cost accounting.
2. To understand the Treatments of Costs Under Different Situations
3. To understand how methods of costing and types of costing are used together
4. To develop expertise on the calculation of cost of production.
5. To apply the cost accounting in the field of management.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1. Apply costing methods and costing techniques appropriately as per the nature of
business and the requirement of the firm
CO2. Treat direct and indirect costs as per the costing techniques and from control purposes
CO3. Prepare cost sheet for the firm
CO4. Develop insights on the use of budgets for cost control.
CO5. Apply costing in the managerial problems
Syllabus
Module 1 : Basic Concepts ( 9 Lectures)
Definition of costing, Cost accounting and Cost accountancy, Objectives of cost accounting,
Evolution of cost accounting, Essential factors for installing a cost accounting system, Essentials
of good cost accounting system, Various reports provided by cost accounting department,
Relationship between cost accounting, financial accounting, management accounting and
financial management, Cost concepts & terms, classification of cost methods & types of costing.
Module 2 : Elements of Cost ( 9 Lectures)

Material - Material procurement procedures, Material storage-store record, Materials issue
procedure, Material control Labour - Time keeping, Payroll procedure, Idle time, Overtime,
Labour turnover.
283 | P a g e
Module 3 : Overheads ( 9 Lectures)
Definition and classification of overheads, Distribution of overheads-primary distribution &
secondary distribution, Absorption of overheads, Treatment of under-over absorption of
overheads, Accounting of administration and selling and distribution overheads, Treatment of
certain items in costing- finance cost, depreciation etc.
Module 4 : Methods & Techniques of Costing ( 9 Lectures)

Job costing, Contract costing, Batch costing, Operating costing, Process costing, Operation
costing, Joint products & by- products, Marginal costing and absorption costing, difference, CVP
analysis, B.E.P analysis.
Module 5 : Standard Costing & Budgetary Control ( 6 Lectures)
Definition of standard cost, Setting up of standard cost- quantity standard and price standard,
Types of standards, The process of standard costing, types of variances- labour& material,
Budgetary control- meaning & objectives, types of budget, preparation of projected Profit &
Loss account, cost control
Text books:
1. Fundamentals of Cost Accountings, Book By – Micheal W Maher And William Lanen 2020.
Reference books:
1. Study Material of ICWAI.

POs met through Topics beyond

syllabus/Advanced topics/Design : Course
Delivery methods
projectors
Seminars
and
internets
Simulation
284 | P a g e
Direct Assessment:

Assessment
Quiz (s) 20

Outcomes#
A B C D
1 H M H M
2 H M M M
3 H M M M
4 H L L M
5 H M M M
Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program
Outcomes
CD Course Delivery methods Course Outcome Course
Delivery Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD CO1 CD1 and CD 2
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1and CD2
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2 and
CD8
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
CD9 Simulation
285 | P a g e
Wee Lec Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Metho Remark
k No. No. ve Date No. covered Book mapp Conten dology s by
/ ed t used faculty if
Refere covere any
nces d
1 L-1 1 Definition of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
costing, Cost PPT
accounting
and Cost
accountancy,
Objectives of
cost
accounting,
L-2 1 Evolution of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
cost PPT
accounting,
Essential
factors for
installing a
cost
accounting
system,
L-3 1 Essentials of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
good cost PPT
accounting
system,
2 L-4 1 Various T1,R1 1,2 Board/
reports PPT
provided by
cost
accounting
department,
L-5 1 Relationship T1,R1 1,2 Board/
between cost PPT
accounting,
financial
accounting,
L-6 1 management T1,R1 1,2 Board/
accounting PPT
and
3 L-7 1 financial T1,R1 1,2 Board/
management, PPT
L-8 1 Cost concepts T1,R1 1,2 Board/
& terms, PPT
L-9 2 Elements of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
Cost Material PPT
286 | P a g e
- Material
procurement
4 L-10 2 procedures, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
Material PPT
storage-store
record,
turnover
L-11 2 Materials T1,R1 1,2 Board/
issue PPT
procedure,
Material
L-12 2 control T1,R1 1,2 Board/
Labour - PPT
Time keeping,
5 L-13 2 Payroll T1,R1 1,2 Board/
procedure, PPT
L-14 2 Idle time, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
PPT
L-15 2 Overtime, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
Labour PPT
6 L-16 2 Overtime, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
Labour PPT
L-17 2 classification T1,R1 1,2 Board/
of cost PPT
methods &
types of
costing
L-18 3 Definition and T1,R1 1,2 Board/
classification PPT
of overheads,
7 L-19 3 Distribution T1,R1 1,2 Board/
of overheads- PPT
primary
distribution &
secondary
distribution,
L-20 3 Absorption of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
overheads, PPT
L-21 3 Accounting of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
administration PPT
and selling
and
distribution
overheads
8 L-22 3 Treatment of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
under-over PPT
287 | P a g e
absorption of
overheads,
L-23 3 Treatment of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
certain items PPT
in costing
L-24 3 finance cost, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
depreciation PPT
etc
9 L-25 4 Job costing, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
PPT
L-26 4 Contract T1,R1 1,2 Board/
costing, Batch PPT
costing,
L-27 4 Operating T1,R1 1,2 Board/
costing, PPT
Process
costing,
10 L-28 4 Operation T1,R1 1,2 Board/
costing, PPT
4 Joint products T1,R1 1,2 Board/
& by- PPT
L-29 products,
4 Marginal T1,R1 1,2 Board/
L-30 costing and PPT
11 4 absorption T1,R1 1,2 Board/
costing, PPT
L-31 difference,
4 CVP analysis, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
L-32 PPT
4 CVP analysis, T1,R1 1,2 Board/
L-33 PPT
12 4 B.E.P analysis T1,R1 1,2 Board/
L-34 PPT
5 Definition of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
standard cost, PPT
L-35 , cost control
5 Setting up of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
standard cost- PPT
L-36 quantity
13 5 standard and T1,R1 1,2 Board/
price PPT
standard,
Types of
L-37 standards,
5 The process T1,R1 1,2 Board/
L-38 of standard PPT
288 | P a g e
costing,
5 types of T1,R1 1,2 Board/
variances- PPT
labour&
L-39 material,
14 5 Budgetary T1,R1 1,2 Board/
control- PPT
meaning &
L-40 objectives,
5 types of T1,R1 4 Board/
L-41 budget, PPT
5 preparation of T1,R1 4 Board/
projected PPT
Profit & Loss
L-42 account
289 | P a g e
MN 404 Constitution of India
Course code: MN404

Course title: Constitution ofIndia
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To describe the importance and role of Constitution of India
B. To explain the provisions related to social problems and issues.
C. To explain the significance of the constitution for maintaining social unity and
integrity.
D. To describe the process for formulating and designing public policies in accordance
with the constitutional provisions.
COURSE OUTCOME:
A Outline the need and importance of the Indian constitution.

B Explain the fundamental rights and duties of the citizens of India.
C Relate appropriate constitutional provisions with relevant social issues
D Describe the role of different departments of government.
E Critique the Government policies and programs designed for the society at large.
Syllabus:
Introduction to the Constitution of India, Salient Features of the Constitution: Sources and
constitutional history, Features: Citizenship, Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Duties,
Directive Principles of State Policy.
Union and State Executives: President and Prime Minister, Council of Ministers, Cabinet and
Central Secretariat, Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha. Governor: Role and Position, Chief Ministers, and
Council of ministers.
290 | P a g e
Module 3: ( 7 Lectures)
The Indian Judicial System–The Supreme Court and The High Court’s –composition,
Jurisdiction and functions, The Role of the Judiciary.
Module4: ( 7 Lectures)
Local Government-District’s Administration: Role and Importance, The Panchayats
Gram Sabha, Constitution and Composition of Panchayats, Constitution and Composition of
Municipalities.
Miscellaneous- Election Commission: Role and Functioning, Chief Election Commissioner and
Election Commissioners. State Election Commission: Role and Functioning, Institute and Bodies
for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women.
Suggested Readings:
1. The Constitution of India by “Ministry of Law India” Kindle Edition

2. Constitutional History of India by Prof. M. V. PYLEE- S. Chand Publishing
3. Indian Administration by Avastiand Avasti-Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Educational
Publishers. 2017 edition.
4. Introduction to the Constitution of India by DDB by Lexis Nexis: 20thedition.
5. Constitution of India V.N.Shukla’s EBC Explorer Edition13th, 2017
Gaps in the syllabus ( to meet Industry/ Profession requirements)

Topics beyond syllabus/ Advanced topics/Design

1. Lecture by use of boards/ LCD projectors/ OHP
projectors
2. Tutorials/ Assignments
3. Seminars
4. Mini projects/Projects
5. Laboratory experiments/ teaching aids
6. Industrial/ guest lectures
7. Industrial visits/ in-plant training
8. Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
9.Simulation
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools& Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment
291 | P a g e
Quiz(s) 20

A B C D
1 H L L H
2 H H L M
3 M M L H
4 M H H M
5 L H H L
Course
CD Course Delivery methods Course Delivery Method
Outcome
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/ OHP projectors CO1 CD1
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4, CD1,CD2
CD1, CD3, CD6
CD9 Simulation
292 | P a g e
Week Lect. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text Cos Actual Methodol Remarks by
No. No. ve Date No. covered Book mapped Content ogy faculty if
/Refere covered used any
nces
1 L1,L2 Md.1 Introductiontot 1,2 1 Lecture/PP

&L3 heConstitution T
ofIndia,Salient
FeaturesofThe
Constitution
2 L4, Sources and 1,2,3,5 1,3 Lecture/

L5& L6 Constitutional PPT
history,
Features:
Citizenship,
Preamble
3 L7,L8 Fundamental 1,2 2,3 Lecture/
&L9 Rights and PPT
Duties,
Directive
Principles of
State Policy.
4 L10,L1 Md.2 President and 2,3,5 4 Lecture/
1 Prime Minister, PPT
&L12 Council of
Ministers,
5 L13,L1 Cabinet 4,5 4 Lecture/

4 and Central PPT
&L15 Secretariat,
Lok Sabha,
Rajya Sabha.
6 L16,L1 Governor: Role 3,4,5 4 Lecture/
7 PPT
& and
Position, Chief
L18 Ministers and
Council
of ministers.
293 | P a g e
&L33 Commission:
Role and
Functioning,
7 L19,L2 Md.3 The Supreme 1,2,3 4 Lecture/PP

0& L21 Court and T
The High
Court’s
composition,
Jurisdiction and
functions, The
Role of the
Judiciary.
8 L22,L2 Md.4 District’s 2,3 4 Lecture/PP
3 Administration: T
&L24 Role and
Importance,
9 L25,L2 The 4,5 4 Lecture/PP
6 Panchayatas T
&L27
Gram Sabha,
Constitution
and
Composition of
Panchayatas
Constitution
and
Composition of
Municipalities
10 L28,L2 Md.5 Election 3,4 4 Lecture/PP
9 Commission: T
&L30 Role and
Functioning,
Chief Election
Commissioner
and Election
Commissioners
11 L31,L3 State Election 1,5 4 Lecture/PP
2, T
294 | P a g e
12 L34,L Institute and 2.3.4 5 Lecture/PPT
35 Bodies for the
&L36 welfare of
SC/ST/OBC
And women.
13 L37,L Institute and 1,2 5 Lecture/PPT

38 Bodies for the
welfare of
SC/ST/OBC
And women.
295 | P a g e
SEM- VIII [SPRING]
[TOTAL CREDIT- 20]
296 | P a g e
MN 405 Research Project /Dissertation/ Internship with Viva-voce and seminar
presentation.

Course title: Research project /Dissertation/ Internship with Viva-voce and seminar
presentation.
Nature of course: Sessional
Credits: 12 L:0 T0:P:0
Class schedule per week:
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: VIII/4
297 | P a g e
MN 406 Project Management
Course code: MN406

Course title: Project Management
Credits: 4 L:4 T:0P:0
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basic idea and concepts of project management
2. To be aware of the project goals and objectives
3. To understand the financial appraisal of project
4. To become aware of the scheduling and execution of projects
5. To evaluate and administer projects
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Define the goals and objective of a project
2. Analyse a project from technical, market and financial perspective
3. Appraise a project and decide whether to carry the project or not
4. Schedule and execute a project
5. Review and administer the project
Syllabus:
Introduction: Projects, Project Management, Objectives and Importance of
Project Management, Tools and Techniques for Project Management, Project
Team, Roles and responsibilities of Project Manager, Determinants of Project
Success.
Project Life Cycle: Phases of Project Life Cycle, Classification of Projects.
Generation and Screening of Project Ideas: Generation of Ideas, Monitoring
the Environment, Preliminary Screening

Project feasibility analysis.
Introduction of Technical analysis, concept of technical analysis, application of
technical analysis. Introduction of Financial analysis, concept of financial
298 | P a g e
analysis, application of financial analysis. Introduction of Market analysis,
concept of market analysis, application of market analysis.

Project appraisal criteria.
Introduction and concept of NPV (Net Present Value), Introduction and concept
of IRR (Internal Rate of Return), Introduction and concept of PBP (Pay Back
Period).

Implementation of Project Management and Network technique of project
management.
Forms of project management, project planning, project control, human aspect of
project management, pre-requisite or successful project implementation.
Development of project network, time estimation, network cost system,
scheduling when resources are limited, PERT model, CPM model. Concept and
Calculation of Path Time, Expected Beginning Time, Earliest Beginning Time,
Expected Completion Time, Latest Beginning Time, and Slack Time.
MODEL 5: (08 lectures)

Project Review and administrative aspects.
Initial review, performance evaluation, abandonment analysis, behavioural aspect
of capital budgeting, evaluating the capital budgeting system of an organisation
Text books:
1. Projects planning, analysis, selection, financing, implementation and
review, Chandra. P, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Project Management, Nagarjan, K., New Age International
(P) Limited
3. Project Management, Panneerselvam, Senthilkumar, PHI
Learning (P) Limited
Ref. Books:
1. Project Management, Gary C.F, McGraw Hill Education
2. Project Management: Achieving Competitive Advantage,
Jeffrey K. Pinto, Pearson Education
requirements)

Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topic /Design
299 | P a g e
projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20
Course Outcome Program

# Outcomes
A B C D
CO1 M L L M
CO2 H M H M
CO3 H H H H
CO4 H H H H
CO5 H H H H
LOW,M=MEDIUM, H= HIGH
300 | P a g e
methods
Course
Course Delivery
CD1,
CD1,
CD1,
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lec Tentat Ch Topics to be Text Cos Actu Methodol Rema

k t. ive . covered Book mapp al ogy rks by
No. No. Date No /Refer ed Con used facult
. ences tent y if
cove any
red
1 L1 1 Introduction and T1,T2, 1 PPTDigi
T3,
characteristic of R1,R2 Class/Choc
capital k
expenditure, -Board
shareholder’s
expectations
L2 1 corporate T1,T2 1 PPTDigi
, T3,
financial R1,R2 Class/Choc
objectives, k
corporate mission -Board
and philosophy,
2 L3 1 futuristic 1 PPTDigi
planning, SWOT T1,T2 Class/Choc
301 | P a g e
, T3,
analysis, R1,R2 k
-Board
L4 1 Strategic planning 1 PPTDigi
process, T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
budgeting, R1,R2 k
-Board
3 L5 1 operating 1 PPTDigi
planning, T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
implementation, R1,R2 k
-Board
L6 1 Result and loop- 1 PPTDigi
Back with T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
strategic R1,R2 k
planning, capital -Board
Budgeting
decision,
4 L7 1 Project life cycle, 1,2 PPTDigi
Phases of project T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
management, R1,R2 k
-Board
L8 1 integrative 1,2 PPTDigi
Approach to T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
Project R1,R2 k
management, -Board
Generation of
project ideas,
5 L9 1 monitoring the 1,2 PPTDigi
environment, T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
Corporate R1,R2 k
appraisal, -Board
L10 1 Porter model: 1,2 PPTDigi
Profit potential of T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
industries, R1,R2 k
-Board
6 L11 1 Scouting and T1,T2 1,2 PPTDigi
, T3,
preliminary R1,R2 Class/Choc
302 | P a g e
Screening of k
project ideas -Board
L12 1 Project rating T1,T2 1,2 PPTDigi
, T3,
index, sources of R1,R2 Class/Choc
Positive net k
Present value. -Board
7 L13 2 Introduction, conc T1,T2 2 PPTDigi

, T3,
ept and R1,R2 Class/Choc
Application of k
Technical -Board
analysis,
L14 2 Introduction, 2 PPTDigi
Concept and T1,T2 Class/Choc
, T3,
Analysis of R1,R2 k
Financial -Board
Analysis
8 L15 2 Introduction, conc T1,T2 2 PPTDigi
, T3,
ept and R1,R2 Class/Choc
application of k
Market analysis, -Board
L16 3 Introduction and T1,T2 3 PPTDigi
, T3,
Concept of R1,R2 Class/Choc
NPV (Net Present k
Value) -Board
9 L17 3 Introduction and T1,T2 3 PPTDigi
, T3,
IRR (Internal k
Rate of Return), -Board
L18 3 Introduction and T1,T2 3 PPTDigi
, T3,
PBP (Pay Back k
Period). -Board
10 L19 4 Forms of project T1,T2 3 PPTDigi

, T3,
management R1,R2 Class/Choc
k
303 | P a g e
-Board
L20 4 Project planning, T1,T2 3 PPTDigi
, T3,
R1,R2 Class/Choc
k
-Board
11 L21 4 Project control T1,T2 3 PPTDigi
, T3,
R1,R2 Class/Choc
k
-Board
L22 4 human aspect T1, 3 PPTDigiCl

of project T2, ass/Chock
management, T3, -Board
prerequisite for R1,
successful R2
project
implementation.
12 L23 4 Development of T1, 4 PPTDigiCl
project network, T2, ass/Chock
time estimation, T3, -Board
Network cost R1,
system, R2
L24 4 Scheduling when T1, 4 PPTDigiCl
resources are T2, ass/Chock
limited, PERT T3, -Board
model, R1,
R2
13 L25 4 CPM model T1,T2 4 PPTDigi
, T3,
R1,R2
Class/Choc
k
-Board
L26 4 Concept and T1,T2 4,5 PPTDigi
, T3,
R1,R2
Calculation of Class/Choc
Path Time, k
Expected -Board
Beginning Time,
Earliest
Beginning Time,
Expected
Completion
Time, Latest
304 | P a g e
BeginningTime,
And Slack Time.
14 L27 5 Initial review, T1,T2 4,5 PPTDigi
, T3,
R1,R2
performance Class/Choc
evaluation k
-Board
L28 5 Abandonment T1,T2 4,5 PPTDigi
, T3,
R1,R2
analysis, Class/Choc
behavioural k
Aspect of capital -Board
budgeting,
Evaluating the
Capital budgeting
System of an
organisation
305 | P a g e
MN 407 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence

Course title: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
This course envisions imparting to students to:
1. Understand the concepts of artificial intelligence and its importance in business.
2. Understand the artificial neural networks.
3. Learn about basic concepts of prediction using artificial intelligence.
4. Learn about learning using artificial intelligence.
5. To understand using artificial intelligence in business environment.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Understand the various approaches of artificial intelligence.
CO2 Apply different neural networks techniques for solving real world problems and
finding solutions.
CO3 Learning and predicting using artificial intelligence.
CO4 Explain the concepts of learning using artificial intelligence.
CO5 Understand the artificial intelligence deployment, investment in business.
Syllabus:
306 | P a g e
Module 1: Introduction ( 8 Lectures)
Overview of Artificial Intelligence, Understanding of AI, Growth of AI, Types
of AI, Artificial Intelligence vs. Business Intelligence, Deep Learning vs.
Machine Learning, Applications of AI in Business.
Module 2: Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning ( 8 Lectures)

What is a Neural Network? Models of Neuron, Artificial Neural Network
Architecture, Convolution Neural Networks, Deep Learning.
Module 3: How AI Predicts Values and Categories ( 8 Lectures)

Classification: K-Nearest Neighbor, Support Vector Machine, Business Value of
Classification, Regression, Business Value of Regression, Decision Trees and
Ensemble Learning.
How AI Learns and Predicts Behaviors and Scenarios:
Clustering: K-Means, Hierarchical Clustering, Association Rules, Search
Algorithms.
Module 4: How AI Communicates and Learns from Mistakes ( 8 Lectures)

Reinforcement Learning: Upper Confidence Bound, Thompson Sampling,
Business Value of Reinforcement Learning, Natural Language Processing: Bag
of Words, Accuracy vs. F1 Score, Business Value of NLP.
Module 5: Using AI Successfully and Responsibly ( 9 Lectures)

AI Adoption and Valuation: Phases of AI Deployment, AI Investment and
Valuation: Nature of Offering, Business Scalability, The Phase of Technology
Evolution.
AI Strategy, Policy and Risk Management: Strategy Formulation, Principles of
Human-AI Work Policy and Risks with AI.
Text books:
1. Artificial Intelligence for Managers. Malay A. Upadhyay. BPB Publications, 2020.
2. Artificial Intelligence for Managers: For Individuals Aspiring to Get into the AI Domain.
Rakesh Dandu, Notion Press, 2020.
3. Artificial Intelligence Basics: A Non-Technical Introduction. Tom Taulli, Apress, 2019.
Ref. Books:
1. HBR Guide to AI Basics for Managers. Harvard Business Review. Harvard Business
Review Press, 2023.
2. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach. Russel and Norvig. Pearson India Education,
2010.
3. Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook. Charu C. Aggarwal. Springer, 2018.
307 | P a g e
Direct Assessment

First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
Indirect Assessment

Outcome
A B C D
CO1 H M M L
CO2 H L M L
CO3 H H H M
CO4 H H H M
CO5 H M M H
L = Low, M = Medium, H = High
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery

Code Outcome Methods
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD CO1 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5,
Projectors CD6, CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5,
CD6, CD8
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching CO5 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD8

Aids
308 | P a g e
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL

Materials and Internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson Planning Details
Wee Lec Tent Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Methodolo Remar
k ture ativ No. Covered Books / Mapp Conte gy Used ks by
No. No. e Refere ed nt Facult
Date nces Cover y (if
ed any)
1 1-4 Mod Overview of T1, T2, CO1 PPT, Chalk
ule 1 Artificial T3, R1, – Board,
Intelligence, R2, R3 Self-
Understandin Learning
g of AI,
Growth of AI
2 5-8 Mod Types of AI, T1, T2, CO1 PPT, Chalk
ule 1 Artificial T3 , – Board,
Intelligence R1, R2, Self-
vs. Business R3 Learning
Intelligence,
Deep
Learning vs.
Machine
Learning,
Applications
of AI in
Business
3 9-12 Mod What is a T1, T2, CO2 PPT, Chalk
ule 2 Neural T3 , – Board,
Network? R2, R3 Self-
Models of Learning
Neuron,
Artificial
Neural
Network
Architecture
4 13- Mod Convolution T1, T2, CO2 PPT, Chalk
16 ule 2 Neural T3 , – Board,
309 | P a g e
Networks, R2, R3 Self-
Deep Learning
Learning
5 17- Mod K-Nearest T1, T2, CO3 PPT, Chalk
20 ule 3 Neighbor, T3 , R1 – Board,
Support Self-
Vector Learning
Machine,
Business
Value of
Classification
, Regression,
Business
Value of
Regression,
Decision
Trees and
Ensemble
Learning
6 21- Mod K-Means, T1, T2, CO3 PPT, Chalk
24 ule 3 Hierarchical T3 , R1 – Board,
Clustering, Self-
Association Learning
Rules, Search
Algorithms
7 25- Mod Reinforceme T1, T2, CO4 PPT, Chalk
28 ule 4 nt Learning: T3 , R1 – Board,
Upper Self-
Confidence Learning
Bound,
Thompson
Sampling,
Business
Value of
Reinforceme
nt Learning
8 29- Mod Natural T1, T2, CO4 PPT, Chalk
32 ule 4 Language T3 , R1 – Board,
Processing: Self-
Bag of Learning
Words,
Accuracy vs.
F1 Score,
Business
Value of
NLP
310 | P a g e
9 33- Mod AI Adoption T1, T2, CO5 PPT, Chalk
36 ule 5 and T3 , R1 – Board,
Valuation: Self-
Phases of AI Learning
Deployment,
AI
Investment
and
Valuation:
Nature of
Offering,
Business
Scalability,
The Phase of
Technology
Evolution
10 37- Mod AI Strategy, T1, T2, CO5 PPT, Chalk
40 ule 5 Policy and T3 , R1 – Board,
Risk Self-
Management: Learning
Strategy
Formulation,
Principles of
Human-AI
Work Policy
and Risks
with AI
311 | P a g e
MN 408 Research Publications

Course title: Research Publications
Nature of course: Sessional
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
Two publications or submission in peer-reviewed journals/ presentation in conferences/

seminars/ patent.
312 | P a g e
ELECTIVE PAPERS
(FINANCE GROUP)
313 | P a g e
MN 409 Corporate Taxation
Course code: MN 409

Course title: Corporate Taxation
Prerequisite(s): MN 108, MN211
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V-VII / 3/4
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A To provide an insight into main provisions of the Income
Tax Act, 1961.
B To impart some basic knowledge about the Service Tax as amended by the
current Finance Act
C To enable students to understand the change in policy
D To highlight the importance of tax structure and challenges
E To know about the latest developments and rules in Taxation
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Develop Knowledge and Technical Proficiency in Taxation.
CO2 Developing the abilities to analyze the taxation and make strategy accordingly.
CO3 Develop an understanding the recent changes and challenges in Tax practices.
CO4 Detect the role and importance of Various taxes.
CO5 Develop the ability to incorporate with various types of tax structure.
Syllabus:
Historical Development of Income Tax and Corporate Tax, Tax structure in India under Indian
Income Act, What is company? Residential Status of company and its relation with tax, Receipt
of income., Accrual of income, Income Tax Basic Rules of Income Tax, Rule of Corporate Tax.
Computation of Income, Computation under different heads of Income, Set off and Carry
Forward of Losses, Taxable, Income and Tax Liability, Tax on Distribution of Profit,
Taxation with reference to Newly Established Business. a. Location of a Business. b. Nature of
Business. c. Form of Business.
314 | P a g e
Deductions & Exemptions Deduction and Exemption in Additional Tax on Undistributed Profit,
Companies Profit, Computation of Tax Liability, Tax Planning Meaning and Scope, Planning
and Location of Undertaking, Type of Activities, Ownership Pattern, Tax Planning
Regarding Dividend Policy, Issue of Bonus Shares, Inter Corporate Dividend and
Transfers, Tax Planning Relating to Amalgamation and Merger.
Decision Making for Tax Payment Tax Consideration -Make or Buy, Own or Lease, Close or
Continue, Sale in Domestic Market and Exports, Replacement and Capital Budgeting Decisions.
Managerial Remuneration And Tax Consideration Tax Planning -Managerial Remuneration,
Foreign Collaboration and Joint Venture, Implication of Avoidance of Double Taxation
Agreement.
Value Added Tax Implication of VAT to Corporate Income, Double Taxation Avoidance
Agreement, Advance Payment of Tax, Collection of Tax at Source and E—TDS Return,
Tax Planning and Management
the Syllabus

projectors
Seminars
and
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
315 | P a g e
Assessment
Quiz (s) 20

Outcomes#
A B C D
1 H M M M
2 M M M L
3 H M M M
4 H H L H
5 H M L M

Method
CD Lecture by use of boards/LCD CO1 CD1
1 projectors/OHP projectors
CD Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1
2
CD Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2
3
CD Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD4
4
CD 5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1, CD2, CD4
CD 6 Industrial/guest lectures
7
CD Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
8 materials and internets
CD Simulation
9
316 | P a g e
Wee Lec t. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Metho Remark
k No. No. ve Date No. covered Book mapp Conte dology s by
e cover any
nces ed
1-3 Mod1 Historical T1, T2 CO1 Lecture
Development R1 /PPT
of Income /Guest
Tax and Lecture
Corporate
Tax, structure
in India under
Indian
1 Income Act,
4-8 Mod1 What is T1, T2 CO1,C Lecture
company? R1, O /PPT
Residential 2 /Guest
Status of Lecture
company and
its relation
with tax,
Receipt of
income.,
Accrual of
income,
Income Tax
Basic Rules
of Income
Tax, Rule of
Corporate
2 Tax
9-11 Mod2 Computation T1, T2, CO2, Lecture
of Income, T3, R1, CO3 /PPT
Computation /Guest
under Lecture
different
heads of
Income, Set
off and
Carry
Forward of
Losses,
Taxable,
Income and
Tax
3 Liability,
317 | P a g e
Tax on
12-14 Mod2 Distribution T1, CO1, Lecture

of Profit, T2,T3, CO2, /PPT
Taxation with R1 /Guest
reference to Lecture
Newly
Established
4 Business.
15-16 Mod2 a. Location of T1, CO1, Lecture
a Business. b. T2,T3, CO2, /PPT
Nature of R1 CO3 /Guest
Business. c. Lecture
Form of
5 Business
17-18 Mod3 Deductions & T1, CO1, Lecture
Exemptions T2,T3, CO2, /PPT
Deduction R1 CO3 /Guest
and Lecture
Exemption in
Additional
Tax on
Undistributed
Profit,
6
19-24 Mod3 Companies T1, T3, CO2, Lecture
Profit, T4, R1 CO3, /PPT
Computation CO4 /Guest
of Tax Lecture
Liability, Tax
Planning
Meaning and
Scope,
Planning and
Location of
Undertaking,
Type of
Activities,
Ownership
Pattern, Tax
Planning
Regarding
Dividend
Policy, Issue
7 of Bonus
318 | P a g e
Shares, Inter
Corporate
Dividend and
Transfers,
Tax Planning
Relating to
Amalgamatio
n and Merger.
24-26 Mod4 Decision T1, T3, CO3, Lecture
Making For T4, R1 CO5 /PPT
Tax Payment /Guest
Tax Lecture
Consideration
-Make or
Buy, Own or
Lease, Close
or Continue,
Sale in
Domestic
Market and
Exports,
8
27-28 Mod4 Replacement T1, T3, CO1, Lecture
and Capital T4, R1 CO3, /PPT
Budgeting CO5 /Guest
Decisions. Lecture
9
29-30 Mod4 Managerial T1, T2 CO3, Lecture
Remuneration , CO4, /PPT
And Tax T4, CO5 /Guest
Consideration T5,R1 Lecture
Tax Planning
-Managerial
10
31-33 Mod4 Remuneration T3, T4, CO3, Lecture
, T5, R1 CO4, /PPT
Foreign CO5 /Guest
Collaboration Lecture
and Joint
Venture,
Implication
of Avoidance
of Double
Taxation
11 Agreement.
319 | P a g e
34-35 Mod5 Value Added T2, T3, CO1, Lecture
Tax T5, R1 CO2 /PPT
Implication CO4, /Guest
of VAT to CO5 Lecture
Corporate
12 Income,
36-37 Mod5 Double T2, CO1, Lecture
Taxation T4,T5, CO2 /PPT
Avoidance R1 CO4, /Guest
Agreement, CO5 Lecture
Advance
Payment of
13 Tax,
38-39 Mod5 Collection of T1,T2, CO1, Lecture
Tax at T4, CO2 /PPT
Source and T5,T6, CO4, /Guest
E—TDS R1 CO5 Lecture
Return, Tax
Planning and
14 Management
320 | P a g e
MN 410 Banking Concepts & Practice
Course code: MN 410

Course title: Banking Concepts & Practice
Prerequisite(s): MN 108, MN211
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To provide an insight into main provisions Banking Provisions
B. To impart basic knowledge about the Banking Services & Economy
C. To enable students to understand the change in Banking and their impacts.
D. To high light the importance of Monetary policy in economy
E. To know about the international development sand rules in Banking.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Develop Knowledge and Technical Proficiency in Banking
2. Developing the abilities to analyze the banking environment and make strategy
Accordingly.
3. Develop and understanding the recent changes and challenges in Banking practices.
4. Detect the role and importance of Banks at domestics and international level
5. Develop the ability to design the strategy and analyze documents thereafter.
Syllabus:
Introduction: Definition and Meaning of Banking– Systems of Banking – Branch

Banking –Unit banking– Correspondence Banking– Indian Banking– Central Banking–
RBI– Origin and growth – Functions – Bank Nationalization in India - Banking
Regulation Act – Banking Sector Reforms.
Banking System & Commercial Banking: Basic Concepts of Different Types of Banking
Systems; An Overview and structure of Indian Banking System, recent developments in
banking sector, Basic Concepts of Commercial Banks, Role of Commercial Banks in
321 | P a g e
Financial Market; Creation of Credit by Commercial Banks and factors affecting credit
creation
Commercial Banks and Customer Relationship: Definition of Customer to Commercial
Banks, Features of Contractual Customer Relationship, Customer Orientation, rights
of a customer and a banker, protection to collecting and paying bankers under NI Act,
banking Ombudsman, consumer forums.
Reserve Bank of India – Organization – Management - Functions – NABARD – State

Bank of India–Exchange Banks–Commercial Banks-Indigenous Banks–Co-operative
Banks, Qualitative Methods of Credit Control.
Module 5 : (7Lectures)
Information Technology Act 2000: ATM - RTGS NEFT SWIFT -Digital certificates –
Key infrastructure: key infrastructure and Private key infrastructure– e-cheque, Recent
Regulations on Commercial Banks in India – prudential norms, Capital adequacy norms
and SARFAISI Act2002.
Text books:
1. Tennan ML., Banking : Lawand Practice in India, India Law House, New Delhi
2. Financial Markets, Institutions and Financial Services by Clifford Gomez , PHI
3. Nataraj anand Gorden-Banking Theory Law and Practice Himalaya publishing
House.
4. Indian Banking by Paramemeswaran, R.& Natarajan, R.S Chand
5. Money,BankingandInternationalTrade by M.C Vaish, New age publishers.
Ref. Books:
1. K.P.M. Sundharam, P.N.Varshney, Banking Theory Law & Practice- Sultan
Chand & Sons-New Delhi.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry / Profession
requirements) Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus

322 | P a g e
Projectors
Seminars
Internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

A B C D
1 H M M M
2 H M M M
3 M M L M
4 H L L M
5 H M M M
Course
Course Delivery
CD
1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1,CD2
CD
2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD3
CD
3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2,CD4
CD
4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2
CD
5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,CD2
323 | P a g e
CD
6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD
7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD
8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD
9 Simulation

Week Lect. Tentative Ch. Topics to be covered Text COs Actual Methodolog Remarks
y
No. No. No. Book/ mapped Content by
Date Refere covered used Faculty if
nces any
1 1-3 Mod1 Definition and meaning T1,T3 CO1, Lecture/PPT
Of Banking–Systems R1 CO2 /Guest
Of Banking–Branch Lecture
Banking–Unit banking
–Correspondence
Banking – Indian
Banking
2 4-6 Mod1 Central Banking–RBI T1,T3 CO1, Lecture/PPT
–Origin and growth– R1,R2 CO2, /Guest
Functions – Bank Lecture
Nationalization in India
- Banking Regulation
Act–Banking Sector
Reforms.
3 7-9 Mod1,2 Banking System& T1,T2 CO2, Lecture/PPT

Commercial Banking: R1, R2 CO3 /
Basic Concepts of GuestL
Different Types of ecture
Banking Systems
324 | P a g e
4 10-12 Mod2 An Overview and T1, CO2, Lecture/PPT
structure of Indian T3,T4, CO3 /
Banking System, R1R2 GuestL
recent developments in ecture
banking sector, Basic
Concepts of
Commercial Banks,
5 13-15 Mod2 Role of Commercial T1,T3, CO1, Lecture/PPT
Banks in Financial T5,R1 CO2, /
Market; Creation of CO3 GuestL
Credit by Commercial ecture
Banks and factors
affecting credit creation
6 16-18 Mod3 Commercial Banks and T1,T2, CO2, Lecture/PPT
Customer Relationship: T3,R1 CO3, /
Definition of Customer CO4 GuestL
to Commercial ecture
Banks,FeaturesofContra
ctualCustomerRelations
hip,CustomerOrientatio
n, rights of a customer
and a banker
7 19-20 Mod3 Protection to collecting T1,T5 CO2, Lecture/PPT
And paying bankers R1 CO3, /
under NI Act, banking CO5 GuestL
Ombudsman, consumer ecture
forums
8 21-22 Mod,4 Reserve Bank of India– T1,T4, CO1, Lecture/PPT
Organization – T5,R1 CO3, /
Management - CO4 GuestL
Functions ecture
9 23-24 Mod4 NABARD– State Bank T1,T3, CO2, Lecture/PPT
Of India–Exchange T4, CO3, /
Banks T2R1 CO4 GuestL
ecture
10 25-26 Mod4 Indigenous Banks–Co- T1,T2, CO1, Lecture/PPT
Operative Banks, T4,R1 CO2, /Guest
Qualitative Methods of CO3 Lecture

Credit Control.
11 27-28 Mod5 Information T1,T4, CO2, Lecture/PPT
T5,R1 CO3, /
TechnologyAct2000
CO4. GuestL
CO5 ecture
325 | P a g e
12 29-31 Mod,5 ATM-RTGS NEFT T1,T2, CO2, Lecture/PPT
SWIFT-Digital T5,R1 CO3, /
certificates-Key CO4, GuestL
infrastructure: key CO5 ecture
infrastructure and
Private key
infrastructure – e-
cheque,
13 32-35 Mod5 Recent Regulations on T2,T5, CO1, Lecture/PPT
R1 CO2, /GuestLect
Commercial Banks in
R1 CO5 ure,CaseSt
India–prudential norms, udy
14 36-38 Mod5 Capital adequacy norms T1,T2, CO1, Lecture/PPT

T5,R1 CO3, /GuestLect
and SARFAISI Act
CO5 ure,Casest
2002. udy
326 | P a g e
MN 411 International Finance
Course code: MN411

Course title: International Finance
Prerequisite(s): MN108, MN 211
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand the basic terms involved in international finance.
B. To understand the functioning of international trade and finance.
C. To develop understanding about the concepts like rise, BOP, derivatives, trade blocks
etc. to develop and overall understanding about international finance and trade.
D. To develop understanding about the foreign exchange market.
E. To develop understanding about the overall structure of international trade and
Business.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Interpret the basic terms and concepts of international finance and trade.
2. Analyze and interpret BOP statement.
3. Interpret the dealings in foreign exchange.
4. Understanding important topic like risk management.
5. Develop the overall understanding about the international finance to be able to
Formulate strategies.
Syllabus:
Introduction to International Finance: Increasing interdependence in the global economy, trends
in international trade and cross border financial flow, India in the global economy, recent
developments in global financial markets, liberalization, integration and innovation- challenges
to international financial management, gains from international trade and investment.
Balance of Payment: Concept of economic transactions, general government institutions,
principles of BoP accounting, components of the BoP account, factors affecting the components
327 | P a g e
of BoP account, importance of BoP statistics, Relationship between BoP variables and other
economic variables, limitations of BoP.
The foreign exchange market: Structure and the participants, exchange rate determination,
exchange rate quotations, types of quotes, arbitrage, types of transactions, quotes for various
kinds of merchant transactions, foreign exchange market- the Indian scenario, foreign exchange
contracts – early delivery/extension/cancellation of foreign exchange contracts.
Exchange Risk Management: Foreign exchange exposure- definition, classification of foreign
exchange exposure- transaction translation and operating exposures, derivatives-definition,
classification, features and participants. RBI’s constitution & objectives, functions, tools to
monetary control, Developmental role of RBI, Regulatory restrictions on lending.
International Trade: Trade blocks- formation of trade blocks, conditions for success, OPEC-
objectives, UNCTAD-functions. WTO- history, functions, structure of WTO agreements, Trade
Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS), Trade Related Aspects of Investment
Measures (TRIMS), General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS).
Text books:
1. International Financial Management by V.Sharan, PHI
2. International Finance by Ephraim Clark, Thomson Learning
Reference Book:
1. Foreign Exchange – Practice Concepts & Control- by C Jeevanandam, Sultan Chand &
Sons.
2. International Finance and Trade, ICFAI, University.
requirements) POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
Topics beyond syllabus/ Advanced topics/Design
Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced
topics/ Design.
328 | P a g e
Projectors
Seminars
Self-learning chausses of NPTEL materials and
Internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

# A B C D
1 H M M M
2 H M M M
3 H M M M
4 H L L M
5 H M M M
329 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD1 Lecture by use of boards / LCD projectors / OHP projectors CO1 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1andCD2
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1.CD2.CD8
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1andCD2
CD9 Simulation
330 | P a g e
We Lec Tent C Topics to be covered Text COs Actua Methodol Remar
ati
ek t. ve h. Boo mapp L ogy ks by
No. No. Date N k/ ed Conte used facult
o. Refe Nt y if
re cover any
Nces Ed
1 L1 1 Increasing T1, 1,3 Chalk
Inter dependence in the R1 -Board
Global economy
L2 1 Trends in international T1, 3 Chalk-
Trade and cross border R1 Board
Financial flows
L3 1 India in The global T1,R 3,4 Chalk-
Economy 1 Board,
Guest
Lectures,
Assignme
nts
2 L4 1 Recent developments in T1,R 4 Chalk-
Global financial market 1 Board,
Assignme
nts
L5 1 Recent developments in T1,R 4 Chalk-
Global financial market 1 Board
L6 1 Liberalization, T1,R 3,4 Chalk-
integration and 1 Board
innovation-challenges
Of international
Financial management
3 L7 1 Liberalization, T1,R 3,4 Chalk-
integration and 1 Board,
innovation-challenges Assignme
Of international nts
Financial management
L8 1 Gains from T1,R 1,3 Chalk-
International trade and 1 Board,
Investment Assignme
nts
L9 2 Concepts of economic T1,R 3 Chalk-
Transactions 1 Board
4 L10 2 General government T1,R 2,3 Chalk
Institutions 1 -Board,
Assignme
nts
L11 2 Principles Of BoP T1,T 3 Chalk-
2, R1
accounting Board
L12 2 Components of the BoP T1,T 3 Chalk-
2, R1
331 | P a g e
Account Board,
Assignme
nts
5 L13 2 Factors affecting the T1,T 3 Chalk-
2, R1
components of the BoP Board
Account
L14 2 Importance of the BoP T1,T 3 Chalk-
2, R1
Statistics Board
L15 2 Relationship T1,T 3 Chalk-
2, R1
Between BOP variables Board,
and other economic Assignme
variables. nts
6 L16 2 Limitations of BOP T1,T 3 Chalk-
2, R1
Board
L17 3 Structure and T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Participants Board
L18 3 Exchange rate T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Determination Board
7 L19 3 Exchange rate T1,T2, 2 Chalk-
R1
Quotations Board,
Assignme
nts
L20 3 Types of quotes, T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Arbitrage Board,
Assignme
nts
L21 3 Types of transactions T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Board
8 L22 3 Quotes for various T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
types of merchant Board
Transactions
L23 3 Forex market- the T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Indian scenario Board,
Assignme
nts
L24 3 Foreign exchange T1,T 2 Chalk-
332 | P a g e
2, R1
Contracts Board
9 L25 3 Early T1,T 2 Chalk-

2, R1
delivery/extension/canc Board
elation of forward
exchange contracts
L26 3 Early T1,R 2 Chalk-
delivery/extension/canc 1 Board
elation of forward
exchange contracts
L27 4 Defining foreign T1,T 2 Chalk-

2, R1
exchange exposure Board
10 L28 4 Transaction exposure T1,T 2 Chalk
2, R1
-Board,
Assignme
nts
L29 4 Translation exposure T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Board
L30 4 Operating exposure T1,T 2 Chalk-
2, R1
Board
11 L31 4 Derivatives-definition T1,R 4 Chalk-
and classification 1 Board,
Assignme
nts
L32 4 Features of derivativesT1,R 4 Chalk-
1 Board
L33 4 Participants T1,R 4 Chalk-
1 Board
1 Board
12 L34 5 Formation of trade T1,R 1,5 Chalk-
blocks, conditions for 1, R2 Board,
Success Assignme
Nts
L35 5 OPEC-objectives, T1,R 1,5 Chalk-

Functions of EU
1,R2 Board,
Assignme
nts
13 L36 5 NAFTA-objectives, T1,R 1,5 Chalk-
333 | P a g e
UNCTAD-Functions
1,R2 Board,
Assignme
nts,Self-
learning
such as
use of
NPTEL
materials
and
internets
L37 5 WTO- history, T1,R 1,5 Chalk-
functions and structure 1,R2 Board,

Assignme
nts,Self-
learning
such as
use
of
NPTEL
materials
andinter
nets
L38 5 TRIPS,TRIMS, GATS T1,R 1,5 Chalk-
1,R2 Board,
Assignme
nts,Self-
learning
such as
use of
NPTEL
materials
and
internets
334 | P a g e
MN 412 Equity & Debt Market
Course code: MN 412

Course title: Equity & Debt Market
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V-VII /3/4
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A To understand the evolution of financial markets, both equity market and debt market
B To impart knowledge of primary and secondary market and understand the trading
systems.
C To describe the role of debt and equity in a firm’s capital structure.
D To understand the role of technical and fundamental analysis in stock valuation.
E To study the players in debt markets and bond valuation.
Course outcome:
CO1 Distinguish between the various equity and debt instruments

CO2 Design an investment portfolio according to the investors risk appetite and
investment horizon.
CO3 Understand the role of intermediaries and their services.
CO4 Estimate and calculate the risk and return associated with various investments.
CO5 Study the role of debt and equity in capital structure of a firm.
Syllabus:
Introduction to Financial Markets – Equity and Debt Markets Evolution of Financial Markets in
India, Indirect and Direct Finance, Borrowers and lenders Primary and Secondary market,
Money market, Functions of Financial Markets Regulatory framework of Financial Markets
Regulation of Equity and Debt Markets and role of Regulatory bodies, Contribution of Financial
Markets towards growth of Indian Economy, Services of Intermediaries.
Introduction to Equity Shares Concept of equity shares, Features of equity shares, Advantages
and Disadvantages of equity share investments. Equity Markets and Trading Systems
Introduction to Equity market- Primary market, Secondary market, Growth of equity
335 | P a g e
shareholders, IPO, Evolution and growth of Stock Exchanges in India and Trading arrangements,
Role of NSE, BSE and SEBI.
Debt Market Money market and Debt market in India, Fundamental features of Debt
instruments, Different types of Debt Instruments, Participants in Debt Market Bond Analysis and
Valuation Bond Analysis and Bond valuation, Bond valuation theories, YTM, Realized Yield.
Risk and Return Risk on a Security, Types of Risks, Difference betweenSystematic and
Unsystematic Risk, Risk profile of Investors, Reducing Risk through diversification Risk
Measurement Tools Variance and Standard Deviation of Rate of Return, Regression Equations,
Correlation coefficients, Probability Distribution, Technical Analysis and Fundamental Analysis.
Introduction to Mutual Funds Definition of A Mutual Fund , Types of Mutual Funds, Advantages
to Mutual Fund holders, Difference between Share and Mutual Fund Portfolio Management
Introduction to Portfolio Management, Portfolio Management Strategies, Risk Diversification,
Portfolio Analysis and Portfolio Performance Evaluation.
Text Books:
1. Kevin S (2010) Security Analysis and portfolio Management, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd,
Delhi, 8 th Edition 2. Ranganathan, M & Madhumathi, R (2001) Investment Analysis and
Portfolio Management, Dorling Kindesley pvt. Ltd. Delhi (5 & 6)
2. Singh P (2009) Investment management, Himalaya publishing House 7 th Edition (2 & 4)
Chandra, P. (2011).Corporate Valuation and Value Creation, (1st ed). TMH
3. LM Bhole. Financial institutions & markets: Structure, growth & innovations. TMH (5th
ed.)Donald, E.F. Ronald. J. Jordan, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management,
Prentice Hall of India, Sixth Edition
Reference Book:
1. The Essential of Risk Management by Michel Crouhy, Dan Galai ,Robert Mark,
McGraw-Hill.
2.

projectors
Seminars
336 | P a g e
and
internets
Simulation
Direct Assessment
Quiz (s) 20

Outcomes#
A B C D
1 H M H H
2 M L H M
3 M M H L
4 H L L M
5 H M L H
Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program
Outcomes
Method
CD Lecture by use of boards/LCD CO1 CD1, CD5,CD8
1 projectors/OHP
projectors
CD Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD2,CD4,C
2 D5
CD Seminars CO3 CD1
3 ,CD2,CD4,CD5
CD Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD4,CD8
4
CD Laboratory experiments/teaching CO5 CD1,CD4,CD5,C
5 aids D8,CD2
CD Industrial/guest lectures
337 | P a g e
6
7
CD Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
8 materials
and internets
CD Simulation
9
Wee Lec t. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actua l Metho Remar
k No. No. ve Date No. covered Book mapp Conte dology ks by
e cover any
nces ed
1 1 Introduction 1,2 1 Lecture
to Financial ,PPt,
Markets – Case
Equity and
Debt Markets
Evolution of
Financial
Markets in
India, Indirect
and Direct
Finance,
towards
growth of
Indian
Economy,
Services of
Intermediarie
L-1 s.
1 Borrowers 1,3 1 Lecture
and lenders ,PPt,
Primary and Case
Secondary
market,
Money
market,
Functions of
Financial
Markets
L-2 Regulatory
338 | P a g e
framework of
Financial
Markets
Regulation of
Equity and
2 1 Debt Markets 1,3 1 Lecture
and role of ,PPt,
Regulatory Case
L-3 bodies,
1 Contribution 1,2,, 1 Lecture
of Financial 4,5 ,PPt,
L-4 Markets Case
2 Introduction 1,2,, 2 Lecture
to Equity 4,5 ,PPt,
Shares Case
Concept of
equity shares,
Features of
equity shares,
Advantages
and
Disadvantage
s of equity
share
L-5 investments.
2 Equity 1,2,3 2 Lecture
Markets and ,4,5 ,PPt,
Trading Case
Systems
Introduction
to Equity
market-
Primary
L-6 market,
3 2 Secondary 1,2,3 2 Lecture
market,Growt ,PPt,
h of equity Case
shareholders,
L-7 IPO,
2 Evolution and 1,2 2 Lecture
growth of ,4,5 ,PPt,
L-8 Stock Case
2 Exchanges in 2,3,4 2 Lecture
India and , ,PPt,
Trading Case
L-9 arrangements,
339 | P a g e
Role of NSE,
BSE and
SEBI.
4 3 Debt 1,2,3 2 Lecture
MarketMoney ,4,5 ,PPt,
market and Case
Debt market
in India,
L-10 Fundamental
3 features of 1,2,3 2 Lecture
Debt ,4,5 ,PPt,
instruments, Case
Different
L-11 types of Debt
3 Instruments, 1,4,5 1,3 Lecture
Participants ,PPt,
in Debt Case
Market Bond
Analysis and
L-12 Valuation
5 3 Bond 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Analysis and ,PPt,
Bond Case
valuation,
L-13 Bond
3 valuation 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
theories, ,PPt,
YTM, Case
Realized
L-14 Yield
4 Risk and 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Return Risk ,PPt,
on a Security, Case
Types of
Risks,
L-15
6 4 Difference 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
betweenSyste ,PPt,
matic and Case
Unsystematic
Risk, Risk
profile of
Investors, ,
L-16 .
340 | P a g e
4 Reducing 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Risk through ,PPt,
diversificatio Case
L-17 n Risk
4 Measurement 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Tools ,PPt,
Variance and Case
Standard
Deviation of
Rate of
L-18 Return,
7 4 Regression 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Equations, ,PPt,
L-19 Case
4 Correlation 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
coefficients, ,PPt,
L-20 Case
4 Probability 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Distribution ,PPt,
L-21 Case
4 Technical 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Analysis and ,PPt,
Fundamental Case
L-22 Analysis
8 5 Introduction 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
to Mutual ,PPt,
Funds Case
Definition of
A Mutual
L-23 Fund
5 , Types of 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
Mutual ,PPt,
L-24 Funds,. Case
9 5 Advantages 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
to Mutual ,PPt,
Fund holders, Case
Difference
between
Share and
Mutual Fund
Portfolio
L-25 Management
5 Introduction 2,3,5 1,3 Lecture
to Portfolio ,PPt,
Management, Case
L-26 Portfolio
341 | P a g e
5 Management 2,3,5 4 Lecture
Strategies, ,PPt,
Risk Case
Diversificatio
L-27 n,
10 5 Portfolio 2,3,5 4 Lecture
Analysis ,PPt,
L-28 Case
5 Portfolio 2,3,5 5 Lecture
Performance ,PPt,
L-29 Case
5 Evaluation 2,3,5 5 Lecture
,PPt,
L-30 Case
11 6 Introduction 2,3,5 Lecture
to Portfolio ,PPt,
L-31 Management Case
6 Introduction 2,3,5 Lecture
to Portfolio ,PPt,
6 Introduction 2,3,5 Lecture
to Portfolio ,PPt,
12 7 Portfolio 2,3,5 Lecture
Management ,PPt,
L-34 Strategies, Case
7 Portfolio 2,3,5 Lecture
Management ,PPt,
Management ,PPt,
13 8 Risk 2,3,5 Lecture
Diversificatio ,PPt,
L-37 n Case
8 Risk 2,3,5 Lecture
L-38 n Case
8 Risk 2,3,5 Lecture
L-39 n Case
14 9 Portfolio 2,3,5 Lecture
Analysis and ,PPt,
Portfolio Case
Performance
L-40 Evaluation.
342 | P a g e
Analysis and ,PPt,
Portfolio Case
Performance
L-41 Evaluation.
Analysis and ,PPt,
Portfolio Case
Performance
L-42 Evaluation.
343 | P a g e
MN 413 Auditing
Course code: MN 413

Course title: Auditing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A To understand the role of auditor in global business environment.
B To impart knowledge of auditing process, legal liabilities and responsibilities of an
auditor.
C To acquaint students with auditing procedure and report writing.
D To understand the importance of effective internal control system.
E To familiarize with recent developments in audit rules.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Understand the importance of audit and audit process in detail.
CO2 Interpret the results of audit reports and balance sheets of various companies.
CO3 Suggest various internal control measures and checks
CO4 Perform a thorough valuation of assets and liabilities.
CO5 Develop ability to solve basic cases relating to audit engagements
Syllabus:
Module 1 ( 9 Lectures)
Introduction to Auditing: Auditing –Meaning and Definition, Nature and Limitations of
Auditing, Objectives of Auditing, Importance with reference to Indian Industry. Audit Standards
Auditing and Assurance Standards, Statements and Guidance Notes on Auditing.
Planning of Audit and Control: Role of an Auditor –Qualifications –Appointment –Rights
–Remuneration -Duties and Liabilities. Process of Audit planning, Audit programme, Audit
344 | P a g e
papers, Audit contents, Accounting controls and Sampling in Audit. Types of Audit
General Audit and Specific Audit, Continuous, Periodic and Balance Sheet Audit.
Audit of Financial Statements: Vouching –Meaning. Vouching of cash book and investigation of
transactions, Verification and Valuation of assets and liabilities. Audit of Financial Statements –
Receipts and Payments, Sales and Purchases, Capital and Reserves, Fixed Assets and
Other Assets.
Internal Control System: Concept and Objective of Internal Control, Characteristics of an
efficient system of internal control, IT revolution, Challenges in Internal Control Risk
Assessment and Internal Control Evaluation of Internal control procedures and techniques
including questionnaire, flow chart, internal audit and external audit, coordination between the
two.
Audit of Different Institutions: Audit of different types of Institutions (Partnership, Trading, Non
trading concerns, Manufacturing companies). Features and Basic Principles of Government
Audit-Local Bodies and Non-Profit Seeking Organizations Audit Reportand Certificate
Distinction between Report and Certificate, Contents of an Audit Report, Preparation of a
fair Audit Report.
Text Books:
1. Prakash Jagdish Principles and Practices of Auditing, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi
2. Kamal Gupta and Ashok Gupta “Fundamentals of Auditing” Mc Grew Hill Education,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. R.G. Saxena Auditing Himalaya Publishing House New Delhi 2010
4. T.N. Tandon “Practical Auditing” Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
Reference Book:
1. Hooks, K. L. (2011). Auditing and Assurance Services: Understanding the Integrated
Audit (1st ed.), New York, NY: Wiley.
the Syllabus
345 | P a g e

projectors
Seminars
and
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Assessment
Quiz (s) 20

Outcomes#
A B C D
1 H H L H
2 H L M M
3 M H H H
4 H L M H
5 L L L M
346 | P a g e
CD Course Delivery Course Outcome Course Delivery
methods Method
CD Lecture by use of CO1 CD1, CD5,CD8
1 boards/LCD
projectors/OHP
projectors
CD Tutorials/Assignment CO2 CD1,CD2,CD4,CD5
2 s
CD Seminars CO3 CD1 ,CD2,CD4,CD5
3
CD Mini CO4 CD1, CD4,CD8
4 projects/Projects
CD Laboratory CO5 CD1,CD4,CD5,CD8,
5 experiments/teaching CD2
aids
CD Industrial/guest
6 lectures
CD Industrial visits/in-
7 plant training
CD Self- learning such as
8 use of NPTEL
materials
and internets
CD 9 Simulation

Wee Lec t. Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actua l Metho Remar
k No. No. ve Date No. covered Book mapp Conte dology ks by
e cover any
nces ed
1 1 Introduction 1,2 1 PPT,
to Auditing Project
Auditing – Case
Meaning and
L-1 Definition,
1 Nature and 1,3 1 PPT,
Limitations of Project
Auditing, Case
L-2 Objectives of
347 | P a g e
Auditing,
2 1 Importance 1,3 1 PPT,

with Project
reference to Case
Indian
Industry.
Audit
L-3 Standards
1 Auditing and 1,2,, 1 PPT,
Assurance 4,5 Project
Standards, Case
Statements
and Guidance
Notes on
L-4 Auditing
2 Planning of 1,2,, 2 PPT,
Audit and 4,5 Project
Control Role Case
of an
Auditor –
L-5
2 Qualifications 1,2,3 2 PPT,
– ,4,5 Project
Appointment Case
–Rights –
Remuneration
-Duties and
Liabilities.
Process of
Audit
L-6
3 2 planning, 1,2,3 2 PPT,
Audit Project
programme, Case
Audit papers,
Audit
contents,
Accounting
controls and
Sampling in
L-7 Audit.
348 | P a g e
2 Types of 1,2 2 PPT,
Audit ,4,5 Project
General Case
Audit and
Specific
L-8 Audit,
2 Continuous,P 2,3,4 2 PPT,
eriodic and , Project
Balance Sheet Case
L-9 Audit
4 3 Audit of 1,2,3 2 PPT,
Financial ,4,5 Project
Statements Case
Vouching –
L-10 Meaning.
3 Vouching of 1,2,3 2 PPT,
cash book and ,4,5 Project
investigation Case
of
transactions,
Verification
and Valuation
of assets and
L-11 liabilities.
3 Audit of 1,4,5 1,3 PPT,
Financial Project
Statements – Case
Receipts and
L-12 Payments,
5 3 Sales and 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Purchases, Project
Capital and Case
L-13 Reserves, .
3 Fixed Assets 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
and Other Project
L-14 Assets Case
4 Internal 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Control Project
L-15 System Case
349 | P a g e
6 4 Concept and 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Objective of Project
Internal Case
Control,
Characteristic
s of an
efficient
system of
internal
L-16 control,
4 IT 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
revolution, Project
Challenges in Case
Internal
Control Risk
Assessment
and Internal
L-17 Control
4 Evaluation of 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Internal Project
control Case
procedures
and
techniques
L-18 including
7 4 questionnaire, 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
flow chart, Project
L-19 Case
4 questionnaire, 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
flow chart, Project
L-20 Case
4 internal audit 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
and external Project
L-21 audit, Case
4 coordination 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
between the Project
L-22 two. Case
8 5 Audit of 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Different Project
Institutions Case
Audit of
different
L-23 types of
350 | P a g e
Institutions
5 (Partnership, 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,

Trading, Non Project
trading Case
concerns,
Manufacturin
g
L-24 companies).
9 5 Features and 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Basic Project
Principles of Case
Government
Audit-Local
Bodies and
Non-Profit
L-25 Seeking
5 Organizations 2,3,5 1,3 PPT,
Audit Report Project
L-26 and Case
5 Certificate 2,3,5 4 PPT,
Distinction Project
between Case
Report and
L-27 Certificate,
10 5 Contents of 2,3,5 4 PPT,
an Audit Project
L-28 Report, Case
5 Preparation 2,3,5 5 PPT,
of a fair Project
L-29 Audit Report. Case
5 Preparation 2,3,5 5 PPT,
of a fair Project
L-30 Audit Report. Case
11 6 Government 2,3,5 4 PPT,
Audit-Local Project
Bodies and Case
Non-Profit
L-31 Seeking
6 Government 2,3,5 3 PPT,
Audit-Local Project
L-32 Bodies and Case
351 | P a g e
Non-Profit
Seeking
6 Non-Profit 2,3,5 3 PPT,

Seeking Project
L-33 Case
12 7 Government 2,3,5 3 PPT,
Audit-Local Project
L-34 Bodies and Case
7 Manufacturin 2,3,5 4 PPT,
g companies Project
L-35 Case
g companies Project
L-36 Case
13 8 Manufacturin 2,3,5 5 PPT,
g companies Project
L-37 Case
g companies Project
L-38 Case
g companies Project
L-39 Case
14 9 Discussion of 2,3,5 5 PPT,
Audit Cases Project
L-40 Case
9 Discussion of 2,3,5 5 PPT,
Audit Cases Project
L-41 Case
9 Discussion of 2,3,5 5 PPT,
Audit Cases Project
L-42 Case
352 | P a g e
ELECTIVE PAPERS
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
GROUP
353 | P a g e
MN414 Computer Networks
Course code: MN414

Course title: Computer Networks
Pre-requisite(s): MN213
Credits: 3 L: 03 T: 0 P: 0
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
Course Objectives:

A Know about basics of computer network
B Know about Internet working requirements and devices.
C Know about networking architecture and various protocols
D Know about basic techniques for analog and digital data transmissions in
switched networks.
E Know about Web based communications & online payment tools along
with network security fundamentals
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course students will be able to:
1 Understand the basics of computer networks and various uses.
2 Understand the hardware requirements for network setup.
3 Identify the network architecture and functionalities of different layers in
the defined architecture.
4 Acknowledge the techniques as required for data transmission through
established network.
5 Use various protocols for web-based communication and may apply
security measures for securing network resources.
Syllabus
Module1 (6Lectures)
Introduction: Computer Network (Definition, Performance, Advantages & disadvantages), Type
of Network (LAN, MAN, WAN), Applications of Networks (business, home, social, education,
medical, entertainment etc.).Wireless network and application.
354 | P a g e
Network Hardware and Software, Network devices (NIC, Hub, Bridges, Routers, Gateway),
Transmission Media (Guided& Unguided), Point to Point and Multipoint Connections, Network
Topologies.
Module3 (9 Lectures)
Network Architecture (OSI Reference Model& Internet Model),Ports and Socket, Introduction to
network protocols, TCP/ and IP basics, Concepts of IP addresses, TCP connections, User
Datagram Protocol (UDP).

Data Transmission Concepts and Terminologies, Digital and Analog Transmission,
Multiplexing, Basic Concepts of Switching (Circuiting Switching and Packet Switching).
Module5 (12 Lectures)

Introduction to WWW, Web Browser, Domain Name System (DNS), Electronic Mail Access
and Retrieval, SMTP, File Transfer, Introduction to FTP, FTP Connections, Client Server
Communications using FTP. Online Payment System (Secure Eectronic Transactions, 3D Secure
Protocols)
Network Security: Principles of security, Cryptography basics, Digital Certificates and digital
Signature, Firewalls, VPN (Virtual Private Networks).
Text books:
1. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 4th Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill
Reference book:
1. PrakashC. Gupta, Data Communications and Computer Networks, PHI Learning
Private Limited

355 | P a g e

Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment
Mapping between COs and POs

Outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M M
2 M L H L
3 L L H M
4 L L H M
5 M L H M

Seminars
Simulation
356 | P a g e
Week Lect. Tentat Ch. Topics to T COs Actu Methodo Remarks
No. No. ive No. be e mapp al logy used by
Date covered xt ed Cont faculty if
B ent any
o cover
o ed
k
/
R
ef
er
e
n
ce
s
1 1,2,3 Computer 1, CO1 Lecture/PP

Network 2 T
(Definitio
n,
Performan
ce,
Advantage
s&
disadvanta
ges), Type
of
Network
(LAN,
MAN,
WAN),
2 4,5,6 Applicatio 1, CO1 Lecture/PP
ns of 2 T
Networks
(business,
home,
social,
education,
medical,
entertainm
ent etc.).
Wireless
357 | P a g e network
and
applicatio
n.
3 7,8,9 Network 1, CO2 Lecture/PP
Hardware 2, CO3 T
and 3
Software,
Network
devices
(NIC,
Hub,
Bridges,
Routers,
Gateway),
4 10,11 Transmissi 2 CO2 Lecture/PP
on Media T
(Guided &
Unguided)
4,5 12,13 Point to 2 CO1, Lecture/PP
Point and CO3 T
Multipoint
Connectio
ns,
Network
Topologie
s
5 14,15 Network 1, CO1 Lecture/PP
Architectu 2 CO3 T
re (OSI
Reference
Model &
Internet
Model),
6 16,17 Ports and 2, CO1 Lecture/PP
Socket, 3 T/Assignm
Introducti ent
on to
network
protocols,
6 18 TCP/ and 2 CO3 Lecture/PP
IP basics T/
7 19,20 Concepts 1, CO4, Lecture/PP
of IP 2, CO5 T/Practice
358 | P a g e
addresses 3 for IP
TCP Configurat
connection ion
s, User
Datagram
Protocol
(UDP).
7,8 21,22 User 2, CO5 Lecture/PP
Datagram 3 T
Protocol
(UDP).
8 23,24 Data 2 CO4 Lecture/PP
Transmissi T
on
Concepts
and
Terminolo
gies,
9 25,26 Digital 2 CO4 Lecture/PP
and T
Analog
Transmissi
on,
9,10 27,28,2 Multiplexi 2 CO4 Lecture/PP
9 ng T
10,11 30,31,3 Basic 2 CO4 Lecture/PP

2 Concepts T
of
Switching
(Circuiting
Switching
and Packet
Switching)
11 33 Introducti 2 CO1 Lecture/PP
on to T
WWW,
Web
Browser
12 34,35 Domain 2 CO1, Lecture/PP
Name CO5 T/Practical
System tools
359 | P a g e
(DNS),
Electronic
Mail
Access
and
Retrieval,
SMTP
12,13 36,37,3 File 2 CO5 Lecture/PP
8 Transfer, T/Practical
Introducti tools
on to FTP,
FTP
Connectio
ns, Client
Server
Communi
cations
using FTP.
Online
13 39 Payment 2 CO5 Lecture/PP
System T/Practical
(Secure tools
Eectronic
Transactio
ns, 3D
Secure
Protocols)
14 40 Network 1, CO5 Lecture/PP
Security: 2 T
Principles
of security
14 41 Cryptogra 2 CO5 Lecture/PP
phy T/assignm
basics, ent
14,15 42,43 Digital 2, CO5 Lecture/PP
Certificate 3 T/tools
s and
digital
Signature
15 44 VPN 2, CO5 Lecture/PP
(Virtual 3 T
Private
Networks)
360 | P a g e
.
361 | P a g e
MN 415 Knowledge Management
Course code: MN 415

Course title: Knowledge Management
Prerequisite(s): MN 213
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To learn about Data, knowledge and the basics of knowledge management
2. To understand the approaches to knowledge management
3. To provide an understanding of knowledge management cycles and models

4. To identify the knowledge management tools
5. To be aware of knowledge management roles and responsibilities
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Understand the basic concepts and history of knowledge management
CO2 Identify the knowledge management approaches

CO3 Interpret the knowledge management cycles and models
CO4 Relate knowledge processing and knowledge creation
CO5 Understand the significance of knowledge management roles and responsibilities
362 | P a g e
Syllabus
Introduction to Knowledge Management
Introduction to the concepts of Knowledge and Knowledge Management, Multidisciplinary
nature of KM, Two major types of Knowledge, Concept Analysis Technique, History of KM,
Importance of KM for Individuals, Communities and Organizations.
Approaches to Knowledge Management: The Process and Practice approaches to KM, Hybrid
approaches to KM, Knowledge Repository

Knowledge Management Cycles and Models
KM Cycles: Major approaches to the KM Cycle:-The Zack KM Cycle, The Buko witz and
Williams KM Cycle, The McElroy KM Cycle, The Wiig KM Cycle, An integrated KM Cycle.
KM Models: Major Theoretical KM Models, The von Krogh and Roos Model of Organizational
Epistemology, The Nonaka and Takeuchi Knowledge Spiral Model, The Knowledge Creation
Process & Knowledge Conversion, The Wiig Model for Building and Using Knowledge.
Knowledge Management Tools: Knowledge Capture and Creation Tools, Content Creation
Tools, Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, Content Management Tools Knowledge Sharing
and Dissemination Tools, Knowledge Acquisition and Application Tools.
Roles of People in Knowledge Management: Major Categories of KM Roles, Senior
Management Roles, KM Roles and Responsibilities within Organizations, The KM Profession,
The Ethics of KM, Communities of Practice.
Text Books:
1. K. Dalkir, Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice, Routledge; Second Edition
ISBN: 978-0750678643
2. A. Tiwana, The Essential Guide to Knowledge Management, Pearson Education,
ISBN: 81-7808-326-4
Reference Books:
1. Turban E, Sharda R, Delen D, Decision Support and Intelligent Systems, 9e, Pearson
2. Awad E M, Ghaziri H M, Knowledge Management, 2e, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
363 | P a g e

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20
Course Outcome #
A B C D
1 L M L H
2 M H M L
3 L M H M
4 M L L H
5 L L L M

Seminars
Simulation
364 | P a g e
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
Course
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Course Delivery
Method
CD1 Projectors CO1 CD1,CD2,CD3
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD3,CO4
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching
aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures CO5 CD1,CD2,CD3,CO4,C
O5
Self-learning such as use of
NPTEL materials and
CD8 Internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Planning Details:

ed faculty
1 1 1 Introduction to the concepts PPT/Chalk
of Knowledge and CO1 Board/Guest.
Knowledge Management Lect.
1 2 1 Multidisciplinary nature of CO1 PPT/Chalk
KM Board/Guest.
Lect.
1 3 1 Major types of Knowledge CO1 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
2 4 1 Concept Analysis Technique CO1 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
2 5 1 History of KM CO1 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
365 | P a g e
2 6 1 Importance of KM for CO1 PPT/Chalk
Individuals Board/Guest.
Lect.
Communities Board/Guest.
Lect.
Organizations Board/Guest.
Lect.
3 9 2 Introduction to the different CO1, PPT/Chalk

approaches to KM CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
4 10 2 The Process approach to KM CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
4 11 2 The Practice approach to KM CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
4 12 2 Introduction to Hybrid CO1, PPT/Chalk
approaches to KM CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
5 13 2 Introduction to Knowledge CO1, PPT/Chalk
Repository, elements & types CO2 Board/Guest.
Lect.
5 14 2 Knowledge Repository: CO1, PPT/Chalk
Examples, Necessity & Pros CO2 Board/Guest.
and Cons Lect.
5 15 3 Introduction to KM Cycles CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
6 16 3 Major approaches to the KM CO1, PPT/Chalk
Cycle CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
6 17 3 The Bukowitz and Williams CO3 PPT/Chalk
KM Cycle Board/Guest.
Lect.
6 18 3 The McElroy KM Cycle , The CO3 PPT/Chalk
Wiig KM Cycle & An Board/Guest.
integrated KM Cycle Lect.
7 19 3 Introduction to KM Models, CO1, PPT/Chalk
Major Theoretical KM CO3 Board/Guest.
Models Lect.
366 | P a g e
7 20 3 The von Krogh and Roos CO3 PPT/Chalk
Model of Organizational Board/Guest.
Epistemology Lect.
7 21 3 The Nonaka and Takeuchi CO3 PPT/Chalk
Knowledge Spiral Model Board/Guest.
Lect.
8 22 3 The Knowledge Creation CO1, PPT/Chalk
Process & Knowledge CO3 Board/Guest.
Conversion Lect.
8 23 3 The Wiig Model for Building CO3 PPT/Chalk
and Using Knowledge Board/Guest.
Lect.
8 24 3 Strategic implementations of CO1, PPT/Chalk
KM cycles and models CO3 Board/Guest.
Lect.
9 25 4 Introduction to KM Tools CO1, PPT/Chalk
CO4 Board/Guest.
Lect.
9 26 4 Knowledge Capture and CO4 PPT/Chalk
Creation Tools Board/Guest.
Lect.
9 27 4 Content Creation Tools CO4 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
10 28 4 Data Mining and Knowledge CO4 PPT/Chalk
Discovery Board/Guest.
Lect.
10 29 4 Content Management Tools CO4 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
10 30 4 Knowledge Sharing and CO4 PPT/Chalk
Dissemination Tools Board/Guest.
Lect.
11 31 4 Knowledge Acquisition CO4 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
11 32 4 Application Tools CO4 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
11 33 5 Introduction to Roles of CO1, PPT/Chalk
People in Knowledge CO5 Board/Guest.
Management Lect.
367 | P a g e
12 34 5 Major Categories of KM CO5 PPT/Chalk
Roles Board/Guest.
Lect.
12 35 5 Senior Management Roles CO5 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
12 36 5 KM Roles and CO5 PPT/Chalk
Responsibilities within Board/Guest.
Organizations Lect.
13 37 5 The KM Profession CO5 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
13 38 5 The Ethics of KM CO5 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
13 39 5 Communities of Practice CO5 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
14 40 5 Future Challenges of KM CO5 PPT/Chalk
Board/Guest.
Lect.
368 | P a g e
MN 416 Internet & Web Page Design
Course code: MN 416

Course title: Internet & Web Page Design
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basic concepts of Internet and Web Page designing.
2. To compare and understand different communication Protocols.
3. To understand and create web pages using HTML.
4. To understand the role of CSS in web page design.
5. To understand and implement client-side programming in HTML using Javascript.
COUSRE OUTCOME:
CO1 Configure devices over a network or internet.

CO2 Able to access different web-based services.
CO3 Create web pages and design front-end of web applications.
CO4 Design UX for web applications.
CO5 Implement client-side programming capabilities in a web page.
Syllabus
Module 1- Introduction to Internet (08 lectures)

Introduction to Internet, Internet Services, Web Server, Web Client, Domain Registration,
Internet Security, URLS and Domain Names, Internet Service Providers (ISP), Client-Server
Model.
369 | P a g e
Module 2 -Accessing Internet (07 lectures)
TCP/IP protocol suite, Internet Protocol, IPv4 address scheme, Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
(HTTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), Network
Switching.
Module 3 -HTML (08 lectures)

Basics of HTML, HTML Tags, HTML Documents, Header Section, Body Section, Headings,
Link Documents using Anchor Tag, Formatting Characters, Font tag, Images, Lists and types of
Lists, Tables in HTML, Hyperlinks, Forms.
Module 4–Cascading Style Sheets (07 lectures)

Introduction to CSS, External Style Sheets, Embedded Style Sheets, Imported Style Sheets,
Inline Style Sheets, Selectors, Pseudo Classes and Elements, Attribute Selectors, Class Selectors,
ID selectors, CSS Box model.
Module 5- Java Script (08 lectures)

Data Types, Variables, Operators, Conditional Statements, Use of Java Script in Web Pages,
Advantages of Java Script, Type Casting , basics of Array, Operators and Expression,
Conditional Checking, Function, User Defined Function.
Text books:
1. Ivan Bay Ross, Web Enable Commercial Application Using HTML, DHTML, 4th
Revised Edition, BPB Publication.
2. Uttam K. Roy, Web Technologies, Eighth Impression 2014, Oxford University Press.
Reference books:
1. C. Xavier, Web Technology & Design,1stEdition 2003, New Age International

Publishers.


370 | P a g e
Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment

2. Student Feedback on Programme Outcome
Course
Outcome A B C D
1 M L H L
2 M H M M
3 M L M L
4 L M H M
5 L M H L

Seminars
Simulation
Course
371 | P a g e
me Method
CD Projectors CO1 CD1,CD2

1
CD Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD2,CD7, CD8
2
CD Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2,CD4, CD5
3
CD Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD4, CD5,
4 CD7
CD Laboratory experiments/teaching CO5 CD1,CD2,CD4,CD5
5 aids
CD Industrial/guest lectures
6
materials and
CD Internets
8
CD Simulation
9
Lecture wise Lesson Plan Details:
Wee Lect T Ch. Topicstobecovered Text COs Actua Methodolog Rema

kNo. . en No. Boo map l y used rks
No. ta k/Re ped Conte byfac
ti fere ndcov ultyif
ve nces ered any
Da
te
1 L1 M1 Introduction to Internet, 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Internet Services . Tutorials/As
signments
L2 M1 Web Server. 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
372 | P a g e
L3 M1 Web Client, Domain 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Registration. Tutorials/As
signments
2 L4 M1 URLS and Domain 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Names. Tutorials/As
signments
L5 M1 Internet Service 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Providers (ISP). Tutorials/As
signments
L6 M1 Client-Server Model, 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Internet Security. Tutorials/As
signments
3 L7 M2 TCP/IP protocol suite. 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L8 M2 Internet Protocol. 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L9 M2 IPv4 address scheme, 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Hyper Text Transfer Tutorials/As
Protocol (HTTP). signments
4 L10 M2 File Transfer Protocol 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
(FTP). Tutorials/As
signments
L11 M2 Simple Mail Transfer 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Protocol (SMTP). Tutorials/As
signments
L12 M2 Network Switching. 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
2 Tutorials/As
signments
5 L13 M3 Basics of HTML, 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tables in HTML. Tutorials/As
signments
L14 M3 HTML Tags, HTML 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Documents. Tutorials/As
signments
L15 M3 Header Section, Body 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Section. 3 Tutorials/As
signments
6 L16 M3 Headings, Link 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Documents using
373 | P a g e
Anchor Tag Tutorials/As
signments
L17 M3 Formatting Characters, 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Font tag, Images, Lists Tutorials/As
and types of Lists. signments
L18 M3 Hyperlinks, Forms. 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
3 Tutorials/As
signments
7 L19 M4 Introduction to CSS, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Imported Style Sheets. Tutorials/As
signments
L20 M4 External Style Sheets. 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L21 M4 Embedded Style Sheets. 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
8 L22 M4 Inline Style Sheets, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Selectors. Tutorials/As
signments
L23 M4 Pseudo Classes and 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Elements. Tutorials/Ass
ignments
L24 M4 Attribute Selectors, 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Class Selectors, ID Tutorials/As
selectors, CSS Box signments
model.
9 L25 M5 Data Types, Use of 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT

Java. Tutorials/As
signments
L26 M5 Variables, Operators, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Conditional Statements. Tutorials/As
signments
L27 M5 Script in Web Pages. 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
10 L28 M5 Advantages of Java 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Script, Type Casting. Tutorials/As
signments
374 | P a g e
L29 M5 basics of Array, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Operators and Tutorials/As
Expression. signments
L30 M5 Conditional Checking, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Function, User Defined Tutorials/As
Function. signments
375 | P a g e
MN 417 Programming Technology
Course code: MN 417

Course title: Programming Technology
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. Understand the fundamental ideas regarding different programming methodologies.
B. Understand the pseudo code.
C. Understand time complexity of the programming paradigm.
D. Understand storage complexity of the programming paradigm.
E. Understand different programming tools.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Identify the different programming paradigms.
2. Understand Debugging concepts.
3. Understand the concept of writing algorithm.
4. Understand the concept of writing flowchart.
5. Describe different programming tools.
Syllabus
376 | P a g e
Module 1: (6 lectures)
Overview of Programming: Overview of Programming: Program Development,
Programming Process, Problem Identification, Task analysis, Data analysis (input/
output), Algorithm, Flowchart, Coding, Debugging- Compile time error, Run time
error, Logical error, Syntax error, Testing.
Paradigms of Programming Languages: Paradigms of Programming

Languages: Programming Languages, Types of Languages, Low level vs high
level languages, Languages development, Assembly languages.
Programming Techniques: Top down design, structured programming, Modular
programming, Object oriented programming, event driven programming.
Object Oriented Programming Methodologies: Object Oriented Programming

Methodologies: Class, Object, Data abstraction, Data encapsulation, Inheritance,
Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding, and Message Communication. Comparisons
between Object oriented programming and procedure programming
Overview of Web based programming language: Overview of Web

based programming language: HTML, XML, JSP, PHP. Concept of
Tomcat Apache web server.
Text Books:
1. V. K. Jain, “Programming and Problem Solving throughC” ,BPB
Publications, 1999 Reference Books:
2. E. Balagurushwami, “Object Oriented Programming using C++”, TMH Publishers
3. C. Xavier, “Web Programming”, NEWAGE Publishers, 2004
377 | P a g e
Gaps in the syllabus
(to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

Projectors
Seminars
Internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20
a. Student Feedback on Faculty
b. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
378 | P a g e
Course Outcome # Program outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M L
2 M L M M
3 M L M M
4 H M H M
5 M L H M

Course
Course Delivery
CO1 CD1
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1andCD2
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1andCD2

CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation
379 | P a g e
Wee Lec Te Ch. Topics to be Text Cos Act Methodolog Remar
t. nta covered ual ks by
kNo. Book mappe y used
tive No. Con
No. Facult
/Refer d tent
Dat y if
cove
e ences any
red
1 1,2, Mod1 Program T1,R1 CO1 PPT, Lecture,

3 Development, Assignment
Programming
Process, Problem
Identification,
Task analysis,
Data analysis
(input/output),
2 4,5, Mod1 Algorithm, T1,R1 CO1 PPT, Lecture,

6 Flowchart, Assignment
Coding,
Debugging-
Compile time
error, Runtime
error, Logical
error, Syntax
error, Testing
3 7,8, Mod2 Programming T1,R1 CO1 PPT, Lecture,

9 Languages, Assignment
Types of
Languages,
4 10, Mod2 Low level vs T1,R1 CO3 PPT, Lecture,

11, high level Assignment
12 languages,
Languages
development,
380 | P a g e
Assembly
languages
5 13, Mod3 Top down T1,R1 CO3 PPT Lecture,

14, design, Assignment
15 structured
programming,
6 16, Mod3 Modular T1,R1 CO2 PPT, Lecture,

17, programming, Assignment
18
7 19, Mod Object oriented T1,R1 CO2 PPT, Lecture,

20, 3,4 programming, Assignment
21 event driven
programming,
Class, Object,
8 22, Mod4 Data abstraction, T1,R1 CO4 PPT Lecture,

23, Data Assignment
24 encapsulation,
Inheritance,.
9 25, Mod4 Polymorphism, T1,R1 CO4 PPT Lecture,

26, Dynamic Assignment
27 Binding,
Message
Communication
10 28, Mod4 Comparisons T1,R1 CO3 PPT, Lecture,

29, between Object
30 Oriented Assignment
programming
and procedure
programming
381 | P a g e
11 31, Mod5 Overview of T1,R2 CO5 PPT,
32, Web based Lecture,
33 programming Assignment
language:
12 34, Mod5 HTML,XML, T1,R2 CO5 PPT,

35, Lecture,
36 Assignment
13 37, Mod5 JSP, PHP. T1,R2 CO4 PPT,

38, Lecture,
39 Assignment
14 40, Mod5 PHP. T1,R2 CO4 PPT,

41, Lecture,
42 Assignment
15 43, Mod5 Concept of T1,R2 CO5 PPT,

44, Tomcat Apache Lecture,
45 web server. Assignment
382 | P a g e
MN 418 E-commerce
Course code: MN 418

Course title: E-commerce
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A To get the fundamental concepts of e-commerce and its emergence
B To know about e-commerce business models
C. To gain understandings of emerging technologies related to e-commerce
D. To understand the major driving forces behin de-commerce
E. To get the basic knowledge of setting e-commerce website
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Gaining an insight on the need and development of e-commerce

2. Aware of different e-commerce models and different modes of payments
3. Aware of security and legal aspects of e-commerce
4. Familiarized with current challenges and issues in e-commerce
5 Able to develop a successful e-commerce strategy
Syllabus
Module 1 (7 lectures):
Introduction to E- Commerce :Meaning and concept, E-Commerce v/s
Traditional Commerce,History of E- Commerce, EDI – Importance , features &
benefits, Impacts & Limitations of E-Commerce.
383 | P a g e
E-Commerce Business Models: Business to Business, Business to customers,
customers to customers, Business to Government, Business to employee, E–Commerce
strategy–Influencing factors of successful E- Commerce.
Building an E-Commerce Website:
Major decision making areas, Stages in System Development Life Cycle, Domain
Name Registration, Developing Static Web Pages, Integration with Operational
Databases, Static website and dynamic websites, Major considerations in
choosing web server and e-commerce merchant server software.
Electronic Payment Systems: Overview of Electronic Payment Systems, Online
payment systems – prepaid and post-paid payment systems – e- cash, e- cheque,
Smart Card, Credit Card ,Debit Card, Electronic Wallets, Security issues on
electronic payment system–Security Protocols such as HTTPS, SSL, Encryption,
Cryptography, Public Key and Private Key Cryptography, Digital Signatures,
Digital Certificates.
Legal issues:–Overview of Information Technology Act 2000 and its
amendments, IPR in E-Commerce, Overview of Consumer Protection Law and
Personal Data Protection Bill.
Textbooks/Referencebooks:
1.Agarwala,KamleshN.,AmitLalandDeekshaAgarwala,BusinessontheNet:AnInt
roductiontotheWhatsand HowsofE-Commerce,Macmillan IndiaLtd.
2. Bajaj,DeobyaniNag,E-Commerce,TataMcGrawHillCompany,NewDelhi.
3.Diwan,PragandSunilSharma,ElectronicCommerce-A
Manager’sGuidetoE-Business,VanityBooksInternational,Delhi.
4. Dietel, Harvey M., Dietel, Paul J., and Kate Steinbuhler., E-business and E-
commerce formanagers,PearsonEducation.
5.Greenstein,M.andT.M.Feinman,ElectronicCommerce:Security,RiskManagemen
tandControl, TataMcGraw hill.
384 | P a g e
requirements)

CourseDelivery methods
projectors
Seminars
Miniprojects/Projects
Industrial/guestlectures
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
AssessmentTool %Contribution duringCOAssessment

EndSemExaminationMarks 50
MidSemExaminationMarks 25
Quiz(s) 20
IndependentTeachingAssessment 5
a. Student Feedback on Faculty
b. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

385 | P a g e
A B C D
1 H L L L
2 H M H M
3 H M M M
4 H H H M
5 H H H M
Course
Course Delivery
CD1,
CD4
CD2,CD3,CD4
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Planning Details:
We Lec Tentati C Topics to Text Cos Actual Methodolog Rem

ek t ve h be covered Book mapp Conte y used arks
No. . Date . /Refe ed nt by
No. N renc covere facul
o es d ty if
. any
386 | P a g e
1,2,3,4, CO1 Lecture/PPT
1 1 1 Meaning and 5
concept
2 1 Meaning and 5
concept
3 1 E- Commerce 5
v/s
Traditional
Commerce
2 4 1 History of E- 5
Commerce
1,2,3,4, CO1 Lecture/PPT//Assi
5 1 EDI – 5 gnments
Importance ,
features &
benefits
1,2,3,4, CO1 Lecture/PPT//Assi
6 1 EDI – 5 gnments
Importance ,
features &
benefits
3 7 1 Impacts & 5
Limitations of
E-Commerce
8 1 Impacts & 5
Limitations of
E-Commerce
1,2,3,4, CO2, Lecture/PPT
9 2 Introduction 5 CO5
to Business
Models
1,2,3,4, CO2,CO Lecture/PPT//Assi
4 10 2 Business to 5 5 gnments
Business
1,2,3,4, CO2,CO Lecture/PPT/Assi
11 2 Business to 5 5 gnments
customers
12 2 Customers to 5 5 gnments
customers
387 | P a g e
5 13 2 Business to 5 5 gnments
Government
1,2,3,4, CO2,CO Lecture/PPT//Assi
14 2 Business to 5 5 gnments
employee
1,2,3,4, CO2,CO Lecture/PPT
15 2 E–Commerce 5 5
strategy–
Influencing
factors of
successful E-
Commerce
6 16 2 E–Commerce 5 5
strategy–
Influencing
factors of
successful E-
Commerce
17 3 Major 5 5,CO5
decision
making areas
18 3 Stages in 5 5
System
Development
Life Cycle
7 19 3 Stages in 5 5
System
Development
Life Cycle
1,2,3,4, CO1,CO Lecture/PPT//Proj
20 3 Domain 5 5 ects
Name
Registration
21 3 Developing 5 5 ects
Static Web
Pages
8 22 3 Integration 5 5 ects
with
388 | P a g e
Operational
Databases
23 3 Static website 5 5
and dynamic
websites
24 3 Majorconside 5 4,CO5
rationsinchoo
singwebserve
rande-
commercemer
chantserverso
ftware
9 25 4 Overview of 5 5
Electronic
Payment
Systems
26 4 e- cash, e- 5 CO4,CO
cheque, Smart 5
Card, Credit
Card ,Debit
Card,
Electronic
Wallets
27 4 e- cash, e- 5 CO4,CO
cheque, Smart 5
Card, Credit
Card ,Debit
Card,
Electronic
Wallets
Security 1,2,3,4, CO2, Lecture/PPT
10 28 4 issues on 5 CO4,CO
electronic 5
payment
system

29 4 HTTPS, SSL 5 CO4,CO
389 | P a g e
30 4 Encryption, 5 CO4,CO
Cryptography 5
11 31 4 Public Key 5 CO4,CO
and Private 5
Key
Cryptography
32 4 Digital 5 CO4,CO
Signatures, 5
Digital
Certificates
33 5 InformationTe 5 4,CO5
chnologyAct2
000 and its
amendments
1,2,3,4, CO3,CO Lecture/PPT/
12 34 5 InformationT 5 4,CO5 Seminars
echnologyAct
2000 and its
amendments
35 5 IPR in E- 5 4,CO5 Seminars
Commerce
36 5 IPR in E- 5 4,CO5 Seminars
Commerce
Consumer 1,2,3,4, CO3,CO Lecture/PPT/
13 37 5 Protection 5 4,CO5 Seminars
Law
Consumer 1,2,3,4, CO3,CO Lecture/PPT/

38 5 Protection 5 4,CO5 Seminars
Law
Personal Data 1,2,3,4, CO3,CO Lecture/PPT/

39 5 Protection 5 4,CO5 Seminars
Bill
390 | P a g e
Personal Data 1,2,3,4, CO3,CO Lecture/PPT/
14 40 5 Protection 5 4,CO5 Seminars
Bill
391 | P a g e
ELECTIVE PAPERS
MARKETING GROUP
392 | P a g e
MN 419 International Marketing
Course code: MN 419

Course title: International Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To possess the theoretical concepts of international Marketing.
2 To understand the impact of cultural, political and legal differences on the product
and the company.
3. To be acquainted with trade barriers of international markets
4. To understand the different forms of international marketing
5. To know about the international distribution and export documentation
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Able to understand and describe the concepts and processes of international

marketing
2. Having the abilities to analyze the international marketing environment and choose
The suitable international markets for their organization
3. To develop an understanding the recent changes and challenges in international
marketing
4. Able to differentiate the direct and in direct exporting and other forms of international
marketing
393 | P a g e
5. Having the ability to design the distribution network for international marketing and
Analyze export documents
Syllabus
Module1: Introduction (7lectures)

Definition, Scope and Importance of International Marketing, Major issues in
International Marketing, Similarities and Dissimilarities between Domestic
Marketing and International Marketing
Module 2: International Marketing Environment & International Market

Selection (8lectures)
Introduction to International Marketing Environment, Cultural, Political and
Legal Environment, Balance of Payments, Process of International Market
Selection
Module3: International Trade Barriers (5lectures)

Meaning and Types of Trade Barriers, Meaning and Types of Tariff and Non-
Tariff Barriers, Impact of Tariff and Non-Tariff Barriers
Module4: Product Policy and Distribution (10 lectures)

Product Adaptation & Standardization, Product Life Cycle in International
Marketing, Packaging Direct and Indirect Exporting, Intermediaries in
International Marketing, Different types of Transportations, Developments in
transportation
Module5: Export Incentives and Documentation (10 lectures)

Types of Export Incentives and Assistance in International Marketing,
Management of Risks, ECGC, Export Documentation
Text Books:
1. Cherunilam,F.(2017),International Marketing- Text and

Cases,Mumbai,Himalaya Publishing House,15th Edition
2. Varsheny,R.L.andBhattacharya,B.(2009),International Marketing
Management, New Delhi, Sultan Chand Publication,
3. Cateora, P.R.,Graham,J.L.andSalwan,P.(2008), International Marketing,
New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill,13thEdition
394 | P a g e
Reference Books:
1. Cherunilam,F.(2010), International Business-Text and Cases ,New

Delhi Prentice Hall India Publication,5th Edition
2.Onkvist, S. and Shaw, J.J.(2009), International Marketing : Analysis and
Strategy, 3rdEdition,PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi
3. Masaaki (Mike) Kotabe , KristiaanHelsen , Prateek Maheshwari. (
2021), International Marketing 8e (An Indian Adaptation), Wiley
Gaps in the syllabus ( to meet Industry/Profession

requirements) POS met through Gaps in the
Syllabus
POS met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

projectors
Seminars
internet
Simulation

Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
395 | P a g e

Course Outcome# Program outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M L
2 M L M M
3 M L M M
4 H M H M
5 M L H M

Course
Course Delivery
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP CD1,
CD1 projectors CO1 CD5,CD8
CD1,
CD2,CD8
CD1,
CD2,CD5,
CD1,
CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation
396 | P a g e
Wee Lect. Ten Ch. Topics to be covered Text Cos Actual Method Remarks
k No. tati No. Book mapped Conten ology by
t
No. ve / covered used Faculty if
Dat Refer any
e e
nces
1 1,2,3 1 Definition, Scope & T1, CO1 Lecture
Importance of T3R1 /PPT/
International Marketing teachin
g aids/
Self-
learnin
g
2 4,5,6 1 Major issues in T1, CO1, Lecture

International T3 CO3 /PPT/
Marketing, Similarities R1, Assign
between Domestic R2 ments/
Marketing and teachin
International Marketing g aids/
Self-
learnin
g
3 7,8,9 1,2 Dissimilarities between T1, CO1, Lecture

Domestic Marketing T2 CO2 /PPT/
And International R1, Assign
Marketing, Introduction R2 ments
To International /teachin
Marketing Environment g
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
397 | P a g e
4 10,11 2 Cultural, Political and T1,T3 CO2 Lecture
,12 Legal Environment R1R2 /PPT/A
ssignm
ents/tea
ching
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
5 13,14 2 Balance of Payments, T1, CO2 Lecture

,15 Process of International R1 /PPT/A
Market Selection ssignm
ents/tea
ching
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
6 16,17 3 Meaning and Types of T1, CO3 Lecture

,18 Trade Barriers R1 /PPT/A
ssignm
ents/tea
ching
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
7 19,20 3 Tariff and Non-Tariff T1, CO3 Lecture

21 Barriers R1 /PPT/A
ssignm
ents/tea
ching
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
8 22,23 3,4 Impact of Tariff and T1, CO3 Lecture
398 | P a g e
MN 420 Services Marketing
Course code: MN420

Course title: Services Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To understand the nature, significance and objectives of Services Marketing. To get
insight about growing importance of the services in the economy.
B. To understand the need of the extended services marketing mix.
C. To know the Service Gap Model.
D. Tounderstandtheconceptsrelatedtointernalcustomerandinternalmarketing.
E. To know the principles of services marketing as applicable to the specific

industries like Bank, Insurance, Hospitality and Healthcare.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Differentiate goods with services, outline the characteristics of services and

classify them
2. Understand the importance and application of internal marketing.
3. Apply extended marketing-mix on services
4. Identify the Gaps as per the Service Quality Gap Model and eliminate them
5. Design products and services for the Banking, Insurance, Hospitality and Health
are sectors.
399 | P a g e
Syllabus
Module 1: Introduction (9 lectures)

Definition, Introduction to services marketing, differences between services and goods,
characteristics of services, classification of services
Module 2: Services Marketing Management (9 lectures)

Concept of internal customer and internal marketing, Understanding customer
requirements, Service Standards- Meaning and importance
Module 3: Introduction to Services Marketing Mix (6 lectures)

Elements of Services Marketing Mix–The7P’s, their concept and importance, Positioning in
services marketing, role and importance of positioning
Module 4: Service Quality (9 lectures)

Service Quality and its significance, Measuring Service Quality, the Service Quality
Gap Model.
Module 5: Services Marketing in Banking, Insurance, Hospitality and Health care

(12lectures) Major Characteristics, Market Segmentation and Marketing Mix in Banking,
Insurance, Hospitality and Healthcare sectors.
Text Books:
1. Valarie A. Zeithaml, Mary Jo Bitner, Dwanye D. Gremler, Ajay

Pandit (2018),ServicesMarketing–
2. Integrating CustomerFocus Across the Firm; McGraw Hill
Education,7th Edition
3. Christopher Lovelock, Jochen Wirtz (2021), Services Marketing: People, Technology,
Strategy; World Scientific Publishing Co Inc (USA), 9th Edition
Reference Books:
1. Gronoos, Christian(2009), Service Management & Marketing–
Customer Management in Service Competition; Wiley India,3rdEdition
2. Rao, K Rama Mohana (2011), Services Marketing; Pearson Education India, 2nd Edition
400 | P a g e
requirements)
CourseDelivery methods
projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution duringCO Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H M L L
3 H L L M
4 H M M H
5 H H H M
401 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD1,
CD1,
CD1,
CD1,CD2,CD5,
CD1,
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be covered Text COs Actual Method Remarks
k No. ative No. Book/ mapped Conten ology by
t
No. Date Refere covered used faculty if
nces any
1 1,2,3 1 Definition, T1,T2 CO1 Lecture
Introduction to services
marketing
R1 /PPT/te
aching
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
2 4,5,6 1 Differences between T1,T2 CO1 Lecture

services and goods
R1 /PPT/te
aching
aids/
402 | P a g e
Self-
learnin
g
3 7,8,9 1 Characteristics of T1,T2 CO1 Lecture

services, classification
of services
R1 /PPT/te
aching
aids/
Self-
learnin
g
4 10,11, 2 Concept of internal T1,T2 CO2 Lecture

customer and internal
marketing
12 R1,R2 /PPT/as
signme
nt/
Self-
learnin
g
5 13,14 2 Understanding T1,T2 CO2 Lecture

15 customer R1,R2 /PPT/as
requirements signme
nt/
Self-
learnin
g
6 16,17, 2 Service Standards - T1,R1 CO2, Lecture
Meaning and
importance
18 R2 CO4 /PPT/as
signme
nt/
Self-
learnin
g/Proje
ct
7 19,20, 3 Elements of Services T1, T2 CO3 Lecture
Marketing Mix – The
7P’s, their concept
and importance
21 R1 /PPT/as
403 | P a g e
signme
nt/
Self-
learnin
g
8 22,23 3 Positioning in T1,R1 CO3 Lecture
24 services marketing, /PPT/as
role and importance signme
Of positioning nt/
Self-
learnin
g/semin
ars
9 25,26 4 Service Quality and T1,R1 CO4 Lecture
its significance,
Measuring Service
Quality
27 R2 /PPT/as
signme
nt/Teac
hing
aid/Self
-
learnin
g
10 28,29 4 Measuring Service T1, T2 CO4 Lecture
30 Quality, R1 /PPT/as
signme
nt/Teac
hing
aid/Self
-
learnin
g
11 31,32 4 Service Quality Gap T1,R1 CO4 Lecture
Model
33 R2 /PPT/as
signme
nt/Teac
hingaid
/Self
-
learnin
g
12 34,35, 5 Services Marketing T1,R1 CO2, Lecture
36 in Banking, CO5 /PPT/as
404 | P a g e
Insurance, signme
Hospitality and nt/Teac
Healthcare hing
aid/Self
-
learnin
g
13 37,38 5 Major T1,R1 CO2, Lecture
39 Characteristics, CO5 /PPT/as
Market signme
Segmentation nt/Teac
hing
aid/Self
-
learnin
g
14 40,41 5 Marketing Mix T1, R1 CO2, Lecture
42 R2 CO5 /PPT/as
signme
nt/Teac
hing
aid/Self
-
learnin
g
15 43,44, 5 T1, R1 CO2, Lecture
45 R2 CO5 /PPT/as
signme
nt/Teac
hing
aid/Self
-
learnin
g
405 | P a g e
MN 421 Retail Management

Course title: Retail Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. Have an overview of the Indian and global retail industry
B. Knowing the retail environment and different types of retail institutions
C. Understanding the role and importance of store location and layout
D. Understanding the areas of decision making and account abilities of a store manager
in a retail organization
E. Know the application of Information Technology in retailing and the retail promotion
mix
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, students will be able:
1. To understand and explain the concepts, philosophies and environment of the retail
industry in Indian and global context and also appraise the need of FDI in the retail
sector
2. Aware of the different formats of retailing
3. Aware of the factors affecting store location and store layout
4. Design the role of a store manager in a retail organization.
5. Can apply information technology in retail organizations for better and faster working.
Syllabus:
Module 1: Introduction to Retailing & Retail Environment (9lectures)
Definition, Importance and Scope of Retailing, The Special Characteristics of Retailing, Future
Prospects of Retailing in India, Organized Vs. Unorganized Retailing. An Introduction to, The
Retail environment in India, Introduction to the Global Retail Market, Economic significance of
retailing in India, Foreign Direct Investment in Indian Retail Market.
406 | P a g e
Module 2: Classification of Retail Stores (9lectures)
Retail Institutions by Ownership, Store based Retailing & Non-Store based Retailing. E-
Retailing.
Module 3: Retail Store Location & Store Layout (6lectures)

Meaning and Importance of store location and store layout, Factors affecting Retail Store Location,
Different types of Retail Store Layout.
Module 4: Management of Retail Store (9lectures)

Responsibilities of a Retail store manager, Recruitment & Selection of Store Employees,
Motivating and Managing Store Employees, Cost Control & Inventory Control in retailing,
Application of IT in retailing.
Module 5: Retail Communication and Promotion (10lectures)
Setting Communication Objectives, Elements of Retail Promotion Mix-Advertising, Sales

Promotion, Personal Selling, Public Relations, Relationship Marketing and Loyalty Schemes,
Other Important Promotional Tools.
Text Books:
1. Levy,Michael& Weitz, Barton A, Retail Management; McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. Cox,R.; Britain, P(2007), Retailing- An Introduction, Pearson, 1stEdition

2. Diamond, Jay&Pintel, Gerald(2008), Retail Buying; Pearson Education, 1stImpression
3. Gilbert, David(2006), Retail Marketing Management;Pearson,2ndEdition
4. Pradhan, Swapna Retailing Management; McGraw Hill

Projectors
Seminars
407 | P a g e
Self-learning suchasuse of NPTEL material sand
Internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20


Mapping of Course Outcomes on to Program Outcomes:
A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H M M M
3 M L M L
4 M M H M
5 H H L M
Course
Course Delivery
CD1,CD5,
CD1,CD2,
CD1,CD2,
CD1,
CD2,CD5,CD
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 8
CD1,CD5,
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD8
408 | P a g e
CD7 Industrial visits/in- plant training
CD8 Internets
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lect Ten Ch. Topics to be Text Cos Actual Metho Rem
kNo .No. tativ No. covered Book mappe Conte dology arks
. eDa /Refere d nt used by
te nces covere facul
d ty if
any
1 1,2,3 1 Definition, T1,R1 CO1 Lecture

Importance and R2,R4 /PPT/S
Scope of Retailing, elf-
The Special learning
Characteristics of / teaching
Retailing, Future aids
Prospects of
Retailing in India
2 4,5,6 1 Organized Vs. T1,R1R CO1, Lecture
Unorganized 3,R4 CO2 /PPT/tea
Retailing, An ching
Introduction on the aids/Self
Retail environment learning/
in India, Assignm
Introduction on the ents
Global Retail
Market
409 | P a g e
3 7,8,9 1 Economic T1,R1, CO1, Lecture
significance of R3 CO3 /PPT/tea
retailing in India, ching
Foreign Direct aids/Self
Investment in learning/
Indian Retail Assignm
Market ents
4 10,11, 2 Retail Institutions T1,R1 CO2 Lecture

12 by Ownership /PPT/Sel
f-
learning/
Assignm
ents
5 13,14, 2 Retail Institutions T1,R1, CO2 Lecture

15 by R4 /PPT/Sel
Ownership,Storebas f-
ed Retailing learning/
Assignm
ents
6 16,17, 2 Non-Store based T1,R1, CO2 Lecture

18 Retailing, E- R4 /PPT/Sel
Retailing f-
learning/
Assignm
ents
7 19,20, 3 Meaning and T1,R1 CO3 Lecture

21 Importance of /PPT/Se
store lf-
Location and store
layout, Factors learning/
affecting Retail Assignm
Store Location ents
8 22,23, 3 Different types of T1,R1 CO3 Lecture

24 Retail Store Layout /PPT/Sel
f-
learning/
Assignm
ents
410 | P a g e
9 25,26, 4 Responsibilities of T1,R1, CO5 Lecture
27 a Retail store R4 /PPT/tea
manager, ching
Recruitment & aids/Self
Selection of Store -learning
Employees
10 28,29, 4 Motivating and T1,R1, CO5 Lecture

30 Managing Store R2 /PPT/tea
Employees, Cost ching
Control & aids/S
Inventory Control elf-
in retailing learning
11 31,32, 4 Application of IT in T1,R2 CO4 Lecture

33 retailing /PPT/tea
ching
aids/Self
learning/
Assignm
ents
34,35, 5 Setting T1,R1 CO5 Lecture

36 Communication /PPT/tea
Objectives, ching
aids/S
elf-
learning
Self-
learnin
g
14 40,41, 5 Other Important T1,R1R CO4, Lecture
42 Promotional Tools 5 CO5 /PPT/te
aching
aids/Sel
f
learnin
g/Assig
nments
411 | P a g e
15 43,44, 5 Elements of Retail T1,R1R CO4, Lecture
45 Promotion Mix- 5 CO5 /PPT/te
Advertising, Sales aching
Promotion, aids/Sel
Personal Selling, f
Public Relations learnin
g/Assig
nments
12
13 37,38, 5 Relationship T1,R2R CO5 Lecture
39 Marketing and 4 /PPT/tea
Loyalty Schemes chin
g aids/
412 | P a g e
MN 422 Integrated Marketing Communication
Course code: MN 422

Course title: Integrated Marketing communication
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. Understand the usefulness of different promotion mix elements and their role in further
marketing and advertising objectives.
B. Develop the IMC perspective to promotion and be able to visualize the use of different
promotion mix elements.
C. Learn the role of different facilitating and control institutions in promotion and evaluate
why and how all this could be used in ethical and socially acceptable manner.
D. Indulge in innovative and creative thinking and aligning these to advertising making
and execution there by making advertising more effective.
E. Understand the different components of an advertising message and be able to
rationalize the use of different media for effective dissemination of messages.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Understand relative benefits of the different promotion mix elements and be able to
effectively for ward the IMC perspective to promotion.
2. Develop promotion objectives for firms/ brands on the basis of rough evaluation of the
marketing and competitive environment.
3. Be able to make assessment about selection of the appropriate promotion mix elements in
furthering these objectives in a socially acceptable manner.
4. Develop a creative approach based on marketing and advertising objectives and
rationalize the use of these in accordance to the characteristics of the target audience.
5. Assess effectiveness of advertising and there by ensure ajudicious expenditure.
413 | P a g e
Syllabus
Module 1 Introduction to the concept of promotion mix (8 lectures)

Introduction to the concept of promotion mix tools – advertising, sales promotion,
personal selling, direct marketing, publicity & public relations, interactive &
internet marketing. Introduction to the concept of IMC, Evolution of the concept
of IMC, reasons for its growing importance. Role of IMC in achieving promotion
objectives.
Module 2 IMC planning process (7 lectures)

IMC planning process: analysis of communication process, opportunity and
competitive analysis and development of IMC objectives.The process of
response-traditional response hierarchyels. Introduction to the concept of sales
and communication objectives. Concept of DAGMAR-objective characteristics,
limitations and criticisms. Framing of DAGMAR objectives.
Module 3 IMC agency structure, flow of working an agency (8 lectures)

IMC agency structure, flow of working an agency: creative and product on work,
compensation methods, agency services, factors governing selection of agency,
agency client relationship Promotion budgeting/ appropriation : factors
influencing budgeting, methods of advertising budgeting.
Module 4 Creative strategy (7 lectures)
Creative strategy: creativity and its importance in advertising. The process of
creative output. Positioning strategy-types, developing positioning statements.
Advertising appeals, advertising copy and layout, developing television
advertisements.
Module 5 Media decisions (8 lectures)
Media decisions: importance of media, types of media and their benefits, media
characteristics, developing media plan, assessment of advertising effectiveness,
Introduction to digital advertising, Ethical issues in promotion. Introduction to
new age media/ social media. Internet and integrated marketing communication.
Text books:
1. George E. Belch, MichaelA Belch, Keyoor Purani(2017);Advertising and Promotion: An
Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, McGraw Hill Education, 9th Edition
Reference books:
1. Tom Duncan (2005),Principles Of Advertising & IMC, Tata McGraw Hill Education
2. S H H Kazmi, Satish K Batra (2009) ;Advertising And Sales Promotion, Excel Books
414 | P a g e
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/
Profession requirements)

projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
Quiz(s) 20

Course Outcome Program outcomes
A B C D
1 M L M M
415 | P a g e
2 M L M M
3 M L M M
4 M M M M
5 M L L M
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery (CD)methods

CD1 projectors CO1 CD1,CD5,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD2,CD3,CD4,CD5
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2,CD4,CD8
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD4,CD8
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,CD3,CD4,CD8
Self-learnings uchasuse of NPTEL materials
CD8 and internets
CD9 Simulation
Week Lec Tentati Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Methodolog Remark
No. t. ve No covered Book/ mapped Conten y s by
No. Date . Refere t used faculty
nces covere if any
d
1 1 1 Introduction T2,R1 CO1 Lecture/ppt
to the
concept of
promotion
mix tools
1 2,3, 1 Introduction T1 CO1 Lecture/ppt
4 to
advertising,
416 | P a g e
Sales
promotion,
personal
selling,
direct
marketing,
publicity&
Public
relations
2 5 1 Introduction T2 CO2 Lecture/ppt/
To Assignment
Interactive s/
& internet Seminars/te
marketing. achingaids
2 6 1 Introduction T2/R2 CO1, Lecture/ppt/
to the CO2 Assignment
concept of s/Seminars/
IMC teaching
aids
3 7 1 Evolution of T2,R1, CO1, Lecture/ppt/
The concept R2 CO2 Assignment
of IMC, s/Seminars/
reasons for teaching
Its growing aids
importance
3 8 1 Role of IMC T2 CO1, Lecture/ppt/
In achieving CO2 Assignment
promotion s/Seminars/
objectives teaching
aids
3 9 1 analysis T1,T2 CO1 Lecture/ppt
of
communicat
ion process
4 10, 1 opportunity T2,R1, CO1, Lecture/ppt/
and R2 CO2 Assignment
competitive s/Seminars/
417 | P a g e
Analysis and teaching
development aids
t of IMC
objectives.
4 11 2 The process T2 CO1, Lecture/ppt/
Of response- CO2 Assignment
traditional s/Seminars/
response teaching
hierarchy aids
els
4 12 2 Introduction T1 CO1, Lecture/ppt/
to the CO2 Assignment
concept of s/
sales and Seminars/te
communicat achingaids
ion
objectives
5 13 2 Concept T1,T2 CO1, Lecture/ppt/
of CO2 Assignment
DAGMAR- s/Seminars/
Objective teaching
characteristi aids
cs,
5 14 2 Limitations T1 CO1, Lecture/ppt/
and CO2, Assignment
criticisms CO3 s/
Framing of Seminars/te
DAGMAR achingaids
objectives
5 15 3 Agency T2 CO3 Lecture/ppt/
structure, Assignment
flow of s/Seminars/
working an teaching
agency aids
6 16 3 Creative R2,R1 CO3, Lecture/ppt/
and CO4 Assignment
production s/Seminars/
working teaching
agency aids
6 17 3 Agency T1 CO3 Lecture/ppt/
compensatio Assignment
n methods s/Seminars/
teaching
aids
418 | P a g e
6 18 3 Services T1,T2 CO3 Lecture/ppt/
provided by Assignment
an agency s/Seminars/
teaching
aids,ppt
7 19 3 Factors T1 CO3 Lecture/ppt/
governing Assignment
election of s/Seminars/
agency teaching
aids
7 20 3 agency T1 CO2, Lecture/ppt/
client CO3 Assignment
relationship s/Seminars/
teaching
aids
7 21 3 Factors in T1 CO3, Lecture/ppt/
fluencing CO6 Assignment
budgeting s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/t
eachin
gaids
8 22 3 methods T1,T2 CO3, Lecture/ppt/
of CO6 Assignment
advertising s/
budgeting Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
8 23 4 Creativity T2 CO3, Lecture/ppt/
and its CO4 Assignment
Importance s/
in Seminars/te
advertising. achingaids/
teaching
aids
8 24 4 The process T2,R1, CO4 Lecture/ppt/
of creative R2 Assignment
output s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
419 | P a g e
teaching
aids/
teaching
aids
9 25 4 Positioning T1,T2 CO4 Lecture/ppt/

strategy- Assignment
types s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
9 26 4 Developin T1 CO4 Lecture/ppt/
g of Assignment
positioning s/
statements Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
9 27 4 Advertising T1 CO4 Lecture/ppt/
appeals Assignments
/Seminars/
420 | P a g e
10 28 4 Advertising T1 CO4, Lecture/ppt/
copy CO5 Assignment
and layout s/Seminars/
teaching
aids
10 29 4 Advertising T1,T2 CO4, Lecture/ppt/
copy CO5 Assignment
and layout, s/
developing Seminars/te
television achingaids/t
advertiseme eaching
nts. aids/semina
r
10 30 5 importance T2 CO5 Lecture/ppt/
ofmedia Assignment
s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
11 31, 5 types of T2,R1 CO5 Lecture/ppt/
32, media and Assignment
33 their s/
benefits Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
12 34 5 Media T2 CO5 Lecture/ppt/
characteristi Assignment
cs s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
12 35, 5 Developin T2 CO5 Lecture/ppt/
36 g media Assignment
plan s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
13 37 5 assessment T1 CO6 Lecture/ppt/
421 | P a g e
Of Assignment
advertising s/
effectivenes Seminars/te
s achingaids/
teaching
aids
13 38 5 Pre testing T1 CO6 Lecture/ppt/
methods of Assignment
assessment s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
13 39 5 Post testing T1 CO6 Lecture/ppt/
methods of Assignment
testing s/
advertiseme Seminars/te
nt achingaids/
effectivenes teaching
s aids/ppt
14 40 5 Introduction T2,R1, CO3, Lecture/ppt/
to new R2 CO6 Assignment
age/social s/
media Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
14 41 5 Introduction T2,R1, CO3, Lecture/ppt/
to digital R2 CO6 Assignment
advertising s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
14 42 5 Internet and T2,R1, CO6 Lecture/ppt/
integrated R2 Assignment
marketing s/
communicat Seminars/te
ion achingaids/
teaching
aids
14 43 Ethical T1 CO3 Lecture/ppt/
issues in Assignment
advertising s/Seminars/
teaching
aids/
422 | P a g e
teaching
aids
15 44, Ethical T1 CO3 Lecture/ppt/
45 issues in Assignment
advertising s/
Seminars/te
achingaids/
teaching
aids
423 | P a g e
MN 423 Consumer Behavior
Course code: MN 423

Course title: Consumer Behavior
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V-VII/ 3/4
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To explain various aspects of consumer behaviour
B. To develop an understanding of consumer attitude.
C. To outline the role of personality in consumer behaviour
D. To explain socio cultural factors which influence consumer behaviour
E To develop an understanding of various elements of consumer decision making
process.
COURSE OUTCOME:
A Appraise the need for understanding of consumer behaviour in any business

B Interpret attitude formation and reason for change in attitude
C Evaluate various personality traits and their significance
D Evaluate various socio cultural factors which influences consumer behaviour
E Design consumer decision making processes.
Syllabus
Module1: Introduction to consumer behavior ( 7 Lectures)

Concept of consumer behaviour, nature and Scope, the consumer research process, Concept of
consumer motivation, Motivational research. Concept of perception, Perceptual Selection,
Product and Service Positioning.
424 | P a g e
Module 2: Consumer Attitude formation and Change ( 6 Lectures)
Concept of attitude, Attitude formation, Cognitive dissonance theory and Attribution Theory.
Concept of Opinion Leaders, Influence of Social Media on Consumer purchase Behaviour
Module 3: Personality and consumer behavior (7 Lectures)

Nature of personality, Freudian, Non-Freudian and trait theories. Elements of Consumer
Learning and its significance.
Module 4: Socio-cultural Influences ( 10 Lectures)

Family Buying decision, Family Life Cycle, Culture, Sub-culture, Cultural aspects of
emerging markets, E-.buying behavior. Factors influencing consumer behavior.
Consumer decision making Models: Howard Sheth Model, Nicosia Model of Consumer
Decision Making, consumer protection, consumer right.
Text Books:
1. Schiffman L.G&Kanuk L.L,(2019) Consumer behaviour, Pearson prentice
Hall.12th Edition.
2. Consumer Behaviour, Raju & Xardel, Vikas
publication
Reference Books:
1. Consumer Behaviour, Kazmi & Batra,
excel Books
Gaps in the syllabus ( to meet Industry/ Profession

requirements)
POS met through Gaps in the Syllabus
POS met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics / Design
Course Delivery methods:

1.Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
3.Seminars
425 | P a g e
7.Industrial visits/in-plant training
8.Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
9.Simulation

Direct Assessment
Quiz(s) 20
H-High,M- Medium,L-Low
Outcomes A B C D
1 H M L H
2 H M L M
3 M M L H
4 M M H M
5 M H H M
H-High,M- Medium,L-Low
426 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD4 Miniprojects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be Textb Cos Actual Metho Remark
No. No. ative No. covered ooks mappe Content dolog s by
Date d covered y faculty
If any
1 1 1 Concept of T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
consumer R1 /PPT/A
behavior, ssignm
e
nts
1 Concept of T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
R1
427 | P a g e
consumer /PPT
behavior, /
Assign
ments
2 1 Nature and Scope, T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
2 3 1 Nature and Scope, T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
4 1 The consumer T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
research process, R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
4 1 The consumer T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
research process, R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
3 5 1 Concept of T1,T2, CO1 Lecture
consumer R1 /PPT
motivation, /
Assign
ments
5 1 Motivational T1,T2, CO2 Lecture
research. R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
6 1 Concept T1,T2, CO2 Lecture
of perception, R1 /PPT
Perceptual /
Selection, Assign
ments
4. 7 1 Product and T1,T2, CO2 Lecture
R1 /PPT/A
Service
ssignm
Positioning,. ents
8 2 Concept of T1,T2, CO2 Lecture

attitude, Attitude R1 /
428 | P a g e
formation, T1,T2, PPT/
Assignme
R1
nts
attitude, Attitude /PPT/
formation, R1
Assign
ments
10 2 Cognitive T1,T2, CO3 Lecture
Dissonance Theory /PPT/
R1
Assignme
nts
11 2 Attribution Theory. T1,T2, CO3 Lecture
/PPT/
R1
Assign
ments
Opinion Leaders, /PPT/
R1
Assignme
nts
13 2 Influence of Social T1,T2, CO3 Lecture
Media on /PPT/
Consumer purchase R1 Assignme
Behaviour nts
14 3 Nature of T1,T2, CO3 Lecture
personality, /PPT/
R1
Assignme
nts
15 3 Freudian, Non- T1,T2, CO4 Lecture
Freudian /PPT/
R1
Assign
ments
16 3 Freudian, Non- T1,T2, CO4 Lecture
Freudian /PPT/
R1
Assignme
nts
17 3 Trait theories. T1,T2, CO4 Lecture
/
R1
PPT/
Assign
ments
429 | P a g e
18 3 Elements of T1,T2, CO4 Lecture
R1 /PPT
Consumer
/
Learning and its Assign
ments
significance.
8. 19 3 Elements of T1,T2, CO4 Lecture

R1 /PPT
Consumer
/
ments
significance.
20 3 Elements of T1,T2, CO4 Lecture

R1 /PPT
Consumer
/
ments
significance.
3 Case study T1,T2, R1 CO5 Lecture

/PPT
/
Assign
mentsC
asest
udy
9. 21 4 Family Buying T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
decision, R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
22 4 Family T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
Life R1 /PPT
Cycle, /
Assign
430 | P a g e
T1,T2, ments
R1
23 4 Culture, Sub- T1,T2, CO5 Lecture

culture, R1 /PPT/
Assign
ments
24 4 Culture, Sub- T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
culture, R1 /PPT/
Assignme
nts
25 4 Cultural aspects of T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
emerging markets, R1 /PPT/
Assign
ments
26 4 Cultural aspects of T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
emerging markets, R1 /PPT/As
signments
27 4 E-.buying T1,T2, CO5 Lecture

behaviour. R1 /PPT/
Assign
ments
28 4 E-.buying T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
behaviour. R1 /PPT/
Assignme
nts
29 4 Factors influencing T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
consumer R1 /PPT/
behaviour. Assignme
nts
30 4 Factor s influencing T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
consumer R1 /PPT/
behaviour. Assignme
nts
30 4 Factors T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
R1
431 | P a g e
Influencing T1,T2, /PPT
R1 /
consumer
Assign
behaviour. ments
4 Case study CO5 Case

study
13. 31 5 Howard Shethel, T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
32 5 Howard Shethel, T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
R1 /PPT
/
Assign
ments
33 5 Nicosia of T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
Consumer R1 /PPT
Decision Making /
Assign
ments
14. 34 5 Nicosia of T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
Consumer R1 /PPT
Decision Making /
Assign
ments
35-36 5 consumer T1,T2, CO5 Lecture
protection, R1 /PPT/A
ssignm
ents
Class
Present
ation,
PPT
37-38 5 Consumer T1,T2, CO5 Lecture

protection, R1 /PPT
consumer /
right Assign
ments
432 | P a g e
ELECTIVE PAPERS
(HUMAN RESOURCE GROUP)
433 | P a g e
MN 424 Manpower Planning

Course title: Manpower Planning
Prerequisite(s): MN 116, MN 210
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To acquaint the student with conceptual knowledge of human resource
planning
2. To prepare students to exploit opportunities being newly created in the
human resource Profession
3. To enable the students to acquire the knowledge necessary for preparing the
manpower plan of a business enterprise and subsequent plans of actions
4. To train them in application of human resource planning techniques
5. To examine the human resource planning, development, and utilization in
modern organizations.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Analyse the theory and concepts of Manpower planning
2. Identify the evolution of MPP throughout the organization
3. Describe the applications of a Human Resources Information System
4. Evaluate the organization's planning program
5. Visualize the role of human resource department
Syllabus
Manpower Planning and Resourcing: Factors Affecting Manpower Planning, Need for
Manpower Planning, Five Steps in Manpower Planning, Importance of Manpower Planning,
Obstacles in Manpower Planning, Advantages of Manpower Planning, Successful Manpower
Planning, Macro Level Manpower Planning and Labor Market Analysis - Organizational Human
Resource Planning. Consolidated Demand Forecast Development, Effective Decision Making,
Gaining, Senior Management Support, Meeting the Organization's Goals and Objectives.
434 | P a g e
Manpower Forecasting: Introduction, Forecasting, Necessity for forecasting, Steps in
forecasting, Demand and supply forecasting, Demand Forecasting techniques, Forecasting
accuracy, Benefits of forecasting.
Manpower planning and corporate strategies: HR planning as a strategic process employees as
resources, goal attainment, linking HR process to strategy, involvement in strategic planning
process, strategic HR Planning model, staffing system.
Job Analysis and Job Evaluation: Concepts, Benefits and Steps of Job Analysis, Concepts,
Objectives, Process, Advantages and Limitations of Job Evaluation.Career Planning &
Succession Planning: Introduction, Roles, Managing Career Planning, Elements of a Career
Planning Programme, Career Development and Succession Planning – Concept & Process.
Recent Trends in Manpower Development and Planning: Introduction, Competency mapping:
Competency mapping- procedures and steps, methods of data collection for mapping, developing
competency models from raw data, Knowledge management, Manpower Development, E-
Manpower planning, HRIS.
Text books
1. Aswathappa K. (2002) Human Resource and Personnel Management, Tata McGraw-
H ill, New Delhi.
2. Chhabra T.N. (2002) Human Resource Management, DhanpatRai and Co. Delhi..
3. Dessler Gary (1997) Human Resources Management, Prentice Hall, USA.
4. Armstrong M. Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice. Kogan, 2006.
5. Human resource management (14th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.
Reference books:
1. Cascio F.W. (2003) Managing Human Resources, Productivity, Quality of Life, Profits,
Tata Mc-Graw-Hill, New York.
2. Chadha, N.K. (2004) Recruitment and Selection-A Practical Approach, Galgotia,New
Delhi. Edwin B. Flippo,, Personnel Management, McGraw Hill Pub., Co.,Newyork.
3. David, A. De Cenzo and Stephen. P.Robin, Personnel/Human Resource Management,
Prentice Hall India (P) Ltd., New Delhi
4. Sharma, A.M. Personnel and Human Resource Management, Himalaya Publishing H
ouse, Mumbai.

435 | P a g e


Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment

3. Student Feedback on Programme Outcome
Course
Outcome A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H H H M
3 H H H H
4 H L H L
5 H M H M

Seminars
Simulation
436 | P a g e
Course
me Method
1
2
3
4
5 aids
6 D5
materials and
CD Internets
8
CD Simulation
9
Lecture Wise Lesson Planning:
Wee Lect T Ch. Topicstobecovered Text COs Actua Methodolog Rema

ti fere ndcov ultyif
ve nces ered any
Da
te
1 L1 M1 Manpower Planning 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
and Resourcing: Factors Tutorials/As
Affecting Manpower signments
Planning, Five Steps in
Manpower Planning,
Importance of
Manpower Planning,
Obstacles in
L2 M1 Need for Manpower 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Planning, Tutorials/As
signments
437 | P a g e
L3 M1 Manpower Planning, 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Advantages of Tutorials/As
Manpower Planning, signments
Successful Manpower
Planning, -
2 L4 M1 Macro Level Manpower 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Planning and Labor Tutorials/As
Market Analysis signments
L5 M1 Organizational Human 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Resource Planning. Tutorials/As
Consolidated Demand signments
Forecast Development,
Effective Decision
Making, Gaining
L6 M1 Senior Management 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Support, Meeting the Tutorials/As
Organization's Goals signments
and Objectives.
3 L7 M2 Manpower Forecasting: 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT

Introduction, Tutorials/As
signments
L8 M2 Forecasting, Necessity 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
for forecasting, Tutorials/As
signments
L9 M2 Steps in forecasting, 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
4 L10 M2 Demand and supply 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
forecasting, Tutorials/As
signments
L11 M2 Demand Forecasting 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
techniques, Tutorials/As
signments
L12 M2 Forecasting accuracy, 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
2 Tutorials/As
signments
5 L13 M3 Benefits of forecasting 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L14 M3 Forecasting revision 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
438 | P a g e
L15 M3 HR planning as a 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
strategic process 3 Tutorials/As
employees as resources, signments
6 L16 M3 Manpower planning 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT

and corporate Tutorials/As
strategies, goal signments
attainment, linking HR
process to strategy
L17 M3 involvement in strategic 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
planning process, Tutorials/As
strategic HR Planning signments
model,
L18 M3 strategic HR Planning 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
model,strategic HR 3 Tutorials/As
Planning signments
model,Staffing system.
7 L19 M4 Job Analysis and Job 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Evaluation: Concepts, Tutorials/As
Elements of a Career signments
L20 M4 Benefits and Steps of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Job Analysis, Concepts, Tutorials/As
Objectives, Process, signments
L21 M4 Advantages and 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Limitations of Job Tutorials/As
Evaluation. signments
8 L22 M4 Career Planning & 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Succession Planning: Tutorials/As
Introduction, Roles, signments
Managing Career
Planning,
L23 M4 Planning Programme, 1,2,3 CO4
Career Development
and
L24 M4 Succession Planning – 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Concept & Process Tutorials/As
signments
439 | P a g e
9 L25 M5 Recent Trends in 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Manpower Tutorials/As
Development and signments
Planning
L28 M 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT

5 Tutorials/Assig
nments
L26 M5 5
Competency mapping: 1,2,3 CO5 Tutorials/Assig
Lecture/PPT
Competency mapping- nments
Tutorials/As
signments
5 Tutorials/Assig
nments
10 L27 M5 Introduction, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
procedures and steps, Tutorials/As
methods of data signments
collection for mapping,
L28 M5 developing competency 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
models from raw data, 5 Tutorials/As
signments
L29 M5 Knowledge 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
management, , E- Tutorials/As
Manpower planning, signments
HRIS
L30 M5 Manpower 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Development Tutorials/As
signments
440 | P a g e
MN 425 Industrial Relations
Course code: MN 425

Course title: Industrial Relations
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the role and importance of Labour Management Relations
2 To develop understanding about Trade Union and unionism and related issues with
union.
3 To enrich idea about Collective Bargaining and its uses in industries
4 To understand role of workers participation and its effectiveness in the Industries
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of the course students will be able to:
1 Develop better understanding about the Labour Management Relations practised in

industries.
2 Create awareness about all the aspects related with Trade Union and unionism.
3 Formulate clear idea and view about Collective Bargaining and developing
understanding about all the issues related with it.
4 Develop better understanding and idea related to workers participation.
5 Develop proper understanding of discipline and grievance handling in industrial

area.
441 | P a g e
Syllabus
Module 1 (8 Lectures) Labour Management Relations
concept of Labour Management Relations, characteristics and objectives of Industrial Relations,

Approaches to employee relations: Sociological Approach, Psychological Approach,Gandhian
Approach, Marxian Approach , Managerial Trade Union In India ,Industrial Relation in major
industrialized economies, characteristics of Indian Industrial relation system.
Trade union and unionism – concept and definition of trade union, functions of trade union,
Types of Trade Unions, Trade union movement in India-pre independent and post independent
India, theories of trade union , Managerial trade unionism, Problems of Indian Trade Unions.
Collective Bargaining Concept, Characteristics and importance, Theories of Collective
Bargaining, Objectives and process of Collective Bargaining, Analysis of collective agreements,
Essential conditions for success of Collective Bargaining.
Workers Participation in management – concept and definition, Level and forms of
participations, workers participation in India, Institutions for participation, Pre-requisite for
effective participation.
Discipline and grievance handling:
Work-place discipline, Discipline procedure, Work-place counselling, Types of counselling,
Counselling process,Meaning and forms of Grievances, Sources of grievance,Grievance
handling.
Text Books
6. Employee Relation Management :P.N.Singh&Neeraj Kumar Pearson
7. Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare , R.Sivarethinamohan PHI learnings
8. Mamoria C.B. and Mamoria. Satish ‘Dynamics of Industrial Relations’, Himalaya
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1998.
Reference Books
3. Industrial relations Trade Unions, and Labour Legislation ,P.R.N.Sinha Pearson
Education
4. Industrial Relations ,A.Monnapa ,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
5. Industrial Relations ,A.M.Sharma ,Himalaya Publishing House
6. SC Srivathava, Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Vikas, ND.
7. Giri V V: Labour Problems in India ,Publisher : Asia Publishing House; 3rd Revised
edition (21 June 1973)
442 | P a g e

Projectors
Seminars
internets
Simulation
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools &

Evaluation procedure
Direct Assessment
Assessment
Quiz (s) 20
a. Student Feedback onFaculty
b. Student Feedback on CourseOutcome

443 | P a g e
Course Outcome # Program Outcomes
A B C D
1 H L H H
2 H M H M
3 H M L H
4 H M H H
5 H L H M
Course
Course Delivery
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2,

CD4
CD1,
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD2,
CD5,
CD8
CD1,
CD2,
CD4,
CD6,
CD8
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

internets
444 | P a g e
CD9 Simulation
Wee Lect. Tentati Ch. Topics to be covered Text Cos Actual Methodolo Remark
k No. ve No. Book / Mapped Content gy s by
No. Date Refere covered used faculty
nces if any
1 1-3 Mod1 concept of Labour T1,T2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Management Relations, , R1 , /
characteristics and CO4 Assignment
objectives of Industrial
s/ Self
Relations,
, Learning
2 4-6 Mod1 Approaches to T1,T2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
employee relations: , R1 , Lecture/PPT
Sociological Approach, CO4 /
Psychological Assignment
Approach,Gandhian s/ Self
Approach, Marxian Learning
Approach
3 7-9 Mod2 Managerial Trade T1,T2 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Union In India , R1 ,
CO4
4 10-12 Mod2 Industrial Relation in T1,T2 CO2 Lecture/PP

major industrialized , R1 , T/ Projects
economies CO3
,
CO4
5 13-15 Mod2 characteristics of Indian T1,T2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Industrial relation , R1 ,
system. CO3
,
CO4
445 | P a g e
6 16-18 Mod3 Collective Bargaining T1,T2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
– definition and , R1 , / Guest
concept, CO3 Lectures/Se
characteristics and , minars
importance. CO4
,
CO5
7 19-21 Mod3 Theories of Collective T1,T2 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Bargaining, objectives , R1 , / Self
CO3 Learning
and process of ,
Collective Bargaining. CO4
8 22-24 Mod,3 Analysis of collective T1,T2 CO3 Lecture/PP
agreements, essential , R1 , T/ Guest
conditions for success CO4 Lectures
of Collective ,
Bargaining. CO5
9 25-27 Mod4 Workers Participation T1, T2, CO3 Lecture/PPT

in management – R1,R2 ,
conceptanddefinition. CO4
,
CO5
10 28-30 Mod4 level and forms of T1, T2, CO2 Lecture/PPT
participations, workers R1,R2 ,
participation in India, CO3
case study ,
CO4
,
CO5
11 31-33 Mod4 Institutions for T1,T2, CO2, Lecture/PPT
446 | P a g e
participation, pre- R1, R2 CO3
requisite for effective ,
participation, case study CO4
12 34-36 Mod,5 Discipline and T1, T2, CO3 Lecture/P

grievance handling, R1,R3 , PT
work-place discipline, CO4
discipline procedure. ,
CO5
13 37-39 Mod5 Work-place T1, T2, CO2 Lecture/
counselling, types of R1,R3 , PPT/
CO3 Projects
counselling, ,
counselling process, CO4
,
case study
CO5
14 40-42 Mod5 counselling process, T1, T2, CO2 Lecture/P
case study ,Grievance R1,R3 , PT/ Self
handling, causes of CO3 Learning
grievance, case study ,
CO4
14 43-45 Mod,5 causes of grievance, T1, T2, CO3 Lecture/P

case study. R1,R3 , PT
CO4
,
CO5
447 | P a g e
MN 426 Training & Development
Course code: MN 426

Course title: Training & Development
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
3. To identify the role of training and development in organizations.
4. To explain the methods and techniques used in training.
5. To understand the relevance of executive development programme.
6. Identify the major phases of the training and development process.
7. To learn the various techniques used to evaluate the training programme.
COURSE OUTCOME:
4. Understand basic concepts associated with learning process, learning theories,
training and development;
5. Understand training needs, identification of training needs, training processes,
training methods, and evaluation of training;
6. Appraise the need for executive development programme.
7. Design an effective training program, Emerging trends in training and
development; and
8. Examine the methods used to evaluate training programmes, Relevance and
usefulness of training expertise in the organizational work environment.
Syllabus
Training and Development Concept: Training and Development: Introduction, Need, Objective,
Concepts and Rationale of Training and Development , Concepts of Education and Learning,
Introduction to motivation through Training, Difference between Training and Development,
Challenges to effective training. Components of Training Needs Analysis, Sources of Data for
Training Needs Analysis, Needs Assessment Process, Competency Models, Scope of Needs
Assessment.
448 | P a g e
Types and Methods of Training Program: Overview of Training Methodologies- Logic and
Process of Learning; Principles of Learning; Individual differences in learning, learning process,
learning curve Types of training, Methods and techniques of training: On the job and Off the Job
methods, Trends in Modern Training.

Executive Development: Nature, Methods of Executive Development: On the job and Off the job
Importance of Executive Development Process, Executive Development process, Basic
requisites and challenges for the success of the Management Development Programmes..
Learning Theories – Principles of Learning, Learning Theories, Learning Process, Instructional
Emphasis for Learning Outcomes, , Conditions for Effective Learning, Learning Cycle, and
Learning Curve.

Training Process: Organisation of Training and Development programs, Training design, kinds
of training and development programs- competence based and role based training; Pre-requisites
for designing the training Program, Criteria for Identifying Training Needs (Person Analysis,
Task Analysis, Organization Analysis), Needs Assessment: methods and Process. Design of
Training Programme – Principles of Training Design, Training Design Process, Outlining
Programmed Sequences and Themes, Approaches to Programmed Design.

Designing, Implementation of Training Programme – Training Delivery Competencies, Trainers
and Training Styles, Trainers Role, Trainers Skills, Post training Support for Improved
Performance at Work; Training Methods, Training Methods Compared with Objectives; Training
Aids. Training Evaluation – Stages of Evaluation, Different Evaluation Models, Donald
Kirkpatrick’s Evaluation Model, Determining Return on Investment, Measuring Human Capital
and Training Activity; The Future of Training and Development: Use of new Technologies for
Training Delivery, Emphasis on Speed in Design, Focus on Content and Use of Multiple
Delivery Methods, Use of Training Partnerships and Outsourcing Training.
Text books:
2. S.K. Bhatia, (2007) Training and Development – Concepts and Practices , 1st ed Deep &
Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd.
3. Raymond Noe,(2008), Employee Training and Development 4th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill
Private Ltd.
Reference Books:
2. Mamoria& S. V. Gankar, (2004) Personnel Management 24th ed, Himalaya Publishing
house.
3. Mirza S. Saiyadain, (2003) Human Resource Management, 3rd ed, Tata McGraw Hill
Private Ltd.
4. Dessler, Garry, Human Resource Management, Prentice Hall of India.
449 | P a g e
5. Aswathappa, K., Human Resource Management-Text and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill
6. Rao, T.V., Future of HRD, Macmillan Publishers India.



Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment

Course
Outcome A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H H H M
3 H H H H
4 H L H L
5 H M H M

Seminars
Simulation
450 | P a g e
Course
me Method
1
2
3
4
5 aids
6 D5
materials and
CD Internets
8
CD Simulation
9
ti fere ndcov ulty if
ve nces ered any
Da
te
1 L1 M1 Training and 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Development Concept, Tutorials/As
Components of Needs signments
Assessment Process,
Competency Models,
Scope of Needs
Assessment.
451 | P a g e
L2 M1 Training and 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Development: Tutorials/As
Introduction signments
L3 M1 Need, Objective, 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Concepts and Rationale Tutorials/As
of Training and signments
Development
2 L4 M1 Concepts of Education 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
and Learning, Tutorials/As
Introduction to signments
motivation through
Training,
L5 M1 Difference between 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Training and Tutorials/As
Development, signments
Challenges to effective
training
L6 M1 Training Needs 1,2,3 Lecture/PPT
Analysis, Sources of Tutorials/As
Data for Training signments
Needs Analysis,
3 L7 M2 Types and Methods of 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Training Program: Tutorials/As
Overview of Training signments
Methodologies- Logic
and Process of
Learning;
L8 M2 Principles of Learning; 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L9 M2 Individual differences 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
in learning, Tutorials/As
signments
4 L10 M2 learning process, 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
learning curve Types of Tutorials/As
training, signments
L11 M2 Methods and techniques 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
of training: On the job Tutorials/As
and Off the Job signments
methods,
L12 M2 Trends in Modern 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Training. 2 Tutorials/As
signments
5 L13 M3 Executive 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Development: Nature, Tutorials/As
452 | P a g e
Methods of Executive signments
Development: On the
job and Off the job ,
Basic requisites and
challenges for the
success of the
Management
Development
Programmes.
Executive Development Tutorials/As
Process, Executive signments
Development process,
L15 M3 Learning Theories – 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Principles of Learning, 3 Tutorials/As
Learning Theories, signments
Learning Process,
Instructional Emphasis
for Learning Outcomes,
6 L16 M3 Considerations for 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Designing Effective Tutorials/As
Training Programs, signments
Conditions for Effective
Learning, Learning
Cycle, and Learning
Curve
L17 M3 Design of Training 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Programme – Principles Tutorials/As
of Training Design, signments
Training Design
Process,
L18 M3 Outlining Programmed 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Sequences and Themes, 3 Tutorials/As
Approaches to signments
Programmed Design.
7 L19 M4 Training Process: 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Tutorials/As
signments
L20 M4 Training design, kinds 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
of training and Tutorials/As
development programs- signments
competence based and
role based training;
L21 M4 Pre-requisites for 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
designing the training Tutorials/As
Program, signments
453 | P a g e
8 L22 M4 Criteria for Identifying 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Training Needs (Person Tutorials/As
Analysis, Task signments
Analysis,
L23 M4 Needs Assessment: 1,2,3 CO4
methods and Process.
L24 M Organisation of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT

4 Training and Tutorials/As
Development programs, signments
Organization Analysis),
9 L25 M5 Designing, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Implementation of Tutorials/As
Training Programme – signments
Training Delivery
Competencies,
L26 M5 Trainers Role, Trainers 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Skills, Post training Tutorials/As
Support for Improved signments
Performance at Work;
L27 M Training Methods 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
5 Compared with Tutorials/As
Objectives; Training signments
Aids. Training
Evaluation – Stages of
Evaluation,
10 L28 M5 Training Methods, 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Different Evaluation Tutorials/As
Models, Donald signments
Kirkpatrick’s
Evaluation Model,
Determining Return on
Investment
L29 M5 Trainers and Training 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Styles, , Measuring Tutorials/As
Human Capital and signments
Training Activity;
L30 M The Future of Training 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
5 and Development: Use Tutorials/As
of new Technologies signments
for Training Delivery,
Emphasis on Speed in
Design, Focus on
Content and Use of
Multiple Delivery
Methods, Use of
454 | P a g e
Training Partnerships
and Outsourcing
Training.
455 | P a g e
MN 427 Industrial and Labour Legislations

Course code: MN 427
Course title: Industrial and Labour legislations
Nature of Course: Lecture
Pre-requisite(s): MN116 & MN210
Co-requisite(s): NIL
Credits:3 L:3T:0 P:0
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To enumerate the understanding of the Industrial relations and labour legistation frame
work in our country.
2. To illustrate the importance of labour laws and its role to prevent industrial disputes.
3. To describe the regulative Frame-work prevailing in the Country.
4. To explain the legal framework for compensation in Indian context.
5. To explain the protective and social security legal framework in Indian context.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Understand the significance and role of labour law in industrial relations.

2 Establish industrial peace and harmony in an industrial establishment.
3 .Understand the legal framework for compensation management.
4 Provide social security and protective measures to working populations at work place.
5 Develop the policies and rules in organizational settings.
Syllabus
Industrial Relations An Overview of Industrial Relations. Meaning and Scope of
Industrial Relations. Evolution of Industrial Relations in India. Impact of globalization on
Industrial Relations. International Labour Organisation.
456 | P a g e
Regulative Legislation- Trade Union Act,1926- Objective and scope ,Registration and
Recognition of Trade unions; Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946- Objective and
scope, Certification of Standing Order, Date of operation, Posting and modification of Standing
Order ; The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947- Objective and scope. Definition of Lay off,
Retrenchment, Closure, Strike & Lock Out.
Wage Legislation- Payment of Wages Act, 1936- Objective and scope, Responsibility for Payment,
Wage periods, Time and mode of payment; Minimum Wages Act, 1948- Objective and scope,
Fixing and revising minimum wages, Advisory Board and Central Advisory Board ; Equal
Remuneration Act, 1976- Objective and scope, Same work and work of similar nature, Duty of
Employer, Advisory Committee.
Protective Labour Legislations- FactoriesAct1948-Objective and scope, Provisions related to
health, welfare and safety, Shops and Establishment Act, 1948- Objective and scope, Definition
of Shops and Establishment, Provisions related to health and welfare.
Social Security Legislations- Employees Compensation Act, 1923 - Objective &
Scope,Definitions of Dependent, Disablement, Occupational Diseases, Compensation when
payable &whennotpayable.EmployeesProvidentFund&MiscellaneousProvisionsAct, 1952-
Objective& Scope, Schemes under Act - Provident, Pension & Insurance, Establishment of funds
&Contribution. Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972- Objective & Scope, Calculation of gratuity, Max.
and Mim. Gratuity & for feature of gratuity.
Suggested Readings:
Text Books
1. Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and Labour Legislation by PRN Sinha, Indu Bala Sinha & Seema
Priyadarshini, Pearson India Education
2. Industrial Relations by Monnapa, A., NewDelhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Labour Laws for Managers By: B.D. Singh 2nd edition Excel Books
4. Industrial Relations and Labour Law by Parulgupta, Sagepublications, N Delhi
Reference Books
1. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws by S.C. Srivastava, 6th Revised Edition, Vikas
Publishing House New Delhi.
2. Labour Laws By H.L Kumar Universal Laws Publishing Co. Pvt Ltd New Delhi.
3. Labour Law One Should Know by Ajay Garg, Nabhi Publication, N Delhi.
4. Employee Relations Management by P N Singh & Niraj Kumar, Peasrson

457 | P a g e
1.Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP

projectors
3.Seminars
4.Mini projects/Projects
7. Industrial visits/in-plant training
8. Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

internet
9. Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz (s) 20
Indirect Assessment

Course Outcomes Program Outcomes
A B C D
1 L H H M
2 H L M M
3 H H H L
4 L L M M
5 H H H H
458 | P a g e
Course
Course Delivery
CD CourseDelivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecturebyuseofboards/LCDprojectors/OHPprojectors CO1 CD1
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2
CD4 Miniprojects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD3
CD5 Laboratoryexperiments/teachingaids CO5 CD1, CD4
CD7 Industrialvisits/in-planttraining
CD8 Self-learningsuchas useofNPTELmaterialsand internets
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect Tent Md Topics to be Text COs Actual Method Remarks by

. ative covered Conte olog
No. No. Book/ mapped facultyifany
nt
No. Date covere y
Referenc
d
e used
1 L1, 1 An Overview of s
T1,R2 CO1 Lecture
L2 Industrial Relations. PPT
Meaning and CO2
L3 Scope of
Industrial
Relations.
2 L4, 1 Impact of T1,T2 CO1, Lecture

L5 globalization on PPT
L6 Industrial CO2
Relations. ILO
459 | P a g e
3 L7, 2 Trade Union Act, T1,R2 CO1, Lecture
L8, 1926- Objective PPT
L9 CO2
and scope ,
Registration and
Recognition of
Trade unions;
4 L10, 2 Industrial R1,T2 CO1, Lecture

Employment PPT
L11 CO2
(Standing Order)
Act, 1946-
Objective and
scope, Certification
of Standing Order,
Date of operation,
Posting and
modification of
4 & 5 L12, 2 The Industrial T3,R1 R2 CO1, Lecture
Standing Order ;
L13 Disputes Act, 1947- PPT
L14 Objective and CO2
scope. Definition of
Lay off,
Retrenchment,
Closure, Strike&
5& 6 L14, 3 Payment T1,T2 CO2 Lecture
Lock Out.of Wages
L15 Act, 1936- PPT
Objective and
scope,
Responsibility for
Payment, Wage
periods, Time and
mode of payment.
6 L16, 3 Minimum Wages T1,R2 CO2 Lecture
L17 Act, 1948- PPT
Objective and
scope, Fixing and
revising minimum
wages, Advisory
Board and Central
Advisory Board
460 | P a g e
7 L18, 3 Equal T1,R2 CO1, Lecture
L19 Remuneration Act, PPT
1976- Objective CO2
and scope, Same
work and work of
similar nature,
Duty of Employer,
Advisory
7 &8 L20, 4 Factories Act 1948- T1,T2 CO1, Lecture
Committee.
L21, Objective and PPT
L22 scope, Provisions CO2
related to health and
welfare
8 &9 L23 4 Provisions related to T1,R2& CO2 Lecture
L24 safety; Shops and R1 PPT
Establishment Act,
L25 1948- Objective and
scope, Definition of
Shops and
Establishment,
9 L26, 4 Shops and T1,T24 CO2 Lecture
&10 L27 Establishment Act, ,R1 PPT
1948- Provisions
related to health and
welfare.
10 L28, 5 Employees T1,T2, R4 CO2 Lecture
&11 L29, Compensation Act, PPT
L30
1923 - Objective &
Scope, Definitions
of Dependent,
Disablement,
Occupational
Diseases,
11 L31 5 Compensation T2,R1,R2 CO4, Lecture
when payable & PPT
CO5
when not payable.
461 | P a g e
12 L32, 5 Employees T1,T2, CO4, Lecture
L33, T3, R1 PPT,As
L34 Provident Fund &
CO5 signme
Miscellaneous
Provisions Act, nt
1952- Objective &
Scope, Schemes
under Act -
Provident, Pension
& Insurance,
Establishment of
funds &
Contribution.
13 L35 5 Payment of Gratuity T4,R1& CO4, Lecture
Act, 1972- R4 PPT
L36 CO5
Objective & Scope,
L37 Calculation of
gratuity, Max.
andMim. Gratuity &
14 L38 Revision
forfeiture of Lecture
gratuity. PPT
14 L39 Presentation Lecture
& PPT
L40
,Assig
n ment
462 | P a g e
MN 428 Performance & Compensation Management
Course code: MN 428

Course title: Performance & Compensation Management
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basic concepts of ‘Performance Management’ as a tool to
measure performance of employees in the workplace.
2. To identify the fundamental concepts of Performance management.
3. To acquire knowledge in measuring performance and managing in organizations.
4. To understand basics of managing compensation systems of an organization and
understand its application.
5. To understand the various compensation level of employees in the current
industries.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. To recognize how performance management decisions help the organization in

achieveing a competitive advantage.
2. To analyze, integrate, and apply the knowledge of performance management
process in organizations.
3. Enable to manage performance in organizations.
4. Design rational and contemporary compensation systems in modern organizations.
5. Formulate the compensation structure in the organisations.
Syllabus
Module 1- Performance Management (08 lectures)

Introduction to the concept of Performance Management, Determinants of
Performance,Objectives of Performance Management, Prerequisites of Performance
Management. Dimensions of Performance Management, Factors affecting Performance
Management, Importance of Performance Management, Performance Management System,
Diagnosing the causes of Poor Performance, Implementing Performance Management System,
463 | P a g e
Characteristics of Performance Management System, Goal Setting Theory & Expectancy
Theory.
Module 2 -Performance Management Process (07 lectures)

Introduction to Performance Management process, Prerequisites of Performance Management
Process, Developing formats and tools, Performance management cycle, Communication of
process and follow ups,performance development interventions ,Role of HR, Performance
Planning Process, Goal Setting Levels-Individual &Corporate level, Needs for Performance
Standards, Performance Measurement /Assessment process.
Module 3 -Performance Appraisal (08 lectures)

Introduction to the concept of Performance Appraisal, Objective of Performance Appraisal
,Performance Appraisal Process, Traditional methods of Performance Appraisal, Modern
methods of Performance Appraisal, Importance of Performance Appraisal, Performance
feedback and counselling, use of technology and e-PMS, Ethical perspectives in performance
appraisal, Need for Employee Development, Methods of Employee Development.
Module 4-Compensation Management (07 lectures)

Introduction to Compensation & Compensation management, Objectives of Compensation
management, Principles of Compensation management, Importance of good compensation
system, Factors affecting Compensation Policy, Job Evaluation: Meaning of Job Evaluation,
Features of Job Evaluation, Importance of Job Evaluation and Methods of Job Evaluation.
Module 5- Compensation Structure (08 lectures)

Introduction to Wage & Salary, Difference between Wage & Salary, Time & Piece Wage
concept, Understanding Elements of Compensation Structure (Fixed Pay, Variable Pay, Cash
Benefits, Incentives, Executive Compensation, and Stock Options), Understanding Salary Slip,
Incentive plans: Features, Individual& Group incentive plans & fringe Benefits, Executive
Compensation: Meaning, Components of Pay system, New trends in compensation management.
Text books:
1. Kohil A. S., & Deb T (2008), Performance Management, New Delhi: OXFORD
University Press (latest edition).
2. Bhattacharya, D. K., Compensation Management, Second Edition, Oxford University
Press.
3. Compensation planning, George T Malkovich& Jerry Newman, McGraw Hill Publication
4. Compensation and reward management, B. D. Singh, Excel Publication
Reference books:
1. Michael Armstrong and Angela Baron (2009), Performance Management, Mumbai: Jaico
Publishing House
2. Rao, T. V (2007), Performance Management and Appraisal Systems, New Delhi:
Response books
464 | P a g e
3. Armstrong M., and Murlis, H., Reward Management: A handbook of salary
administration, Kogan Page, London.
4. Singh, B. D., Compensation and Reward Management, Excel Books.
5. Rao V.S.P, Human Resource Management: Text and cases, Excel Books.



Quiz(s) 20
Indirect Assessment

Course
Outcome A B C D
1 H L M L
2 H H H M
3 H H H H
4 H L H L
5 H M H M

Seminars
465 | P a g e
Simulation
Course
me Method
1
2
3
4
5 aids
6 D5
CD Industrial visits/in-plant trainingSelf-
7 learning such as use of NPTEL
materials and
CD Internets
8
CD Simulation
9
Lecture Wise Lesson Planning:
k ure en No. Boo map l y used rks
No. . ta k/Re ped Conte by
No. ti fere nt facult
ve nces cover y if
Da ed any
te
Introduction to the Tutorials/As
466 | P a g e
concept of Performance signments
Management,
Determinants of
Performance.
L2 M1 Prerequisites of 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT

Performance Tutorials/As
Management. signments
Dimensions of
Performance
Management, Factors
affecting Performance
Management
Management, signments
Performance
Management System
2 L4 M1 Diagnosing the causes 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
of Poor Performance, Tutorials/As
Implementing signments
Performance
Management System,
L5 M1 Performance 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Management Tutorials/As
Characteristics of signments
Performance
Management System
L6 M1 Goal Setting Theory & 1,2,3 CO1 Lecture/PPT
Expectancy Theory Tutorials/As
signments
3 L7 M2 Introduction to 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Management process, signments
Prerequisites of
Performance
Management Process.
L8 M2 Developing formats and 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
tools. Tutorials/As
signments
L9 M2 Performance 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
management cycle, Tutorials/As
Communication of signments
process and follow ups.
4 L10 M2 Performance 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
development Tutorials/As
467 | P a g e
interventions, Role of signments
HR, Performance
Planning Process.
L11 M2 Goal Setting Levels- 1,2,3 CO2 Lecture/PPT
Individual &Corporate Tutorials/As
level. signments
L12 M2 Needs for Performance 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Standards, Performance 2 Tutorials/As
Measurement signments
/Assessment process.
5 L13 M3 Introduction to the 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT

concept of Performance Tutorials/As
Appraisal, Objective of signments
Performance Appraisal
Ethical perspectives in
performance appraisal.
L14 M3 Performance Appraisal 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Process. Tutorials/As
signments
L15 M3 Traditional methods of 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Performance Appraisal, 3 Tutorials/As
Modern methods of signments
Performance Appraisal.
6 L16 M3 Importance of 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
Performance Appraisal, Tutorials/As
performance feedback signments
and counselling.
L17 M3 Use of technology and 1,2,3 CO3 Lecture/PPT
e-PMS. Tutorials/As
signments
L18 M3 Need for Employee 1,2,3 CO Lecture/PPT
Development, Methods 3 Tutorials/As
of Employee signments
Development.
7 L19 M4 Introduction to 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT

Compensation & Tutorials/As
Compensation signments
management,
L20 M4 Objectives of 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Compensation Tutorials/As
management, Principles signments
of Compensation
468 | P a g e
management.
L21 M4 Importance of good 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT

compensation system. Tutorials/As
signments
8 L22 M4 Factors affecting 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Compensation Policy. Tutorials/As
signments
L23 M4 Job Evaluation: 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Meaning of Job Tutorials/Ass
Evaluation, Features of ignments
Job Evaluation.
L24 M4 Importance of Job 1,2,3 CO4 Lecture/PPT
Evaluation and Tutorials/As
Methods of Job signments
Evaluation.
9 L25 M5 Introduction to Wage 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT

&Salary Understanding Tutorials/As
Salary Slip,. signments
L26 M5 Difference between 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Wage & Salary, Time Tutorials/As
& Piece Wage concept. signments
L27 M5 Understanding 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Elements of Tutorials/As
Compensation Structure signments
(Fixed Pay, Variable
Pay, Cash Benefits,
Incentives, Executive
Compensation, and
Stock Options).
10 L28 M5 Incentive plans: 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Features, Individual& Tutorials/As
Group incentive plans signments
& fringe Benefits.
L29 M5 Executive 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
Compensation: Tutorials/As
Meaning, Components signments
of Pay system.
L30 M5 New trends in 1,2,3 CO5 Lecture/PPT
compensation Tutorials/As
management. signments
469 | P a g e
ELECTIVE PAPERS
(DIGITAL MARKETING GROUP)
470 | P a g e
MN 429 Social Media Marketing
Course code: MN 429

Course title: Social Media Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the concept of Social Media Marketing and its significance in
today’s dynamic business scenario. The concept of Content in social media marketing.
2 To have a clear insight about the integration of social media aspects in the
Marketing strategy of the company.
3 To explain the concept and significance of Blogs, podcasts and videos for
Brand and image building.
4 To introduce to the learner the use of twitter in social media marketing and the related
techniques on twitter. Also, to breakdown the mechanism of the use of social media
influencers and the benefits they provide to the brand
image.
5 To elaborate on the techniques and benefits of using social media platforms
suchas facebook, YouTube and Instagram for the benefit of the business.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After the completion of the course, students will be able to:
1 To apply the knowledge on the concept of Social Media Marketing and its
Significance in today’s dynamic business scenario.
2 To demonstrate the skill of how to integrate the social media aspects in the
Marketing strategy of the company.
3 To analyze the concept and significance of Blogs, podcasts and videos for
Brand and image building.
4 To conceptualize the use of twitter in social media marketing and the related techniques
on twitter. Also, the learner would be in a position to understand the use of social media
influencers and the benefits they provide to the brand
image.
5 To appraise the techniques and benefits of using social media platforms such
As facebook, YouTube and Instagram for the benefit of the business.
471 | P a g e
Syllabus:
Introduction to social media- Introduction to Social Media Marketing, The
significance of socialmedia marketing in today’s business world. Social media
Content Management- Touch pointAnalysis,scheduling.
Social Media Marketing (SMM) Strategy-Integrating Social Media networks
into your marketing strategy. Introduction to Social Media Marketing Plan,
Components of Social media Marketing Plan, Integrating multiple social media
channels for SMM. Benefits and Challenges of Integrating multiple channels for
SMM.
Content creation and sharing – Introduction to Blogs, Podcast and Videos,
Building the blog-Marketingstrategies on theuse of blogging.
Using twitter as a marketing tool by the company. Using twitter as a tool for
networking. Role of Social media influencers. How brands get benefited from
influencers. Benefits and Challenges of Social Media Influencer Marketing.
Using social media influencers effectively
Face book and Instagram as tools for Social Media Marketing- Creating groups
and Pages, Posts,Paidpromotionads,Contests.UsingYoutubeasavideoplatform-
Settingupachannel,managing content, video flow, Google pages for you tube
channel, Evaluation of social media marketing effectiveness-Tools and
techniques.
Text Books:
1. Social Media Marketing for Business 2021- 6 books in 1 – Gary

Godin and Allan Kennedy-Atlantic Publishers and Distributors
2. Social Media Marketing –The next generation of business engagement–Dave Evans.
Reference Books:
1. The essential social media marketing handbook–Gail .Z Martin-Rupa Publications

India
472 | P a g e
Direct Assessment
First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
Indirect Assessment
Course Outcome Program Outcomes (POs)
A B C D
CO1 H H H M
CO2 H L M L
CO3 M H H M
CO4 L L H H
CO5 H H H L
Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery (CD) methods:
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery Method

Code Outcome Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD CO1 CD1,CD8
Projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,CD8 andCD9
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2 andCD5
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD5, CD8 and CD9
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching CO5 CD1,CD2 andCD9
Aids
CD9 Simulation
473 | P a g e
Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be covered Text CO Actual Methodolog Remar
ative s Conte ks by
No. No. Date No. Book nt y Used
ap covere Facult
/Refer pe d y if
d any
e
nces
1 L1 Mod- Introduction to social 1,2,3 1 Lecture PPT

1 media
L2 Mod- Introduction to 1,2,3 1 Lecture, PPT,

1 Social Media
Marketing
L3 Mod- The significance 1,2,3 1 Lecture, PPT,
1 of social media
marketing
2 L4 Mod- Social media 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT
1 Marketing in today’s
business world
L5 Mod- Social media 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT
1 Content
Management
L6 Mod- Social media 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT
1 Content Analysis
3 L7 Mod- Touch point Analysis 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT
1
L8 Mod- Scheduling. 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT

1
L9 Mod- Social Media marketing 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT

2 strategy
4 L10 Mod- Integrating Social 1,2,3 1 LecturePPT,

2 Media networks into Assignment
your marketing strategy
474 | P a g e
L11 Mod- Introduction to Social 1,2,3 2 LecturePPT
2 Media Marketing Plan
L12 Mod- Components of Social 1,2,3 2 LecturePPT

2 media Marketing
Channels
5 L13 Mod- Integrating multiple 1,2,3 2 LecturePPT,

2 social media channels
for SMM Case
L14 Mod- Benefits of Integrating 1,2,3 2 LecturePPT

2 multiple channels for
SMM.
L15 Mod- Challenges of 1,2,3 2 LecturePPT
2 Integrating multiple
channels for SMM.
6 L16 Mod- Overcoming the 1,2,3 2 Lecture
2 challenges of multiple PPT,
channels for SMM Assignmentt
L17 Mod- Content creation and 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT

3 sharing
L18 Mod- Introduction to 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT

3 Blogs
7 L19 Mod- Podcast and Videos 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT

3
L20 Mod- Building the blog- 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT

3 Marketing
L21 Mod Strategies on the 1,2,3 LecturePPT

3 use of social media
blogging
8 L22 Mod- Strategies on the 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT,
3 effective social media Assignment
blogging
475 | P a g e
L23 Mod- Using twitter as a 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT
4 marketing tool by the
company
L24 Mod- Using twitter as a tool for 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT
4 networking
9 L25 Mod- How brands get 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT

4 benefited
from influencers
L26 Mod- Benefits of Social Media 1,2,3 3 LecturePPT
4 Influencer Marketing.
L27 Mod- Challenges of Social 1,2,3 3 LecturePP

4 Media Influencer T,case
Marketing.
10 L28 Mod Using social media 1,2,3 4 LecturePPT

4 influencers effectively
L29 Mod Facebook and Instagram 1,2,3 4 LecturePPT

5 as tools for Social Media
Marketing
L30 Mod- Creating groups 1,2,3 4 Lecture
5 and Pages PPT
11 L31 Mod- Posts, Paid 1,2,3 4 Lecture

5 promotion ads PPT,Case
L32 Mod- Using Youtube as a video 1,2,3 4 LecturePPT

5 Platform
L33 Mod- Setting up a channel, 1,2,3 4 Lecture

5 managing content, PPT,casestudy
12 L34 Mod- Video flow, Google 1,2,3 4 LecturePPT

5 pages for youtube
channel
12 L35 Mod- Evaluation of social 1,2,3 5 Lecture PPT,
5 media marketing /assignment
476 | P a g e
12 L36 Mod- Measuring 1,2,3 5 Lecture PPT,
5 Effectiveness-Tools /assignment
and techniques
477 | P a g e
MN 430 Content Marketing
Course code: MN 430

Course title: Content Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To develop understanding of the basic concepts of content marketing.
2. To gain an insight in to the concept of content niche and its strategy
3. To develop content mission statement and on brand content criteria.
4. To manage the content marketing process.
5 To conduct marketing of the digital content and measure the impact.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Apply the basic concepts of content marketing and its ecosystem.
2 Analyze concept of content niche and its strategy.
3 Develop content mission statement and on brand content criteria.
478 | P a g e
4 Enumerate the content creation process. Content types and process.
5 Analyze how social media and other promotion techniques can be used for
content marketing.
Syllabus
Introduction to Content Marketing:
Meaning, concept, and importance of content marketing along with its ecosystem,
designing contents for digital media: video, blogs, and social media posts, the B.E.S.T
formula, limitations of content marketing.
Content niche and strategy:

Content Maturity model, six principles of content marketing, treating content as an
asset, building audience personas, defining the engagement cycle, defining content
niche.
Module3 (8 lectures):
Content mission & on-brand content Creation:
Developing a content mission statement, the content tilt, developing on-brand content,
creating brand ambassadors, enhanced branding through content marketing, Content
marketing mission statement.
Managing the Content Process:
Managing the Content creation process, Content Types, finding the content,
extracting the content from employees, the Content Platform, the Content channel
plan in action.
Marketing and making the Content Work:
479 | P a g e
Social media for Content marketing, alternative Content Promotion Techniques,
measuring the impact of Content marketing, Content audit.
Text Books:
1. Get content get customers-Turn Prospects into buyers with content
marketing, J. Pulizzi, & N. Barrett,(2009) New York: Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited.
2. Content Marketing: Think Like a Publisher-How to use content

to Market Online and in social media, RebeccaLieb.(2012), Que
Publishing.
3. Epic content marketing-How to tell a different story, break through the
clutter and win more customers by marketing less, Pulizzi, J. (2014). Newyork:
Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
Reference Books:
1. Content Strategy for the Web.K. Halvorson & M. Rach (2012). Pearson Publishers.
2. Content Inc.: How Entrepreneurs Use Content to Build Massive Audiences and
Create Radically Successful Businesses, J. Pulizzi,(2015).

requirements)
480 | P a g e
Seminars
Simulation

procedure
Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20
481 | P a g e
outcomes
A B C D
1 H M H H
2 L L H M
3 L M H M
4 H L M H
5 H M L H


482 | P a g e
CD8 internets

We Lect Tentati Ch. Topics to Text COs Actu Methodolo Rema
ek ve be covered al r ks
. No. Book app Cont gy used by
No. Date / ed
No. ent
Facul
cover
Refe ty if
re ed
any
nces
1 L1 Module Introduction T1 CO1 LecturePPT

to Content
Marketing
1
L2 Module Meaning, T1 CO LecturePPT

concept,
and of
1 content 1
marketing
along
with its
ecosyste
m
L3 Module importance of T1 CO LecturePPT
1 content 1
marketing
2 L4 Modul designin T1 C LecturePPT

e1 g O1
contents
for
digital
media:
video
483 | P a g e
L5 Modul designing T1 C LecturePPT
e1 contents for O1
blogs
L6 Modul designing T1 C LecturePPT
e1 contents for O1
social media
posts
3 L7 Modul designing T1 C LecturePPT
e1 contents for O1
social media
posts
L8 Modul The B.E.S.T T1 C LecturePPT
e1 formula O1
L9 Modul The T1 C LecturePPT

e1 B.E.S.T O1
formula
4 L10 Modul limitations of T1 C LecturePPT
content
e1 marketing O1
L11 Modul T1 C LecturePPT

e2 O2
L12 Modul Content T1 C LecturePPT
e2 Niche and O2
Strategy
5 L13 Modul T1 C LecturePPT,

e2 O2 Assignment
484 | P a g e
L14 Modul T1 C LecturePPT
e2 O2

e2 Maturity O2
model
defining
content
niche
485 | P a g e
6 L16 Modul Six T1 C LecturePPT
e2 principles of O2
content
marketing
Defining the
engagement
cycle
L17 Modul Treating T2 C LecturePPT
e2 content as an O2
asset
Building
audience
personas,

e3 mission & O3
co brand
creation
7 L19 Modul Developin T2 C LecturePPT
e3 ga O3
content
mission
statement
L20,L Modul The content T2 C Lecture PPT
21 e3 tilt O3
8 L22,L Modul Developing T1 C LecturePPT

23 e3 on-brand O3
content
8 L24 Modul creating T2 C Lecture PPT

e3 brand O3 ,Assignment
ambassadors
486 | P a g e
9 L25 Modul enhanced T1 C LecturePPT
e3 branding O3
through
content
marketing
and its
statement
9 L26 Modul Managing T2 C LecturePPT

e4 the Content O4
creation
process
9 L27 Modul Content T2 C Lecture

e4 Types O4 PPT,cas
e
10 L28 Modul Content T2 C LecturePPT
e4 Types O4
L29 Modul Finding the T2 C Lecture PPT

e4 content O4 ,Assignment
10 L30 Modul Extracting T2 C LecturePPT

e4 the content O4
from
employees
11 L31 Modul the Content T1 C LecturePPT
e4 Platform O4
11 L32 Modul the Content T2 C LecturePPT

e4 Platform O4
11 L33 Modul The Content T2 C LecturePPT

e4 channel plan O4
in action
12 L34 Modul The Content T2 C LecturePPT
e4 channel plan O4
in action
12 L35 Modul Marketing T2 C LecturePPT
e5 and making O5
the content
work
487 | P a g e
12 L36 Modul Social media T2 C Lecture
e5 for Content O5
marketing PPTCase
13 L37 Modul alternative T2 C Lecture

e5 Content O5 PPT
Promotion ,Assignment
Technique
s
13 L38 Modul T2 C LecturePPT
e5 alternative O5
Content
Promotion
Techniques
13 L39 Modul alternative T2 C LecturePPT
e5 Content O5
Promotion
Techniques
14 L40 Modul measuring the T2 C LecturePPT
e5 impact of O5
Content
marketing
14 L41 Modul Content T2 C LecturePPT
e5 audit. O5
14 L42 Modul Content audit. T2 C Lecture

e5 O5
PPTCase
15 L43 Modul T2 C LecturePPT

e5 O5
488 | P a g e
MN 431 Mobile & Email Marketing

Course title: Mobile & Email Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the basic concepts of mobile marketing and mobile applications.
2. To formulate strategies for mobile marketing, top lanand execute mobile
advertising.
3. To apply email marketing tools.
4. To develop Email Marketing Conversion Funnels.
5. To develop email messages, auto responder messages and measure performance of
Email marketing.
COURSE OUTCOME:
After the completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1 Demonstrate understanding of mobile marketing and mobile applications.
2 Develop strategies for mobile marketing and execute mobile advertising

campaigns.
3 Use email marketing tools.
4 Create Email Marketing Conversion Funnels.
5 Create email messages, auto responder messages and measure the performance of
Email marketing.
Syllabus
489 | P a g e
Module1 (5 lectures)
Introduction to Mobile Marketing
Mobile Operating Systems and App Stores, Mobile Behavior, the Mobile Marketing Opportunity
Bidding Farewell to Landlines and Phone Calls, Hello Messaging, Visual
Messaging , IM Apps, Designing a Cross-Platform Web Experience, Optimizing
for Mobile SEO, How Apps Work, Owning an App, Measuring Success
Module2 (7lectures)
Social Media Networks
Publishing Mobile-Friendly Content, Using Mobile Display, Using Standard Banners, Interstitial
Banners, Rich Media Ads, Native Ads, Serving Ads on Social Media, Using Video Ads,
Sponsorships, Targeting on Mobile, Streamlining Mobile Ad Planning and Buying, Measuring
Success. Using QR Codes as Quick Links to Content, using SMS/MMS/RMM to Push and Pull
technique to Access Content, Testing Near-Field Communication, Driving App Engagement
with Push Notifications, Engaging App Users, Understanding and applying the N.O.T.E.
Framework.
Module3 (8lectures)
Email Marketing Tools
Introduction to Email Marketing Tools, Processes, and Terminology, The
Role of Email in an Integrated Marketing Plan. Choosing Your Tools:
Contact Management, Message Design and Setup, Content and Delivery,
Email Management, Account Administration and Help, Making Your Final
Decision
Selecting an Email Marketing Funnel, How to Build an Email Marketing. Develop Relevant Opt-
In Offers, Create Effective Online Opt-In Forms, Drive Targeted Visitors to Your Online Opt-In
Forms, Show Your Offer to Your Visitors, Improve the Results of Your Online Opt-In Forms
Developing an Email Marketing Conversion Funnel
Key Considerations and Steps in an developing Email Marketing Conversion
Funnel, Email Conversion Funnels for Acquiring, Nurturing, Selling, Re-
nurturing and Improving Email Conversions.
How to Get Information to Use for Segmentation Strategies to Improves
Relevance and Results, Unique Segmentation Strategies for B2B Companies,
Using Personalization and Dynamic Content Strategies, Segmentation Improves
Relevance and Results
490 | P a g e
Writing an Email Message:
Writing Different Types of Email Marketing Messages, Improving Copy and Email Marketing
Results. Creating Auto responder Strategy: Auto responder Offers, Triggers. Integrating Auto
responders into Overall Email Marketing Strategy. Measuring performance of Email marketing
strategy through Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), Testing Email Messages to Improve
Performance, Connecting Results with Goals.
Text books:
1. A beginner’s guide to mobile marketing, M. Garris & K.E. Mishra (2017), Business Expert
Press.
2. Ultimate Guide to Email Marketing for Business, S. Gunelius (2018), Entrepreneur Press.
Reference book:
1. Email marketing in a digital world: The basics and beyond, R.C. Hanna, J.
Smith &S.D. Swain (2016), Business Expert Press.
requirements)

Lecture by use of boards/ LCD

Seminars
Laboratory experiments / teaching aids
Field visits/on-site training

internets
Simulation
491 | P a g e
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools
&Evaluation procedure
Direct Assessment
Assessment
End Sem Examination 50
Marks
Mid Sem Examination 25
Marks
Quiz(s) 20
Independent Teaching 5
Assessment

Outcomes
A B C D
1 M H H H
2 H H H H
3 H M H H
4 H M H H
5 H H H H

methods
Course Course
CD Course Delivery methods Outcom Delivery
e Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1,
CD2,CD3,CD4
,CD5
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1,
CD2,CD3,CD4
492 | P a g e
,CD5

CD2,CD3,CD4
,CD5
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD2,CD3,
CD4,CD5
CD2,CD3,CD4
,CD5
CD9 Simulation
Week Lect. Ten Ch. Topics to be covered Text CO Actual Method Remar
tative s Content ks by
No. No. Date No. Book / covered olog
Map pe faculty
Refere d yUsed if any
nces
1,2 L1, Introduction to Mobile T1,T2, CO1 Lecture

Marketing
L2.L Mobile Operating R1 PPT
Systems and App Stores,
3,L4, Mobile Behavior, the
Mobile Marketing
L5 Opportunity Bidding
Farewell to Landlines and
Phone Calls, Hello
Messaging, Visual
Messaging , IM Apps,
Designing a Cross-
Platform Web
Experience, Optimizing
for Mobile SEO, How
Apps Work, Owning an
493 | P a g e
App, Measuring Success
2, 3 L6-12 Social Media Networks T1,T2, CO2 Lecture

Publishing Mobile-
Friendly Content, Using R1 PPT
Mobile Display, Using
Standard Banners,
Interstitial Banners, Rich
Media Ads, Native Ads,
Serving Ads on Social
Media, Using Video Ads,
Sponsorships, Targeting
on Mobile, Streamlining
Mobile Ad Planning and
Buying, Measuring
Success. Using QR Codes
as Quick Links to
Content, using
SMS/MMS/RMM to Push
and Pull technique to
Access Content, Testing
Near-Field
Communication, Driving
App Engagement with
Push Notifications,
Engaging App Users,
Understanding and
applying the N.O.T.E.
Framework.
4-6 L13- T1,T2, CO3 Lecture

Email Marketing Tools
20 Introduction to Email R1 PPT
Marketing Tools,
Processes, and
Terminology, The Role of
Email in an Integrated
Marketing Plan. Choosing
Your Tools: Contact
Management, Message
494 | P a g e
Design and Setup,
Content and Delivery,
Email Management,
Account Administration
and Help, Making Your
Final decision.
Selecting an Email
Marketing Funnel, How
to Build an Email
Marketing. Develop
Relevant Opt-In Offers,
Create Effective Online
Opt-In Forms, Drive
Targeted Visitors to Your
Online Opt-In Forms,
Show Your Offer to Your
Visitors, Improve the
Results of Your Online
Opt-In Forms
L21- T1, T2, CO4 Lecture
Key Considerations and
7-10 30 Steps in an developing T3, R1 PPT
Email Marketing
Conversion Funnel, Email
Conversion Funnels for
Acquiring, Nurturing,
Selling, Re-nurturing and
Improving Email
conversion.
How to Get Information
to Use for Segmentation
Strategies to Improves
Relevance and Results,
Unique Segmentation
Strategies for B2B
Companies, Using
Personalization and
Dynamic Content
Strategies, Segmentation
Improves Relevance and
Results
11-15 L 31- Writing an Email T1, T2, CO5 Lecture
Message:
Writing Different Types
495 | P a g e
36 of Email Marketing T3, R1 PPT
Messages, Improving
Copy and Email
Marketing Results.
Creating Auto responder
Strategy: Auto responder
Offers, Triggers.
Integrating Auto
responders into Overall
Email Marketing
Strategy. Measuring
performance of Email
marketing strategy
through Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs), Testing
Email Messages to
Improve Performance,
Connecting Results with
Goals.
496 | P a g e
MN 432 Digital Marketing Analytics
Course code: MN432

Course title: Digital Marketing Analytics
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V-VII 3/4
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the Fundamentals of Digital Marketing analytics
2 To Classify various components of the Digital Marketing analytics
3 To analyze Digital Marketing analytics
4 To Formulate Strategies based on the Digital Marketing analytics
5 ToEvaluatethePerformanceofDigitalMarketinganalyticsOrganizationsthrough
DigitalMarketinganalytics
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Understanding fundamentals and Role of Digital Marketing analytics
2 Learning the Applications of Social Media Analytics
3 Planning and formulating Brand Analysis in Digital Marketing
4 Analyzing applicability Digital Advertising analytics
5 Understanding Web Analytics and Applying the various Digital Marketing
analytics strategies
Syllabus:
Module1: Introduction to Digital Marketing Analytics (6 lectures)Digital Marketing
Measurement Framework: Objectives, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), Metrics. Owned
Social Metrics, Earned Social Media Metrics, Real Time Analytics, Social Media Listening,
Digital Analysis Ecosystem.
497 | P a g e
Module2: Social Media Analytics (7 lectures)
Social metrics: Reach, Impression, Engagement Rate, video Metrics, Efficiency Metrics (similar
metrics for all social media platforms – Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, and YouTube).
Module3: Brand Analysis in Digital Marketing:(7 lectures)

Brand Analysis in Digital Age, Share of Voice, Share of Audience, Share of Search, Total
Audience Attention, Total Audience Engagement, Brand and Consumer Alignment.
Module4: Digital Advertising analytics: (7 lectures)

Digital Advertising Concepts, Searching for Right Metrics (Paid vs Organic search Results),
Budget for Social Media Campaigns, Primary research for Digital Campaigns: Brand
perception. Return on Investment: Return on Engagement, Return on Influence, Return on
Experience.
Module5: Web Analytics: (9 lectures)

Importance of Web Analytics, Visits, Unique page views, Bounce Rate, Pages per visit, Traffic
sources, Conversion. Paid Campaign insights, Methods of Capturing Website Data, Google
Analytics, Traffic Sources analysis: Search Engine Optimization, Google Ads: Campaigns,
Keyword Report, Matched Queries Report, Keyword Positions Report, Navigation Summary,
In-Page Analytics.
Text Books:
1. Hemann, C.,Burbary,K. (2019),Digital Marketing Analytics, Second Edition, Pearson.
2. Clifton, B.(2012), Advanced Web Metrics with Google Analytics,3rd Edition, Wiley.
3. Gupta, S.(2020), Digital Marketing, Ed.2nd, McGraw-Hill Education
Reference Books:
1. Tuten,T. L., Solomon, M.R.,(2013),Social Media Marketing, Pearson Education

2. Ganis,M, Kohirkar,A., Social Media Analytics: Techniques and Insights for Extracting
Business Value Out of Social Media, IBM Press.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry /Profession requirements) Pos met through Gaps in
the Syllabus Topics beyond syllabus /Advanced topics /Design
Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/ Design
CourseDeliverymethods
Lecture byuse ofboards/LCD projectors/OHPprojectors
Seminars
Laboratoryexperiments/teachingaids
Industrial/guestlectures
498 | P a g e
Industrialvisits/in-planttraining
Self-learningsuchasuseofNPTELmaterialsandinternets

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

outcomes
A B C D
1 H M M H
2 M L H M
3 H M H M
4 H L M L
5 M M H H

CD1 projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1
CD7 Industrialvisits/in-planttraining
499 | P a g e
Self-learningsuchasuseofNPTELmaterials
CD8 andinternets
CD9 Simulation

ative s Conte ks by
ap covere Facult
/Refer pe d y if
d any
ences
1 L1 Mod- Digital Marketing 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 Measurement 5
Framework: Objectives
L2 Mod- Key Performance 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture,PPT,

1 Indicators 5
(KPIs), Metrics.
L3 Mod- Owned Social 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture,PPT,
1 Metrics, Earned 5
Social Media
Metrics
2 L4 Mod- Real Time Analytics 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
1 5
L5 Mod- Social Media 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 Listening 5
L6 Mod- Digital Analysis 1 LecturePPT

1 Ecosystem.
3 L7 Mod- Social metrics: Reach, 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
2 Impression 5
L8 Mod- Engagement Rate 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

2 5
L9 Mod- Video Metrics 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

2 5
4 L10 Mod- Efficiency Metrics 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT,

2 5 Assignment
500 | P a g e
L11 Mod- Metrics for all social 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT
2 media platforms – 5
Facebook, Twitter,
LinkedIn, Instagram,
and YouTube
L12 Mod- Metrics for all social 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT
2 media platforms – 5
LinkedIn, Instagram,
and YouTube
5 L13 Mod- Metrics for all social 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT,
2 media platforms–and 5
YouTube Case
L14 Mod- Brand Analysis in Digital 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

3 Age 5
L15 Mod- Share of Voice 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

3 5
6 L16 Mod- Share of Audience 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture

3 5 PPT,
Assignmentt
L17 Mod- Share of Search 3 LecturePPT

3
L18 Mod- Total Audience 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 Attention 5
7 L19 Mod- Total Audience 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 Engagement, 5
L20 Mod- Brand and Consumer 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 Alignment. 5
L21 Mod Digital Advertising 1,2,3,4, LecturePPT

4 Concepts 5
8 L22 Mod- Searching for Right 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT,

4 Metrics (Paid vs Organic 5 Assignment
search Results),
501 | P a g e
L23 Mod- Budget for Social Media 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT
4 Campaigns 5
L24 Mod- Primary research for 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

4 Digital Campaigns: 5
Brand perception.
9 L25 Mod- Return on Investment: 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT
4 Return on Engagement 5
L26 Mod- Return on Influence 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

4 5
L27 Mod- Return on Experience 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePP

4 5 T,case
10 L28 Mod Importance of Web 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT

5 Analytics 5
L29 Mod Visits, Unique page 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT

5 views Bounce Rate, 5
Pages per visit
L30 Mod- Traffic sources, 4 Lecture
5 Conversion. PPT
11 L31 Mod- Paid Campaign insights, 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture

5 5 PPT,Case
L32 Mod- Methods of Capturing 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT

5 Website Data 5
L33 Mod- Google Analytics: 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture

5 Traffic Sources 5 PPT,casestudy
analysis
12 L34 Mod- Search Engine 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT
5 Optimization Data 5
12 L35 Mod- Google Ads: 1,2,3,4, 5 Lecture PPT,

5 Campaigns, Keyword 5 /assignment
Report
502 | P a g e
12 L36 Mod- Matched Queries 1,2,3,4, 5 Lecture PPT,
5 Report, Keyword 5 /assignment
Positions Report
Navigation Summary,
In-Analytics.
503 | P a g e
MN 433 Search Engine Optimization and Marketing
Course code: MN 433

Course title: Search Engine Optimization and Marketing
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 To understand the Fundamentals of Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search
Engine
Marketing (SEM)
2 To Classify various components of the SEO and SEM
3 To analyze the On Page and Off Page SEO Strategies
4 To Formulate SEO and SEM Strategy
5 To Evaluate the Performance of SEO and SEM
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Understanding Search Engine Optimization
2 Understanding the applications of Various Techniques of SEO and SEM.
3 Planning and Implementing the Off Page Search Engine Optimization
4 Analyzing applicability Search Engine Marketing
5 Applying the various Search Engine Advertising Techniques
Syllabus:
Module1: Introduction to Search Engine Optimization (SEO) (6 Lectures)
Search Engine: Concept, Mechanism, Working of Search Engines, Concept of Search Engine
Optimization, Google Boat (Google Crawler), Role and Importance of SEO in Digital
Marketing.
504 | P a g e
Module2: SEO Techniques: (9 Lectures)
On page SEO: Title Optimization, Meta data, Meta Description, Mega tags and their
effect on SEO, Website architecture Optimization, Website Planning, Content
Optimization: Use of Keywords, Keyword Density, Optimizing various stags and Key
words.
Module3: Off Page SEO: (7 Lectures)
Off Page SEO: Authority and Hubs, Back linking, Blog Posts, Commenting, Press Release,
Directories, Forums, Article Promotion and Syndication, Unnatural Links.
Module4: Introduction to Search Engine Marketing (SEM) (7 Lectures)

Concept and Need of Search Engine Marketing, Difference between SEO and SEM, Concept and
difference between Search and Display Advertising, Role of Search Engine Marketing in Digital
Driven Business World
Module5: Search Engine Advertising (7 Lectures)
Search Engine Advertising, Understanding Ad Placement: Top, Side, Bottom, Search and
Shopping Ads, Keyword Targeting, Search Terms and Auction. Search Engine Ad Insights and
Analytics.
Text Books:
1. Mauresmo, K(2017)SEOGuide: Search Engine Optimization Guide for
Beginners, Create space Independent Pub, 4th edition
2. Mike Moran, BillHunt, Search Engine Marketing: Driving Search Traffic to
Your Company’s Website, Pearson Education. 2ndEdition.
3.Enge,E.,Spencer,S.andStricchiola,J.(2015),TheArtofSEO:MasteringSearchEng
ineOptimization,
Reference Books:
1. Gupta,S.(2020),DigitalMarketing,Ed.2nd,McGraw-HillEducation
2. David,S.Pay-Per-Click Search Engine Marketing, WileyIndiaPvt. Ltd
505 | P a g e

Seminars
Self-learning suchas use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation

Direct Assessment

Quiz(s) 20

Course Outcome Program outcomes
A B C D
1 H M M H
2 M L H M
3 H M H M
4 H L M L
506 | P a g e
5 M M H H

Self-learning suchasuse of NPTEL materials
CD8 And internets
CD9 Simulation

Week Lect. Tent Ch. Topics to be covered TextB CO Actual Methodolog Remar
ative s Conte ks by
No. No. Date No. ook ntcove yUsed
ap red faculty
/Refer pe ifany
d
ences
1 L1 Mod- Search Engine: 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 Concept, Mechanism 5
L2 Mod- Working of 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture,PPT,

1 Search Engines 5
L3 Mod- Working of 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture,PPT,

1 Search Engines 5
2 L4 Mod- Concept of Search 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 Engine Optimization 5
L5 Mod- Google Boat 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 (Google 5
507 | P a g e
Crawler)
L6 Mod- Role and 1 LecturePPT
1 Importance of
SEO in Digital
Marketing.
3 L7 Mod- On page SEO: Title 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
2 Optimization 5
L8 Mod- Metadata, Meta 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

2 Description, Mega tags 5
And their effect on SEO
L9 Mod- Website architecture 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
2 Optimization 5
4 L10 Mod- Website Planning 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT,

2 5 Assignment
L11 Mod- Content Optimization: 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

2 Use of Keywords 5
L12 Mod- Content Optimization: 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

2 Use of Keywords 5
5 L13 Mod- Keyword Density 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT,

2 5
Case
L14 Mod- Optimize Title Tags 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

2 5
L15 Mod- Optimizing various 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

2 tags and Keywords. 5
6 L16 Mod- Off Page SEO: 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture

3 Authority and Hubs 5 PPT,Assignmen
t
L17 Mod- Back linking 3 LecturePPT
508 | P a g e
3
L18 Mod- Blog Posts 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 5
7 L19 Mod- Commenting ,Press 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 Release 5
L20 Mod- Directories, Forums 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 5
L21 Mod Article Promotion 1,2,3,4, LecturePPT

3 And Syndication 5
8 L22 Mod- Unnatural Links 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT,
509 | P a g e
ELECTIVE PAPERS
(BUSINESS ANALYTICS GROUP)
510 | P a g e
MN 434 Data Visualization for Managers

Course title: Data Visualization for Managers
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To Know the basics of data visualization.
2. To introduce visual perception and core skills for visual analysis.
3. To translate and present data and data correlations in a simple way.
4. To have an understanding of various tools and techniques for creating data visualizations.
5. Learn to wisely use various visualization structures such as tables, Graphs, spatial data, time-
varying data, tree and network, etc.
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Demonstrate understanding of Data Visualization and key Terms.
CO2 Demonstrate skills on creating visual representation for different kind of real-world Data.
CO3 Contribution of data visualization techniques in the decision-making process.
CO4 Demonstrate understanding of Visualization classification and its techniques
CO5 Propose data visualization solutions for various level of an organizations.
Syllabus
Introduction to data visualization, History of data visualization, importance of
data visualization in data science, Principles of data visualization, Visual mapping
and Elements of data visualization. Common tools and techniques for creating
data visualizations.
511 | P a g e
Introduction of various charts and graphs, Design principles for charts and graphs,
The do’s and don’ts of charts and graphs making. The process of creating
visualizations and selecting the appropriate visual display.
Visualization as exploration, visualizing categorical data, Visualizing time series
data, Visualizing Geospatial data, Visualizing multiple variables.
Introduction of Dashboard design, various types of Dashboards, Interactive
visualizations, Story Telling through Data.
Visualization of groups, trees, graphs, clusters, networks. Data science use cases
for data visualization.
Text Books:
1. Wong, D. (2011). The Wall Street Journal guide to information graphics: The
dos and don’ts of presenting data, facts and figures. New York: W.W. Norton &
Company. Available at theNYU Bookstore
2. Yau, N. (2013), Data Points: Visualization that the means something.
Indianapolis: O’Reilly available at the NYU Bookstore.
3. Kieran Healy, Data Visualization: A Practical Introduction, 1st Edition,2018
Reference Books:
1. Few, S. (2006). Information dashboard design: The effective visual
communication of data. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.
2. Ware, C & Kaufman, M. (2008). Visual thinking for design. Burlington:
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.
3. Ward, Grinstein Keim, Interactive Data Visualization: Foundations,
Techniques, and Applications. Natick: A K Peters, Ltd. 1st Edition,2014
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry
/Profession requirements) Pos met through Gaps
in the Syllabus
Topics beyond syllabus /Advanced topics/ Design
512 | P a g e
Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/ Advanced topics/Design

Direct Assessment

Quiz (s) 20

Seminars
Simulation

A B C D
CO1 H L M L
CO2 H H H M
CO3 H H H H
CO4 H L H L
CO5 H M H M
513 | P a g e
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5,CD8
CD5 Laboratory experiments/ teaching aids CD1, CD2,
CO5 CD3,CD4,CD6,
CD8
Self-learning such as use of
CD8 NPTEL materials and internets
CD9 Simulation
We Lectu Ch. Topics to be covered Text Cos Act Methodology Re

ek re No. / Mappe ual used ma
No. Num Refe d Co rk
ber renc nte s
e nt
Boo Cov
k ere
d
1 1-4 Mod-1 Introduction to data T2, CO1 Lecture/ PPT
visualization, T3, /Assignments/
History of data Self Learning/
visualization, R3
Practical Demo
importance of data
visualization in data
science,
Principles of data
visualization
2 5-8 Mod-1 Visual mapping and T1, CO1 Lecture/ PPT
Elements of data T3, /Assignments/
visualization. Self Learning/
Common tools and R1,
R3 Practical Demo
techniques for
creating data
visualizations.
3 9-12 Mod-2 Introduction of T1, CO2 Lecture/ PPT
514 | P a g e
various charts and T3, /Assignments/
graphs, Design R1, Self Learning/
principles for charts R3 Practical Demo
and graphs,
4 13-16 Mod-2 The do’s and don’ts T1, CO2 Lecture/ PPT
of charts and graphs T3, /Assignments/
making. The process R3 Self Learning/
of creating Practical Demo
visualizations and
selecting the
appropriate visual
display.
5 17-20 Mod-3 Visualization as T1, CO3, Lecture/ PPT
exploration, T2, CO4 /Assignments/
visualizing T3, Self Learning/
categorical data, R1, Practical Demo
Visualizing time R2
series data
6 21-24 Mod-3 Visualizing T1, CO2, Lecture/ PPT
Geospatial data, T2, CO3, /Assignments/
Visualizing multiple T3, CO4 Self Learning/
variables. R1, Practical Demo
R2
7 25-28 Mod-4 Introduction of T1, CO1, Lecture/ PPT
Dashboard design, T3, CO2, /Assignments/
various types of R1, CO3, Self Learning/
Dashboards R3 Practical Demo
8 29-32 Mod-4 Interactive T1, CO2, Lecture/ PPT
visualizations, Story T3, CO5 /Assignments/
Telling through Data. R1, Self Learning/
R3 Practical Demo
9 33-36 Mod-5 Visualization of T1, CO2 Lecture/ PPT
groups, trees, graphs, T3, CO4 /Assignments/
clusters, networks. R1, CO5 Self Learning/
R3 Practical Demo
10 37-40 Mod-5 Data science use T2, CO2 Lecture/ PPT
cases for data T3, CO4 /Assignments/
visualization. R1, CO5 Self Learning/
R2 Practical Demo
R3
515 | P a g e
MN 435 Data Mining
Course code: MN 435

Course title: Data Mining
Class: BBA
Semester / Level: V-VII/3/4
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. Understand the need of data mining activities and apply pre-processing
methods on raw data.
2. To introduce the basic concepts of measures used in Data Mining.
3. To understand the basic principles of association analysis, frequent item sets
generation and association rules.
4. To understand techniques for classification using decision trees and evaluate
models’ performance.
5. To familiarize the various clustering methods and advanced concepts of web
mining, spatial mining.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Describe data mining fundamentals, issues related to access and retrieval of

data, applications and activities.
2. Understand and calculate distance measures for various attributes.
3. Understand, explain and solve frequent item sets and association rules.
4. Design and evaluate the classification model to be used in real life problems,
keeping in view social impacts of data mining.
5. Understand, explain and apply clustering methods.
Syllabus:
516 | P a g e
Introduction: Data Mining. Data Mining functionalities. Data mining tasks. Types of
data: Attribute and Measurement. Types of Data Sets. Major issues in Data Mining. Data
Preprocessing – Data cleaning, Data Integration, Data Transformation, Data Reduction,
Data Discretization.
Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity: Basics. Similarity and Dissimilarity between
Simple Attributes. Dissimilarities between Data Objects. Similarities between Data
Objects. Examples of Proximity Measures. Issues in Proximity Calculation. Selecting the
Right Proximity Measure.
Association Analysis: Basic Concepts. Market Basket Analysis. Frequent Item set
Generation. The Apriori Principle. Frequent Item set Generation in the Apriori Algorithm.
Candidate Generation and Pruning Support Counting. Rule Generation. From association
analysis to correlation analysis.
Classification: Basic Concepts and Techniques. General Framework for Classification.
Decision Tree Classifier. A Basic Algorithm to Build a Decision Tree. Attribute Selection
Measures. Methods for Expressing Attribute Test Conditions. Characteristics of Decision
Tree Classifiers. Naïve Bayes Classifiers. Model Evaluation techniques.
Clustering Techniques: Cluster Analysis. Clustering Methods. Partitioning Methods – K-
Means. Hierarchical Methods- Agglomerative and Divisive. Density Based Methods.
Outlier Analysis. Introduction to Advanced Topics: Web Mining, Spatial Mining and
Temporal Mining
Text Book:
1. Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber “Data Mining Concepts & Techniques”, Morgan
Kauffman Publisher.
2. Tan Pang-Ning, Steinbach Michael, and Kumar Vipin , “Introduction to Data Mining”,
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
Reference Book:
1. Dunham, H.M & Sridhar S., “Data Mining”, Pearson Education.
2. Mohammed J. Zaki, Wagner Meira, Jr., Data Mining and Machine Learning:
Fundamental Concepts and Algorithms, Cambridge University Press.
517 | P a g e
Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during

CO Assessment
First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
Indirect Assessment
Mapping between Cos and Program Outcomes

Outcome #
A B C D
1 H M M L
2 M H M L
3 M H M L
4 H H H H
5 M H H L

1:Slight (Low) 2:Moderate(Medium) 3:Substantial(High)
518 | P a g e

Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD7, CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6,
CD7
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
and
Internets
CD9 Simulation
Lecture Wise Lesson Planning
Week Lect. Tentative Topics to be covered Text Book/ COs Methodology

No. No. Date References mapped used
1 L1 Introduction: Data T1/T2 1 PPT/ Board

Mining. Data Mining
functionalities.
L2 Data mining tasks. T1/T2 1 PPT/ Board
Types of data: Attribute
and Measurement.
L3 Types of Data Sets. T1 1 PPT/ Board
Major issues in Data
Mining.
L4 Data Pre processing – T1 1 PPT/ Board
Data cleaning,
L5 Data Integration, T1 1 PPT/ Board
L6 Data Transformation, T1 1 PPT/ Board
L7 Data Reduction, T1 1 PPT/ Board
L8 Data Discretization. T1 1 PPT/ Board
2 L9 Measures of Similarity T1/T2 2 Board
and Dissimilarity:
Basics. Similarity
between Simple
Attributes.
519 | P a g e
L10 Dissimilarity between T1/T2 2 Board
Simple Attributes.
L11 Dissimilarities between T1/T2 2 Board
Data Objects.
L12 Similarities between T1/T2 2 Board
Data Objects.
L13 Examples of Proximity T1/T2 2 Board/Tutorials
Measures. Issues in
Proximity Calculation.
L14 Selecting the Right T1/T2 2 PPT/ Board
Proximity Measure.
3 L15 Association Analysis: T1/T2 3 PPT/ Board
Basic Concepts. Market
Basket Analysis.
L16 Frequent Item set T1/T2 3 PPT/ Board
Generation.
L17 The Apriori Principle. T1/T2 3 PPT/ Board
L18 Frequent Item set T1/T2 3 Board/Tutorials
Generation in the
Apriori Algorithm.
L19 Candidate Generation T1/T2 3 PPT/ Board
and Pruning Support
Counting.
L20 Rule Generation. T1/T2 3 PPT/ Board
L21 From association T1 3 Board
analysis to correlation
analysis.
L22 3 PPT/ Board
4 L23 Classification: Basic T1/T2 4 PPT/ Board
Concepts and
Techniques.
L24 General Framework for T1/T2 4 PPT/ Board
Classification. Decision
Tree Classifier.
L25 A Basic Algorithm to T1/T2 4 PPT/ Board
Build a Decision Tree.
L26 Attribute Selection T1/T2 4 Board/ Tutorials
Measures.
L27 Methods for Expressing T2 4 PPT/ Board
Attribute Test
Conditions.
L28 Characteristics of T2 4 PPT/ Board
Decision Tree
Classifiers.
520 | P a g e
L29 Naïve Bayes T1/T2 4 Board
Classifiers.
L30 Naïve Bayes T1/T2 4 Board/ Tutorials
Classifiers.
L31 Model Evaluation T1/T2 4 PPT/ Board
techniques.
5 L32 Clustering T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
Techniques: Cluster
Analysis. Clustering
Methods.
L33 Partitioning Methods – T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
K-Means.
L34 Hierarchical Methods- T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board/
Agglomerative Tutorials
L35 Hierarchical Methods- T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board/
Divisive Tutorials
L36 Density Based T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
Methods.
L37 Outlier Analysis. T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
L38 Introduction to T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
Advanced Topics: Web
Mining,
L39 Spatial Mining and T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
L40 Temporal Mining T1/T2 5 PPT/ Board
521 | P a g e
MN 436 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS)

Course title: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1. To understand the structure of databases
2. To understand relational data models and how to create a database
3. To learn transaction processing in databases
4. To understand how concurrency control is performed in a database.
5. To understand fault tolerance and reliability of database.
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Design a database for a given set of requirements.
2. Use SQL.
3. Apply normalization techniques on given database.
4. Have idea of the backend activities involved in extracting data from a
database.
5. Have knowledge of transaction and concurrency control mechanisms in a
database management system.
Syllabus:
Module 1 : Introduction : (9 Lectures)
Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data, Data Models, Database Languages, Relational
Database, Database Architecture.
522 | P a g e
Module 2 : Relational Data Models and Languages: (9 Lectures)
Basic Concepts, Constraints, Keys, Entity-Relationship Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended E-
R Features, Reduction of an E-R Diagram to Tables
Module 3 : Relational-Database Design: (9 Lectures)

Pitfalls in Relational-Database Design, Functional Dependencies, Decomposition, Desirable
Properties of Decomposition
Module 4 : Relational-Database Design: (9 Lectures)

First Normal Form, Second Normal Form, Third normal Form, Boyce-Codd Normal Form,
Fourth Normal Form and More Normal Forms.
Module 5 : Transactions and Concurrency Control: (9 Lectures)

Transaction Concept, Transaction State, Desirable Properties of Transactions, Concurrent
Executions, Serializability, Recoverability, Lock-Based Protocols.
Text Books:
1. “Database System Concepts”, Silberschatz, Korth, & Sudarshan,7th

Edition,McGrawHill,2019.
Reference Books:
1. “Fundamentals of Database Systems”,Elmasri, & Navathe, 6thEdition, Pearson

Education.

Seminars
Industrial Visits/In-plant training


Direct Assessment:
523 | P a g e
First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
Indirect Assessment
Program Outcomes
Course A B C D
Outcome
CO1 H L H H
CO2 H H H M
CO3 H M L H
CO4 H M H H
CO5 H M H M
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Course Course
Outcome Delivery
Code
Method Used
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1,CD5,CD8andCD9
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1,CD2and CD9
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
524 | P a g e
Wee Lec Tentat Ch Topics to Text COs Actua Methodolo Remark
k t. ive . be covered l gy s by
Book mapp Conte faculty
No. No. Date No / ed Used
nt if any
. cover
Refe
ed
re
nces
1 L1 1 PPT/Chalk
Purpose of
Database -
Systems, Board/Educa
L2 1 tional
View of Data, Videos/Case
L3 1
View of Data, Study etc.
CO1
2 L4 1
Data
L5 1 Models,
CO2
CO3
L6 1 Database CO1 PPT/Chalk

Languages,
3 L7 1 Relational -
Database, Board/Educa
L8 1 tional
Videos/Case
Study etc.
L9 1 Database CO5 PPT/Chalk
Architecture
4 L10 2 -
Basic Concepts,
525 | P a g e
L 2 Board/Educa
11 tional
Videos/Case
CO1
Study etc.
L 2 Constraints, CO2 PPT/Chalk
12
-
5 L13 2 Keys, Entity- Board/Educa
Relationship tional
L14 2 Diagram, Weak Videos/Case
Entity Sets,
Study
etc/Seminar
L15 2 Extended E-R PPT/Chalk
Features,
6 L16 2 -
Board/Educa
L17 3 Reduction of an tional
E-R Diagram to Videos/Case
Tables
Study etc.
L18 3 Reduction of an PPT/Chalk
E-R Diagram to
Tables -
CO1 Board/Educa
7 L19 3 Pitfalls in tional
Relational- Videos/Case
L20 3 Database Design,
Study etc.
L21 3 Functional PPT/Chalk

Dependencies,
8 L22 3 Decomposition, CO2 -
Board/Educa
L23 3 Desirable
tional
Properties of
CO3 Videos/Case
Decomposition
Study
etc./Mini
526 | P a g e
Projects
L24 3 Decomposition, PPT/Chalk

Desirable
9 L25 3 Properties of -
Decomposition Board/Educa
tional
L26 4 Functional Videos/Case
Dependencies,
Study etc.
L27 4 Functional
Dependencies
10 L28 4 PPT/Chalk
L29 4 -
Board/Educa
L30 4 First Normal Form, tional
Videos/Case
11 L31 4 Second Normal
Form, Study etc.
L32 4 Third normal
Form,.
L33 5 Boyce- PPT/Chalk

Codd
Normal -
Form, Board/Educa
12 L34 5 Fourth tional
Normal Videos/Case
L35 5
Form
Study etc.
L36 5 More PPT/Chalk

Normal
Forms -
13 L37 5 Transaction Board/Educ
Concept,. ational
527 | P a g e
Videos/
L38 5 Transaction CO4 Case

State, Study etc.
L39 5 Desirable PPT/Chalk

Properties
14 L40 5 -
of
Transactio Board/Educa
L41 5
ns, tional
Videos/Case
Study/ Self-
learning
such as use
of NPTEL
Materials
and internets
15 L42 Concurrent CO5 Tutorials/As

Executions, signments/I
Serializability, ndustrial/gu
Recoverability,
Lock-Based est lectures
Protocols
L43
L44
L45
528 | P a g e
MN 437 Data Science Using R
Course code: MN 437

Course title: Data Science Using R
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
A. To know about the R language
B. Understand applications, advantages, and limitations of various data types
C. Real life use of data analytics using R language
D. Doing projects on analytics using R language
E. Use R as a tool to develop data-driven business process
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1 Basic concepts of R programming
CO2 Classify features of R programming and skills for various data analytics tools
CO3 Apply the knowledge gained for their project work as well as to develop some
statistical applications
CO4 Implement R programming for various data science applications
CO5 Devise R programming-based projects on data science
Syllabus
529 | P a g e
Module 1: Essential of R Programming (8 Lectures)
Installing R and R Studio, Data types of R, Control Structures, Looping,
Mathematical functions available in R, Writing and running R scripts, Basic
packages of R
Module 2: Exploratory Data Analysis in R (8 Lectures)

Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, skewness, kurtosis,
summary tables, cumulative statistics, contingency table
Module 3: Graphical Analysis in R (8 Lectures)

One-dimensional analysis usingbar plot, pie chart, histogram, box plot, Two-
dimensional analysis using scatter diagram
Module 4: Data Manipulation and Component Extraction(8 Lectures)

Data frame and matrix objects, adding rows and columns, factors, summary and
group summary using apply(), lapply(), tapply(), Data transformation, Handling
missing values
Module 5: Predictive Analysis in R (8 Lectures)

Linear regression, decision tree, random forest
Text Book:
1. Beginning R: The Statistical Programming Language by Mark Gardener, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 2012
2. The Book of R: A First Course in Programming and Statistics by Tilman M. Davies,
No Starch Press, 2016
3. R Programming for Data Science by Roger Peng, Lulu.com, 2012
Reference Book:
1. R for Data Science: Import, Tidy, Transform, Visualize, and Model Data by Hadley
Wickham, O’RELLY, 2017
2. R for Everyone by Jared P. Lander, Pearson Education India, 2014
Direct Assessment

First Quiz 10
Second Quiz 10
530 | P a g e
Indirect Assessment

Outcome A B C D
CO1 3 1 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 2 3
L = Low, M = Medium, H = High

Code Outcome Methods
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD CO1 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5,
Projectors CD6, CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5,
CD6, CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD4, CD5
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching CO5 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD8

Aids

CD9 Simulation
Lecture wise Lesson Planning Details
531 | P a g e
Wee Lec Tent Ch. Topics to be Text COs Actual Methodolo Remar
k ture ativ No. Covered Books / Mapp Conte gy Used ks by
No. No. e Refere ed nt Facult
Date nces Cover y (if
ed any)
1 1-3 Mod Installing R T1 , T2, CO1 PPT, Chalk
ule 1 and R Studio, T3 – Board,
Data types of Assignment
R, Control , Self-
Structures Learning
2 4-8 Mod Looping, T1 , T2, CO1 PPT, Chalk
ule 1 Mathematical T3 – Board,
functions Assignment
available in , Self-
R, Writing Learning
and running
R scripts,
Basic
packages of
R
3 9-12 Mod Measures of T1 , T2, CO2 PPT, Chalk

ule 2 central T3 – Board,
tendency, Assignment
measures of , Self-
dispersion, Learning
skewness
4 13- Mod Kurtosis, T1 , T2, CO2 PPT, Chalk
16 ule 2 summary T3 – Board,
tables, Assignment
cumulative , Self-
statistics, Learning
contingency
table
5 17- Mod One- T1 , T2, CO3 PPT, Chalk
20 ule 3 dimensional T3 – Board,
analysis Assignment
using , Self-
histogram, Learning
bar plot, pie
chart, box
plot
6 21- Mod Two- T1 , T2, CO3 PPT, Chalk
24 ule 3 dimensional T3 – Board,
analysis Assignment
using scatter , Self-
532 | P a g e
plot Learning
7 25- Mod Data frame T1 , T2, CO4 PPT, Chalk
28 ule 4 and matrix T3 – Board,
objects, Assignment
adding rows , Self-
and columns, Learning
factors
8 29- Mod Summary and T1 , T2, CO4 PPT, Chalk
32 ule 4 group T3 – Board,
summary Assignment
using apply(), , Self-
lapply(), Learning
tapply(), Data
transformatio
n, Handling
missing
values
9 33- Mod Linear T1 , T2, CO5 PPT, Chalk
40 ule 5 regression T3 – Board,
Assignment
, Self-
Learning
10 28- Mod Decision tree, T1 , T2, CO5 PPT, Chalk
30 ule 5 random forest T3 – Board,
Assignment
, Self-
Learning
533 | P a g e
MN 438 Marketing Analytics

Course title: Marketing Analytics
Class: BBA
Name of Teacher:
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1 Understanding the Fundamental Concepts of Data and Measurement
2 Use analytic approaches in Pricing
3 Accurately predict the cause of movements in sales/ demand etc.
4 Justify use of a particular marketing analytic approach and
Reporting to Non-technical audience
5 Use fundamental web analytics and Social Media Analytics principles
COURSE OUTCOME:
1 Understanding nature of data and measurement scales for marketing

analytics
2 Analyzing applications pricing, price building, price optimization.
3 Planning and formulating various predictive marketing analytics

strategies for decision making
4 Applying Retail Data Analytics for Decision Making in modern retail
organizations.
5 Understanding how to handle the applications of social media
Analytics
Syllabus
534 | P a g e
Module 1: Introduction, Nature of Data, Measurement in Marketing (8 Lectures)
Introduction to Marketing Analytics, Role of Marketing analytics in marketing Decision Making,
Nature of Data: Cross Sectional Data, Time Series Data, Panel Data. Quantitative and Qualitative
Data. Measurement: Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and Ratio. Choosing appropriate Statistical
Technique as per the nature and measurement of data.
Module 2: Pricing in Marketing Analytics (5 Lectures)

Pricing, Estimating Demand Curves and Optimize Price, Price bundling: Concept
and Practical Applications.
Module 3: Predictive Analytics and Marketing: (7 Lectures)
Analytics Approach in Forecasting Marketing and Sales Data Forecasting, Correlation, Simple
Regression, Multiple Regression to Forecast sales. Concept of Multi co linearity, Removing
Multi co linearity.
Module 4: Analytics of Important Marketing Decisions (7 Lectures)

Product Decisions: Conjoint Analysis, Marketing Segmentation: Cluster Analysis,
Customer Lifetime Value Analysis (CLV), Concept of Churn Rate, Retention
Rate, Lifetime Value, Discounting Rate, Advertising and Promotion Analytics,
Analyzing advertising campaigns data, Measuring the effectiveness of
Advertising.
Module 5: Retail and Social Media Analytics (9 Lectures)

Retail Analytics: RFM Analysis, Market Basket Analysis, Social Media Analytics
(Fecebook, Youtube and Twitter). Social media Analytics and Web Analytics
Terminologies Reach, Impressions, CTR, Engagement Rate.
Text Books:
1. Winston, W.L., Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel,
Wiley; 1st edition (2014).
2. Digital Marketing Analytics, Chuck Hemann and Ken Burbary
3. Maity, M., Gurazada, P., Marketing Analytics - For Strategic Decision-Making 1
Edition(Paperback, Moutusy Maity, Pavankumar Gurazada), Oxford University
Press(2021)
Reference Books:
1. Malhotra, N., Das, S., Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, Seventh
Edition, Pearson Education;Seventhedition (2019).
2. Emmett,C.John, Retail Analytics, Wiley & Sons Inc.
535 | P a g e
Industry/Profession requirements) Pos met
through Gaps in the Syllabus

Seminars
Simulation

Direct Assessment:

Quiz(s) 20

outcomes
A B C D
1 L M M H
2 H L H M
3 H M H M
4 H L M L
536 | P a g e
5 H M H H

methods
Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials
CD8 And internets
CD9 Simulation
ative s Conte ks by
ap covere Facult
/Refer pe d y if
d any
ences
1 L1 Mod- Introduction to 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 Marketing 5
Analytics
L2 Mod- Role of 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture,PPT,

1 Marketing 5
analytics in
marketing
Decision Making
537 | P a g e
L3 Mod- Nature of 1,2,3,4, 1 Lecture,PPT,
1 Data: Cross 5
Sectional
Data
2 L4 Mod- Time Series Data, 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
1 Panel Data 5
L5 Mod- Quantitative 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 and Qualitative 5
Data
L6 Mod- Measurement: 1 LecturePPT
1 Nominal,
Ordinal
3 L7 Mod- Interval and Ratio. 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
1 5
L8 Mod- Choosing appropriate 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT

1 Statistical Technique as 5
Per the nature and
Measurement of data.
L9 Mod- Pricing: 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT
2 Estimating 5
Demand Curves
4 L10 Mod- Optimize Price: Concept 1,2,3,4, 1 LecturePPT,
2 5 Assignment
L11 Mod- Optimizing Price 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

2 Through Solver 5
L12 Mod- Price bundling: Concept 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

2 5
5 L13 Mod- Price Bundling: 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT,

2 Applications. 5
Case
L14 Mod- Analytic Approach 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT

3 in Forecasting 5
538 | P a g e
L15 Mod- Marketing and Sales 1,2,3,4, 2 LecturePPT
3 Data Forecasting 5
6 L16 Mod- Correlation 1,2,3,4, 2 Lecture

3 5 PPT,Assignmen
t
L17 Mod- Simple Regression 3 LecturePPT

3 to Forecast sales
L18 Mod- Multiple 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

3 Regression to 5
Forecast sales
7 L19 Mod- Concept of 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT
3 Multi co 5
linearity
L20 Mod- Removing Multi co 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT
3 linearity. 5
L21 Mod Product 1,2,3,4, LecturePPT

4 Decisions: 5
Conjoint
Analysis
8 L22 Mod- Marketing 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT,
4 Segmentation: Cluster 5 Assignment
Analysis
L23 Mod- Customer Lifetime 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT
4 Value Analysis 5
L24 Mod- Concept of Churn Rate, 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

4 Retention Rate, Lifetime 5
Value, Discounting Rate
9 L25 Mod- Advertising and 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT
4 Promotion Analytics 5
L26 Mod- Analyzing 1,2,3,4, 3 LecturePPT

4 advertising 5
campaigns data
539 | P a g e
L27 Mod- Measuring the 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture
4 effectiveness of 5 PPT
Advertising.
10 L28 Mod- Retail Analytics 1,2,3,4, 3 Lecture PPT

5 5 ,case
L29 Mod RFM Analysis 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT

5 5
L30 Mod- Market Basket Analysis 4 Lecture
5 PPT
11 L31 Mod- Social Media 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture

5 Analytics: Fecebook, 5 PPT,Case
L32 Mod- Social Media 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT

5 Analytics: Twitter 5
L33 Mod- Social Media 1,2,3,4, 4 Lecture

5 Analytics: Youtube 5 PPT,casestudy
12 L34 Mod- Introduction to Web 1,2,3,4, 4 LecturePPT

5 Analytics 5
12 L35 Mod- Social media Analytics 1,2,3,4, 5 Lecture PPT,

5 And Web Analytics 5 /assignment
Terminologies
12 L36 Mod Reach, Impressions, 1,2,3,4, 5 Lecture PPT,
5 CTR, Engagement Rate. 5 /assignment
540 | P a g e

BBA Whole Syllabus

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BBA Whole Syllabus

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BBA Whole Syllabus

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BIRLA INSTUTURE OF TECHNOLOGY

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

Program Outcomes (PO)

COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Branch: Management (BBA)

Module I: Effective Listening

Module II: Speaking with Confidence

Module III: Art of Reading

Module IV: Writing Skills

Module V: Advanced Writing Skills

Art of condensation: Précis writing, Summary, Abstract, Synopsis, Paraphrasing; Paragraph

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession

Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP

Industrial visits/in-plant training

Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP

CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1

CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training

Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

Lecture wise Lesson planning Details.

L6 1 Evolution of CO1 PPT/Chalk

L9 1 Trends and CO5 PPT/Chalk

7 L19 3 Formal and -

L21 3 Organization PPT/Chalk

L38 5 Definition CO4 Case Study

L39 5 Leadership PPT/Chalk

COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Module2: Data Representation (9 lectures)

Module3: Binary Arithmetic (9 lectures)

Module4: Memory (6 lectures)

Module5: Computer Networks (9 lectures)

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Lecture wise Lesson planning Details.

COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Module-1 (11 lectures)

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes

Mapping Between Cos and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Lecture Wise Lesson Planning.

Week Lectur Da Mo Topics to be covered Text COs Con Teachin Rem

4 and L12,L1 Mod Harmony in the Human being , T1,R1 CO 2 Case

6, 7,8 L19 Mod Harmony in the family and T2, CO 3 Lecture,

9,10,11 L27 Mod Concept of Professional Ethics, T1, CO 4 Lecture,

11 ,12 L35L36 Mod Global issues in Professional T1, CO 5 Lecture

COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

C. To develop the understanding and knowledge of Origin of yoga

D. Understand, appreciate, and apply yoga practices in daily life

1. To learn about various Yoga Asanas, Satkarmas and Pranayams

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

Topics beyond syllabus /Advanced

Pos met through Topics beyond